diff options
138 files changed, 27191 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.kdev4/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 b/.kdev4/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..395a33e --- /dev/null +++ b/.kdev4/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +[CMake] +BuildDirs=/home/aloibl/projects/acritoxinstaller-0.2/build +CMakeDir=/usr/share/cmake-2.8/Modules +Current CMake Binary=file:///usr/bin/cmake +CurrentBuildDir=file:///home/aloibl/projects/acritoxinstaller-0.2/build +CurrentBuildType=Debug +CurrentInstallDir=file:///home/aloibl/build +ProjectRootRelative=./ + +[Launch] +Launch Configurations=Launch Configuration 0 + +[Launch][Launch Configuration 0] +Configured Launch Modes=execute +Configured Launchers=nativeAppLauncher +Name=New Native Application Configuration +Type=Native Application + +[Launch][Launch Configuration 0][Data] +Arguments= +Dependencies=@Variant(\x00\x00\x00\t\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00) +Dependency Action=Nothing +EnvironmentGroup=default +Project Target=acritoxinstaller,acritoxinstaller +Working Directory= +isExecutable=false + +[MakeBuilder] +Number Of Jobs=1 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8fadd73 --- /dev/null +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +project(acritoxinstaller) +cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6) +find_package(Qt4 REQUIRED) + +include(${QT_USE_FILE}) +add_definitions(${QT_DEFINITIONS}) + +if(${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE} MATCHES "Release") + add_definitions(-DNDEBUG) + add_definitions(-DQT_NO_DEBUG_OUTPUT) +endif(${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE} MATCHES "Release") + +set(LIB_SUFFIX "" CACHE STRING "Define suffix of directory name (32/64)") +set(EXEC_INSTALL_PREFIX ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX} CACHE PATH "Installation prefix for executables and object code libraries" FORCE) +set(BIN_INSTALL_DIR ${EXEC_INSTALL_PREFIX}/bin CACHE PATH "Installation prefix for user executables" FORCE) +set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR ${EXEC_INSTALL_PREFIX}/lib${LIB_SUFFIX} CACHE PATH "Installation prefix for object code libraries" FORCE) +set(DATA_INSTALL_DIR ${EXEC_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/acritoxinstaller CACHE PATH "Installation prefix where shared data will be installed" FORCE) +set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR ${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/include CACHE PATH "Installation prefix for C header files" FORCE) + +set(BACKEND_DIR ${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}) +configure_file(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/backend/backend.sh.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/backend.sh @ONLY) +install(PROGRAMS ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/backend.sh DESTINATION "${BACKEND_DIR}") +install(DIRECTORY backend/modules DESTINATION "${DATA_INSTALL_DIR}") + +add_subdirectory( qtermwidget ) + +file(GLOB wizard_SRCS wizard/[a-z]*.cpp) +file(GLOB wizard_HDRS wizard/[a-z]*.h) +file(GLOB wizard_UIS wizard/[a-z]*.ui) + +configure_file(config.h.in ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/config.h) +set(acritoxinstaller_SRCS mainwizard.cpp main.cpp backend.cpp listitem.cpp listdelegate.cpp busyappfilter.cpp ${wizard_SRCS}) +set(acritoxinstaller_MOC_HDRS mainwizard.h backend.h listdelegate.h ${wizard_HDRS}) +set(acritoxinstaller_UIS ${wizard_UIS}) + +qt4_wrap_cpp(acritoxinstaller_MOC_SRCS ${acritoxinstaller_MOC_HDRS}) +qt4_wrap_ui(acritoxinstaller_UIS_H ${acritoxinstaller_UIS}) +include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}) +add_executable(acritoxinstaller ${acritoxinstaller_SRCS} ${acritoxinstaller_MOC_SRCS} ${acritoxinstaller_UIS_H}) +target_link_libraries(acritoxinstaller ${QT_LIBRARIES} qtermwidget crypt) + +install(TARGETS acritoxinstaller RUNTIME DESTINATION "${BIN_INSTALL_DIR}" LIBRARY DESTINATION "${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}") + @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + + If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short +notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: + + <program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands +might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". + + You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, +if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. +For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see +<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. + + The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program +into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you +may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with +the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General +Public License instead of this License. But first, please read +<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Basic Installation +================== + + AcritoxInstaller uses the cmake build system. The simple instructions for +building acritoxinstaller are these commands: + + mkdir ../acritoxinstaller-build && cd ../acritoxinstaller-build + cmake ../acritoxinstaller + make + make install + + Some components of acritoxinstaller may have dependencies. If these +are not met when the 'cmake' command is run, those components will not be +built. The output of 'cmake' should make it clear what these dependencies are +and how to meet them. + + Arguments can be given to cmake similar to those given to a traditional +configure script, like the install prefix. See 'cmake --help-full' for more +information. For example, 'configure --prefix=/usr/lib' translates to +'cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr/lib'. diff --git a/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 b/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20b1a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/acritoxinstaller-0.2.kdev4 @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +[Project] +Manager=KDevCMakeManager +Name=acritoxinstaller diff --git a/backend.cpp b/backend.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7580d19 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,250 @@ +#include "backend.h" +#include <QDebug> +#include <QTime> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "config.h" + +Backend* Backend::_instance; + +Backend::Backend() +{ + qDebug("Backend::Backend() called!"); + _process = new QProcess(); + + QTime time = QTime::currentTime(); + srand((uint)time.msec()); + connect(_process, SIGNAL(finished(int)), this, SLOT(slotProcessExited())); + connect(_process, SIGNAL(readyReadStandardOutput()), this, SLOT(slotReceiveOutput())); +} + +Backend::~Backend() +{ +} + +void Backend::runBackend() +{ + QStringList command = QStringList() << BACKEND_PATH << "-ni"; + _process->start(command.join(" ")); + busy = true; emit isBusy(true); +} + +bool Backend::isBusy() +{ + return (busy && commandQueue.isEmpty()); +} + +bool Backend::flag(QString flag) +{ + return flags.contains(flag); +} + +void Backend::_flag(QString flag, bool set) +{ + if(set) + { + if(!flags.contains(flag)) + flags.append(flag); + } + else + { + if(flags.contains(flag)) + flags.remove(flags.indexOf(flag)); + } +} + +void Backend::flag(QString flag, bool set) +{ + if(set) + { + exec("flag_set '"+flag.replace("'","\\'")+"'"); + _flag(flag, true); + } + else + { + exec("flag_unset '"+flag.replace("'","\\'")+"'"); + _flag(flag, false); + } +} + +QString Backend::cfg(QString var) +{ + return cfgMap.value(var); +} + +void Backend::_cfg(QString var, QString value) +{ + cfgMap[var] = value; +} + +void Backend::cfg(QString var, QString value) +{ + exec("cfg_set '"+var.replace("'","\\'")+"' '"+value.replace("'","\\'")+"'"); + _cfg(var, value); +} + +void Backend::exec(QString command) +{ + qDebug("Backend::exec(\""+command.toAscii()+"\") called!"); + commandQueue.enqueue(command); + dequeue(); +} + +void Backend::dequeue() +{ + if(!busy && commandQueue.isEmpty()) emit isBusy(false); + if(busy) return; + if(commandQueue.isEmpty()) return; + busy = true; emit isBusy(true); + QString command = commandQueue.dequeue(); + currentCommand = command; + data.clear(); + _process->write(command.append('\004').toLocal8Bit()); +} + +void Backend::exitBackend() +{ + qDebug("Backend::exitBackend() called!"); + _process->kill(); + _process->waitForFinished(); +} + +void Backend::processOutput(QString line) +{ + qDebug("Backend: input: "+line.toAscii()); + if(line.startsWith("<acritoxinstaller ")) + { + QString command = line.section(" ",1,1).section(">",0,0); + QString args = line.section(" ",2).trimmed(); + if(command == "prompt") + { + busy = false; + qDebug("Backend: finished: "+currentCommand.toAscii()); + emit finishedCommand(currentCommand); + dequeue(); + } + else if(command == "flag") + { + QString setunset = args.section(" ",0,0); + QString flag = args.section(" ",1).trimmed(); + if(setunset == "set") + _flag(flag, true); + else if(setunset == "unset") + _flag(flag, false); + } + else if(command == "data") + { + currentData = args.trimmed(); + data[currentData] = ""; + } + else if(command == "cfg") + { + _cfg(args.trimmed(), data["value"].trimmed()); + } + else if(command == "progress") + { + emit receivedProgress(args.toInt()); + } + else + emit receivedCommand(command, args); + } + else + { + data[currentData].append(line); + emit receivedDataLine(currentData, line.trimmed()); + qDebug("Backend: data: "+line.toAscii()); + } +} + +QString Backend::encryptPassword(QString password) +{ + unsigned long seed[2]; + char salt[] = "$1$........"; + char *pwd = password.toAscii().data(); + const char *const seedchars = + "./0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRST" + "UVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"; + int i; + + seed[0] = rand(); seed[1] = rand(); + + for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) + salt[3+i] = seedchars[(seed[i/5] >> (i%5)*6) & 0x3f]; + + return(QString(crypt(pwd, salt))); +} + +// function adapted from amarok 2.0 / App.cpp - (C) 2002 by Mark Kretschmann <markey@web.de> +QString Backend::cleanUsername(const QString &username) +{ + QString result = username; + + // german umlauts + result.replace( QChar(0x00e4), "ae" ).replace( QChar(0x00c4), "Ae" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x00f6), "oe" ).replace( QChar(0x00d6), "Oe" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x00fc), "ue" ).replace( QChar(0x00dc), "Ue" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x00df), "ss" ); + + // some strange accents + result.replace( QChar(0x00e7), "c" ).replace( QChar(0x00c7), "C" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x00fd), "y" ).replace( QChar(0x00dd), "Y" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x00f1), "n" ).replace( QChar(0x00d1), "N" ); + + // czech letters with carons + result.replace( QChar(0x0161), "s" ).replace( QChar(0x0160), "S" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x010d), "c" ).replace( QChar(0x010c), "C" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x0159), "r" ).replace( QChar(0x0158), "R" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x017e), "z" ).replace( QChar(0x017d), "Z" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x0165), "t" ).replace( QChar(0x0164), "T" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x0148), "n" ).replace( QChar(0x0147), "N" ); + result.replace( QChar(0x010f), "d" ).replace( QChar(0x010e), "D" ); + + // accented vowels + QChar a[] = { 'a', 0xe0,0xe1,0xe2,0xe3,0xe5, 0 }; + QChar A[] = { 'A', 0xc0,0xc1,0xc2,0xc3,0xc5, 0 }; + QChar E[] = { 'e', 0xe8,0xe9,0xea,0xeb,0x11a, 0 }; + QChar e[] = { 'E', 0xc8,0xc9,0xca,0xcb,0x11b, 0 }; + QChar i[] = { 'i', 0xec,0xed,0xee,0xef, 0 }; + QChar I[] = { 'I', 0xcc,0xcd,0xce,0xcf, 0 }; + QChar o[] = { 'o', 0xf2,0xf3,0xf4,0xf5,0xf8, 0 }; + QChar O[] = { 'O', 0xd2,0xd3,0xd4,0xd5,0xd8, 0 }; + QChar u[] = { 'u', 0xf9,0xfa,0xfb,0x16e, 0 }; + QChar U[] = { 'U', 0xd9,0xda,0xdb,0x16f, 0 }; + QChar nul[] = { 0 }; + QChar *replacements[] = { a, A, e, E, i, I, o, O, u, U, nul }; + + for( int i = 0; i < result.length(); i++ ) + { + QChar c = result[ i ]; + for( uint n = 0; replacements[n][0] != QChar(0); n++ ) + { + for( uint k=0; replacements[n][k] != QChar(0); k++ ) + { + if( replacements[n][k] == c ) + { + c = replacements[n][0]; + } + } + } + result[ i ] = c; + } + + return result.replace(QRegExp("[^a-zA-Z0-9-_.]"), ""); +} + +void Backend::slotProcessExited() +{ + emit processExited(); +} + +void Backend::slotReceiveOutput() +{ + _process->setReadChannel(QProcess::StandardOutput); + char data[2048]; QString line; + while(_process->canReadLine()) + { + int result = _process->readLine(data, sizeof(data)); + if(result == -1) break; + line = QString::fromLocal8Bit(data); + processOutput(line); + } +} diff --git a/backend.h b/backend.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..997b580 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +#include <QProcess> +#include <QQueue> +#include <QMap> +#include <QVector> + +#ifndef BACKEND_H +#define BACKEND_H + +class Backend : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + static Backend* instance() {if(!_instance) _instance = new Backend(); return(_instance);} + ~Backend(); + void init(); + void runBackend(); + void exec(QString command); + void exitBackend(); + QString encryptPassword(QString password); + QString cleanUsername(const QString &username); + bool isBusy(); + bool flag(QString flag); + void flag(QString flag, bool set); + QString cfg(QString var); + void cfg(QString var, QString value); + +protected: + QProcess* _process; + +private slots: + void slotProcessExited(); + void slotReceiveOutput(); + +private: + static Backend *_instance; + Backend(); + void processOutput(QString line); + void _flag(QString flag, bool set); + void _cfg(QString var, QString value); + void dequeue(); + QMap<QString,QString> data; + QString currentData; + QMap<QString,QString> cfgMap; + QVector<QString> flags; + QQueue<QString> commandQueue; + QString currentCommand; + bool busy; + +signals: + void processExited(); + void receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line); + void receivedProgress(int percent); + void receivedCommand(QString command, QString args); + void finishedCommand(QString command); + void isBusy(bool busy); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/backend/backend.sh.in b/backend/backend.sh.in new file mode 100755 index 0000000..4c0c161 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/backend.sh.in @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +cd "$(dirname "$0")" +SEARCHPATH="@DATA_INSTALL_DIR@" +[ ! -e "$SEARCHPATH" -a -e ./modules ] && SEARCHPATH="." + +for i in $(find $SEARCHPATH/modules/ -type f | sort); do + source $i +done + +function print_usage() +{ +cat <<EOF >&2 +$(basename $0): + + -ni + NonInteractive mode, no prompt is shown and INSTALLER_OUTPUT is set to 1 + -e command + Run "command" + +EOF +exit 0 +} + +function set_debug() +{ + case $1 in + on) + PS4="<acritoxinstaller debug> " + set -x + ;; + off) + set +x + PS4="+" + ;; + esac +} + +if ((UID)); then + p="$PWD/$(basename "$0")" + if [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then + if /usr/bin/sudo -n -l "$p" &>/dev/null; then + /usr/bin/sudo "$p" "$@" + exit $? + fi + fi + if [ -x /usr/lib/kde4/libexec/kdesu ]; then + /usr/lib/kde4/libexec/kdesu --noignorebutton -d -- "$p" --pid $$ "$@" &>/dev/null + exit $? + fi + if [ -z "$as_root" ]; then + for as_root in /usr/bin/kdesu /usr/bin/gksu exec + do + [ -x $as_root ] && break + done + fi + $as_root "$p" --pid $$ "$@" &>/dev/null + exit $? +fi + +while [ "$1" ] +do + case $1 in + "-ni") + export INSTALLER_OUTPUT=1 + ;; + "-e") + shift + eval "$@" + exit $? + ;; + "--pid") + exec 0<"/proc/$2/fd/0" 1>"/proc/$2/fd/1" 2>"/proc/$2/fd/2" + shift + ;; + "-h") + print_usage + ;; + esac + shift +done + +EOT="$(echo -e '\004')" +while true +do + if ((INSTALLER_OUTPUT)); then + echo "<acritoxinstaller prompt>" + IFS=" " read -d "$EOT" -r command params + else + IFS=" " read -er -p "installer> " command params + fi + declare -F ${command}_pre &>/dev/null && eval "${command}_pre" + eval "$command $params" + declare -F ${command}_post &>/dev/null && eval "${command}_post" +done + diff --git a/backend/modules/bootloader b/backend/modules/bootloader new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a3f7546 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/bootloader @@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: list_bootloader_targets +# +# This function lists all disks and the root-partition if it is suitable to install a bootloader on it. +# Output example: +# /dev/sda:MBR:250059350016 +# /dev/sdb:MBR:400088457216 +# /dev/sdb1:Rootpartition:60003385344 +function list_bootloader_targets() +{ + for disk in $(list_all_disks) + do + echo "$disk - MBR $(blockdev --getsize64 $disk)" + done + root_dev="$(hdmap_get device of mountpoint /)" + root_fs="$(hdmap_get filesystem of mountpoint /)" + [ -z "$root_fs" ] && root_fs=$(get_filesystem "$root_dev") + case $root_fs in + reiserfs|ext2|ext3|ext4) + list_linux_partitions | grep -q "^$root_dev$" && + echo "$root_dev - Rootpartition $(blockdev --getsize64 $root_dev)" + ;; + esac +} + +function send_bootloader_targets() +{ + send data bootloader_targets + list_bootloader_targets +} + +# Synopsis: list_bootloaders +# +# This function lists all available bootloaders +# Output example: +# BURG - Brand-new Universal loadeR from GRUB +# GRUB - GRand Unified Bootloader +function list_bootloaders() +{ + for bl in burg grub + do + [ -x /usr/sbin/$bl-setup ] || continue + case $bl in + burg) echo "BURG - Brand-new Universal loadeR from GRUB";; + grub) echo "GRUB - GRand Unified Bootloader";; + esac + done +} + +function send_bootloaders() +{ + send data bootloaders + list_bootloaders +} + +function install_bootmanager_to_target() +{ + send install_step install_bootmanager_to_target + # force initrd update + [ -d $TARGET/var/lib/initramfs-tools ] && rm -f $TARGET/var/lib/initramfs-tools/* + chroot_it update-initramfs -utk all &>/dev/null + + case "$cfg_bootloader" in + grub) + install_grub + ;; + burg) + install_burg + ;; + esac +} + +function install_grub() +{ + rm -f $TARGET/boot/vmlinuz $TARGET/boot/System.map $TARGET/boot/initrd.img + + # install grub + mkdir -p "$TARGET/boot/grub" + grub-install --recheck --no-floppy --root-directory=$TARGET "$cfg_bootloader_target" &>/dev/null || \ + grub-install --force --recheck --no-floppy --root-directory=$TARGET "$cfg_bootloader_target" &>/dev/null + +# # create device.map and save it to target +# export device_map=$TARGET/tmp/device.map +# get_device_map > $device_map +# cat $device_map > $TARGET/boot/grub/device.map +# rm -f $device_map + + # preseed grub-pc with install-target + for path in /dev/disk/by-id/* + do + [ -e "$path" ] || continue + if [ "$(readlink -f "$path")" = "$(readlink -f "$cfg_bootloader_target")" ]; then + echo "grub-pc grub-pc/install_devices multiselect $path" | chroot_it debconf-set-selections &>/dev/null + break + fi + done + + write_kernel_img_conf + + # update grub + chroot_it update-grub &>/dev/null + DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive chroot_it dpkg-reconfigure grub-pc &>/dev/null + + return 0 +} + +function install_burg() +{ + rm -f $TARGET/boot/vmlinuz $TARGET/boot/System.map $TARGET/boot/initrd.img + + # install burg + mkdir -p "$TARGET/boot/burg" + burg-install --recheck --no-floppy --root-directory=$TARGET "$cfg_bootloader_target" &>/dev/null || \ + burg-install --force --recheck --no-floppy --root-directory=$TARGET "$cfg_bootloader_target" &>/dev/null + +# # create device.map and save it to target +# export device_map=$TARGET/tmp/device.map +# get_device_map > $device_map +# cat $device_map > $TARGET/boot/burg/device.map +# rm -f $device_map + + # preseed burg-pc with install-target + for path in /dev/disk/by-id/* + do + [ -e "$path" ] || continue + if [ "$(readlink -f "$path")" = "$(readlink -f "$cfg_bootloader_target")" ]; then + echo "burg-pc burg-pc/install_devices multiselect $path" | chroot_it debconf-set-selections &>/dev/null + break + fi + done + + write_kernel_img_conf + + # update burg + chroot_it update-burg &>/dev/null + DEBIAN_FRONTEND=noninteractive chroot_it dpkg-reconfigure burg-pc &>/dev/null + + return 0 +} + +function write_kernel_img_conf() +{ +rm -f $TARGET/etc/kernel-img.conf +cat << EOT > $TARGET/etc/kernel-img.conf +# Kernel image management overrides +# See kernel-img.conf(5) for details +do_symlinks = yes +relative_links = yes +do_bootloader = no +do_bootfloppy = no +do_initrd = yes +link_in_boot = no +postinst_hook = update-$cfg_bootloader +postrm_hook = update-$cfg_bootloader +EOT +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/cleanup b/backend/modules/cleanup new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe604a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/cleanup @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function cleanup() +{ + + cd / + umount "$TARGET/proc" &>/dev/null + umount "$TARGET/dev" &>/dev/null + umount "$TARGET/sys" &>/dev/null + umount_all_affected "$(hdmap_get device of mountpoint /)" &>/dev/null + umount "$TARGET" &>/dev/null + umount "/live/filesystem" &>/dev/null + rmdir "$TARGET" "/live/filesystem" &>/dev/null +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/common b/backend/modules/common new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5c763f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/common @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: dereferce_links_in_list +# +# This function reads a list from STDIN, dereferences the links and prints it to STDOUT +function dereferce_links_in_list() +{ + for lnk in $(cat) + do + readlink -m $lnk + done +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/config b/backend/modules/config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d073580 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/config @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +declare -A cfg flags + +function cfg_get() +{ + while [ "$1" ]; + do + send data value + echo "${cfg["$1"]}" + send cfg "$1" + shift + done +} + +function cfg_set() +{ + var="$1" + shift + cfg["$var"]="$@" + cfg_get "$var" # inform the frontend about the change + var="$(tr '[:upper:]' '[:lower:]' <<<"$var" | tr -d '\n' | tr -c '[:alnum:]' _)" + export cfg_${var}="$@" +} + +function flag() +{ + [ "${flags["$1"]}" ] && return 0 || return 1 +} + +function flag_set() +{ + send flag set "$1" # inform the frontend about the change + flags["$1"]=1 +} + +function flag_unset() +{ + send flag unset "$1" # inform the frontend about the change + unset flags["$1"] +} + +function hdmap_set() +{ + cfg_set hdmap "$( ( echo "$@"; ( echo "$@"; echo "$cfg_hdmap" ) | sort -u -t: -k1,1 ) | sort -u -t: -k2,2 | grep .)" +} + +# Synopsis: hdmap_get <"device"|"mountpoint"|"filesystem"|"automount"> of <"device"|"mountpoint"> <device|mountpoint> +# +# This function returns the given value from the hdmap table +function hdmap_get() +{ + [ "$2" == "of" ] || return 1 + case "$1" in + device) col=1;; + mountpoint) col=2;; + filesystem) col=3;; + automount) col=4;; + *) return 1;; + esac + case "$3" in + device) of_col=1;; + mountpoint) of_col=2;; + *) return 1;; + esac + gawk "BEGIN{FS=\":\"}{if(\$$of_col==\"$4\"){print \$$col}}" <<<"$cfg_hdmap" +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/frontend b/backend/modules/frontend new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ffa2d28 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/frontend @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function send() +{ + command="$1" + shift + echo "<acritoxinstaller $command> $@" +} + +function send_error() +{ + if [ "$#" -gt 1 ]; then + send error "$@" >&2 + elif [ "$#" -eq 1 ]; then + send error "$1" "$(tr -d '\n')" >&2 + else + send error 255 unknown >&2 + fi + return 1 +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/hdmap b/backend/modules/hdmap new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d57d105 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/hdmap @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: mointpoint_demands +# +# This function dumps the demands of various mountpoints +function mointpoint_demands() +{ +cat <<"EOT" +/: Type:Linux +/boot: LVM:no Type:Linux +/bin: Type:Linux +/etc: Type:Linux +/home: Type:Linux +/lib: Type:Linux +/opt: Type:Linux +/root: Type:Linux +/sbin: Type:Linux +/tmp: Type:Linux +/usr: Type:Linux +/var: Type:Linux +EOT +} + +# FIXME TODO OLD OUTDATED +function emit_error() +{ +send debug "$@" +cat +return 1 +} +# FIXME TODO OLD OUTDATED +function emit_progress() +{ + percent=$1 + [ "$percent" -gt 100 ] && percent=100 + send progress "$percent" +} + + +# Synopsis: is_disk /dev/xyz +# +# This function returns 0 if the supplied argument is a disk. +function is_disk() +{ + stat --format "%t %G" "$1" | grep -qe "^3 " -e " disk$" && return 0 + return 1 +} + +# Synopsis: calculate_min_space +# +# This function estimates the minimum space needed for a hdinstall +function calculate_min_space() +{ + ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN=$(df -m "/live/filesystem" | tail -1 | gawk '{print $3}') + grep -q squashfs /proc/mounts && ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN=$(($ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN*270/100)) + export ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN +} + +# Synopsis: handle_mountpoint_demands <device> +# +# This function handles the demands of the mountpoints (data from function mountpoint_demands) +# * check if filesystem matches (Filesystem:reiserfs / Filesystem:ext3 / see get_filesystem() ) +# * check if filesystem-type matches (Type:Linux / Type:Windows / see get_filesystem_type() ) +# * check if <device> is a LVM-device (LVM:yes / LVM:no) +# TODO: from old installer, not adapted yet. +function handle_mountpoint_demands() +{ + PART="$1"; + FORMAT_FS="$2"; + POINT=$(echo $3 | cut -d":" -f1); shift 3 + while [ "$1" ]; + do + VAR=$(echo $1 | cut -d":" -f1) + VAL=$(echo $1 | cut -d":" -f2) + case "$VAR" in + Filesystem) + if [ -n "$FORMAT_FS" -a "$FORMAT_FS" != "$VAL" ]; then + echo "ERROR: Filesystem on $PART ($POINT) has to be formatted with $VAL!" \ + | emit_error 1 + return 1 + elif [ -z "$FORMAT_FS" -a "$(get_filesystem "$PART")" != "$VAL" ]; then + echo "ERROR: Filesystem on $PART ($POINT) is not $VAL!" \ + | emit_error 1 + return 1 + fi + ;; + Type) + if [ -n "$FORMAT_FS" -a "$(get_filesystem_type -fs "$FORMAT_FS")" != "$VAL" ]; then + echo "ERROR: Filesystem on $PART ($POINT) has to be formatted with a $VAL-Filesystem!" \ + | emit_error 1 + return 1 + elif [ -z "$FORMAT_FS" -a "$(get_filesystem_type "$PART")" != "$VAL" ]; then + echo "ERROR: Filesystem on $PART ($POINT) is not a $VAL-Filesystem!" \ + | emit_error 1 + return 1 + fi + ;; + LVM) + not=not + lvdisplay $PART &>/dev/null; A=$? + [ "$VAL" = "yes" ] && unset not; B=$? + ((A*B)) || ! ((A-B)) || ( echo ERROR: $PART "($POINT)" must $not be on a LVM-device! | emit_error 1; return 1 ) || return 1 + ;; + esac + shift + done +} + +# Synopsis: check_partitions_for_install +# +# This function processes the hd_map-config: +# * make sure that the device exists +# * take care of the mountpoint demands +# * check if partition has the "automount"-flag +# * check if all partitions are big enough to install the system on it +# TODO: from old installer, not adapted yet. +function check_partitions_for_install() +{ + unset found_root + local progress_steps=$(( $(wc -l <<<"$cfg_hdmap") * 2 + 1)) + local progress=0 + progress=$[progress+1]; emit_progress $[100*progress/progress_steps] + # compute partition_min_table + local partition_min_table_=$ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN + while IFS=: read device mountpoint filesystem automount + do + case "$mountpoint" in + "") continue;; + /) continue;; + /usr) MP_MIN=$(( $ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN - $(du -sm --exclude /live/filesystem/usr /live/filesystem | cut -f1) ));; + *) MP_MIN=$(du -sm "/live/filesystem$mountpoint" 2>/dev/null | cut -f1);; + esac + [ -z "$MP_MIN" ] && MP_MIN=0 + mp="$mountpoint" + while mp="$(dirname "$mp")" + do + var_mp="$(echo "$mp" | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/_/g')" + parent_min="$(eval echo \$partition_min_table$var_mp)" + if [ -n "$parent_min" ]; then + eval local partition_min_table$var_mp=$(( $parent_min-$MP_MIN )) + break + fi + [ "${#mp}" -gt 1 ] || break; + done + var_mp="$(echo "$mountpoint" | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/_/g')" + eval local partition_min_table$var_mp=$MP_MIN + progress=$[progress+1]; emit_progress $[100*progress/progress_steps] + done <<<"$cfg_hdmap" + + isosrc_dev="$(awk '{if($2 == "/isosrc"){print $1}}' /proc/mounts)" + while IFS=: read device mountpoint filesystem automount + do + [ -z "$mountpoint" ] && continue; + + # set flag if there is a root-partition in the hd_map + [ "$mountpoint" = / ] && found_root=1 + + if [ "$device" = "$isosrc_dev" ]; then + if [ "$filesystem" ]; then + emit_error 1 "Partition $device ($mountpoint) is mounted to /isosrc... This partition cannot be formatted!" + return 1 + fi + fi + + # take care of the mountpoint demands + if part_demands="$(mointpoint_demands | egrep "^$mountpoint:" 2>/dev/null)"; then + [ "$automount" = "auto" ] || emit_error 1 "Partition $device ($mountpoint) doesn't have the automount-flag set!" || return 1 + eval handle_mountpoint_demands \"$device\" \"$filesystem\" $part_demands + fi + + # Check if the partition is big enough to contain the installation + var_mp="$(echo "$mountpoint" | sed 's/[^a-zA-Z0-9]/_/g')" + mp_min="$(eval echo \$partition_min_table$var_mp)" + partition_size_min=$[mp_min*1024*1024*115/100] # + 15% Filesystem overhead + partition_size="$(blockdev --getsize64 $device)" # actual size of device (in bytes) + if [ "$partition_size" -lt "$partition_size_min" ]; then + emit_error 1 "Partition $device ($mountpoint) is too small! it is $[partition_size/1024/1024] MB big, but it should be at least $[partition_size_min/1024/1024+10] MB big" + return 1 + fi + progress=$[progress+1]; emit_progress $[100*progress/progress_steps] + done <<<"$cfg_hdmap" + + if [ -z "$found_root" ]; then + echo "No root-partition selected!" | emit_error 1 + fi +} + +# Synopsis: umount_all_affected [-fdisk] <device> +# +# This function unlocks a device and all affected devices: +# * it umounts mounted partitions with "umount" and disables swap-partitions with "swapoff" +# * if "-fdisk" is set: +# - it unlocks all partitions that are on the same device as the one given +# (e.g. "umount_all_affected -fdisk /dev/hda3" is called, so /dev/hda* is unlocked) +# - it takes care of LVM-Volumes and unlocks them if they are affected +# - it takes care of dm_crypt-Disks and unlocks them if they are affected +# TODO: from old installer, not fully adapted yet. +function umount_all_affected() +{ + unset DEV NR EXHAUSITIVE + if [ "$1" = "-fdisk" ]; then + # partition itself and its "sister" partitions (just to be sure, for fdisk): + shift + #DEV="${1%%[0-9]*}" + DEV="$(get_disk "$1")" + NR="${1:${#disk}}" + EXHAUSITIVE=1 + fi + [ -z "$DEV" ] && DEV="$(echo "$1" | dereferce_links_in_list)" + # Mounts + while IFS=" " read mnt_dev mnt_point mnt_dummy + do + [ "$mnt_point" = "/live/filesystem" -o -z "$mnt_point" ] && continue + case "$mnt_point" in + /|/cdrom|/dev|/dev/*|/isosrc|/proc|/proc/*|/ramdisk|/sys|/tmp) ;; + *) + echo $mnt_dev | dereferce_links_in_list | grep -q ^$DEV$ || continue + for umount_point in $(gawk '{print $2}' /proc/mounts | grep -e "^$mnt_point$" -e "^$mnt_point/" | sort -r) + do + fuser -km "$umount_point" + umount "$umount_point" &>/dev/null || \ + umount -l "$umount_point" + done + ;; + esac + done < /proc/mounts + # Swap + for i in $(grep -e "^$DEV" /proc/swaps | cut -d\ -f1) + do + swapoff "$i"; + done +# # LVM +# for i in $(pvdisplay -c 2>/dev/null | grep "$DEV" | cut -d: -f2 | sort | uniq) +# do +# lv_name="$(lvdisplay $i | gawk '/LV Name/{print $3}')" +# lv_dev="$(echo $lv_name | dereferce_links_in_list)" +# for dev in $( ( echo $lv_name; echo $lv_dev ) | sort | uniq) +# do +# # recursive function call +# umount_all_affected $dev +# done +# ((EXHAUSITIVE)) && vgchange -a n $i &>/dev/null +# done +# # Crypttab +# for cmapname in $(grep $DEV /etc/crypttab | cut -d\ -f1) +# do +# umount_all_affected "/dev/mapper/$cmapname" +# ((EXHAUSITIVE)) && cryptsetup remove $cmapname +# done +} + +# Synopsis: prepare_partitions_for_install [--nomount] +# +# This function processes the hd_map-config: +# * create mountpoints +# * format the partitions if a filesystem is given +# * take care of LVM-Volumes and dm_crypt-Disks +# * create the specified mountpoints in $TARGET +# * mount the partitions to the target +# * mount (bind) /dev, /proc and /sys to the target +# +# --nomount simply doesn't mount or umount partitions +# TODO: from old installer, not adapted yet. +function prepare_partitions_for_install() +{ + send install_step prepare_partitions_for_install + emit_progress 0 + local progress_steps=$(( $(wc -l <<<"$cfg_hdmap") )) + local progress=0 + while IFS=: read device mountpoint filesystem automount + do + [ "$1" != "--nomount" ] && umount_all_affected $device + + # format device with filesystem (if specified) + if [ "$filesystem" ]; then + + dd if=/dev/zero of=$device bs=1k count=16 >/dev/null 2>/dev/null # shutup! :-) + + TMP=/tmp/mkfs.$$ + case "$filesystem" in + xfs) + mkfs.$filesystem -f $device 2> $TMP 1>&2 + ;; + reiser*) + echo y | mkfs.$filesystem $device 2> $TMP 1>&2 + ;; + jfs) + echo y | mkfs.$filesystem $device 2> $TMP 1>&2 + ;; + *) + mkfs.$filesystem $device 2> $TMP 1>&2 + ;; + esac + + RC="$?" + if [ $RC -ne 0 ]; then + ERROR_MESSAGES=$(tail -8 $TMP) + echo "$ERROR_MESSAGES" + emit_error 1 "mkfs failed" || return 1 + fi + + # Deactivate dir_index-feature of ext2/ext3/ext4-partitions + case $filesystem in + *ext*) + tune2fs -O ^dir_index $device &>/dev/null + ;; + esac + fi + + mkdir -p ${TARGET}${mountpoint} # make sure mountpoint exists + + # only mount the partition if: 1. it has the automount flag + # 2. the mountpoint exists on the Live system + # and 3. prepare_partitions_for_install was not called with "--nomount" + if [ "$automount" = "auto" -a "$1" != "--nomount" -a -d "/live/filesystem$mountpoint" ]; then + # mount device to mountpoint + EC="$(LC_ALL=C mount $device ${TARGET}${mountpoint} 2>&1)" + if (($?)); then + case "$EC" in + "*already mounted*") # then let's try "mount --bind" + already_mp="$(grep ^$device /proc/mounts | cut -d\ -f2)" + if [ -d "$already_mp" ]; then + awk '/^\/dev/{if($4 ~ /^rw/){print $1}}' /proc/mounts | grep -qw $device || mount -o remount,rw "$already_mp" + mount --bind "$already_mp" ${TARGET}${mountpoint} 2>&1 + fi + ;; + *) + emit_error 1 "mount failed: $EC" || return 1 + ;; + esac + fi + if ! awk '/^\/dev/{if($4 ~ /^rw/){print $1}}' /proc/mounts | grep -qw $device; then + emit_error 1 "mount failed: $EC" || return 1 + fi + fi + + # update progress + progress=$[progress+1]; emit_progress $[100*progress/progress_steps] + done <<<"$cfg_hdmap" +} diff --git a/backend/modules/init b/backend/modules/init new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7a7628 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/init @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function init_installer() +{ + [ -f /etc/default/distro ] && . /etc/default/distro + export FLL_DISTRO_MODE FLL_DISTRO_NAME FLL_LIVE_USER + mkdir -p /live/filesystem + [ -d /live/filesystem/usr ] || mount -o ro /dev/loop0 /live/filesystem + cfg_set hostname "${FLL_DISTRO_NAME}Box" +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/install b/backend/modules/install new file mode 100644 index 0000000..760f40d --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/install @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function do_install() +{ + send install_step check_partitions_for_install + check_partitions_for_install + prepare_target + prepare_partitions_for_install + copy_system_to_target + update_fstab_on_target + update_passwd_on_target + copy_home_to_target + copy_etc_to_target + configure_target_update_files + configure_target_purge_live_only_stuff + configure_target_services + install_bootmanager_to_target + send install_step cleanup + cleanup +} + +function prepare_target() +{ + send install_step prepare_target + mkdir -p /live/hdinstall + export TARGET=/live/hdinstall +} + +# Synopsis: chroot_it <...> +# +# execute the supplied command in the target +function chroot_it() +{ + [ -n "$TARGET" -a $UID -eq 0 ] && chroot $TARGET "$@" +} + +# Synopsis: copy_system_to_target +# +# This function copies the system to the target. +# Therefore $TARGET and all partitions of hd_map have to be mounted +# this should have be done in the prepare-stage (see prepare_partitions_for_install) +# +function copy_system_to_target() +{ + send install_step copy_system_to_target + emit_progress 0 + calculate_min_space + orig_size="$ESTIMATED_ROOT_MIN" + dest_size_before=$(di -dm -fSMu | gawk '/\/live\/hdinstall/{used+=int($3)} END{print int(used)}') + dest_size_diff=0 + + cd /live/filesystem + cp -a * $TARGET & + + cp=$! + old_percent=0 + while ps --pid $cp &>/dev/null + do + dest_size=$(di -dm -fSMu | gawk '/\/live\/hdinstall/{used+=int($3)} END{print int(used)}') + dest_size_diff=$(( $dest_size - $dest_size_before )) + percent=$((( 100 * $dest_size_diff ) / $orig_size )) + if [ "$percent" != "$old_percent" ]; then + emit_progress $percent + old_percent="$percent" + fi + sleep 5 + done + + sync + mkdir -p "$TARGET/proc" "$TARGET/dev" "$TARGET/sys" + mount --bind /proc "$TARGET/proc" + mount --bind /dev "$TARGET/dev" + mount --bind /sys "$TARGET/sys" +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/install_configure b/backend/modules/install_configure new file mode 100644 index 0000000..28e351e --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/install_configure @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: configure_target_update_files +# +# This function is adapted from the Knoppix-Installer +function configure_target_update_files() +{ + send install_step configure_target_update_files + # set up hostname + cat <<EOF >$TARGET/etc/hosts +127.0.0.1 localhost +127.0.1.1 $cfg_hostname + +# The following lines are desirable for IPv6 capable hosts +# (added automatically by netbase upgrade) + +::1 ip6-localhost ip6-loopback +fe00::0 ip6-localnet +ff00::0 ip6-mcastprefix +ff02::1 ip6-allnodes +ff02::2 ip6-allrouters +ff02::3 ip6-allhosts +EOF + echo "$cfg_hostname" > $TARGET/etc/hostname + echo "$cfg_hostname" > $TARGET/etc/mailname + + # remove LiveCD-user from /etc/sudoers + cat > "$TARGET/etc/sudoers" <<EOF +# /etc/sudoers +# +# This file MUST be edited with the 'visudo' command as root. +# +# See the man page for details on how to write a sudoers file. +# + +Defaults env_reset + +# Host alias specification + +# User alias specification + +# Cmnd alias specification + +# User privilege specification +root ALL=(ALL) ALL +EOF + chown root:root "$TARGET/etc/sudoers" + chmod 0440 "$TARGET/etc/sudoers" + + # "normalize" /etc/inittab + rm -f "$TARGET/etc/inittab" + sed 's/id\:[0-6]\:initdefault\:/id\:5\:initdefault\:/;s/\([1-6]:23\):/\145:/' "$TARGET/usr/share/sysvinit/inittab" > "$TARGET/etc/inittab" + + # create "real" /tmp with mode 1777 + rm -f $TARGET/tmp 2>/dev/null + mkdir -p $TARGET/tmp + chmod 1777 $TARGET/tmp + + # create /etc/mtab as a regular file + rm -f $TARGET/etc/mtab + touch $TARGET/etc/mtab + + # configure /etc/kernel-pkg.conf + if [ -f "$TARGET/etc/kernel-pkg.conf" ]; then + perl -pi -e "s/^maintainer.*\=.*/maintainer \:\= $cfg_realname/;s/^email.*\=.*/email \:\= $cfg_username\@$cfg_hostname\.local/" "$TARGET/etc/kernel-pkg.conf" + NUMCPUS=$(grep -c "model name" /proc/cpuinfo) + [ $NUMCPUS -ge 2 ] && echo CONCURRENCY_LEVEL := $NUMCPUS >> $TARGET/etc/kernel-pkg.conf + fi + + # enable KDE sounds + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/share/config/knotifyrc" + + # profile + cat "$TARGET/usr/share/base-files/profile" > "$TARGET/etc/profile" + + # For us users use an us-mirror + case "$LANGUAGE" in + us*) + #perl -pi -e "s/ftp2.de.debian.org/ftp.uk.debian.org/" $TARGET/etc/apt/sources.list + : + ;; + esac + + # install hooks + if [ "$(ls $TARGET/usr/share/acritoxinstaller/target-config)" ]; then + for hook in $TARGET/usr/share/acritoxinstaller/target-config/* + do + chroot_it "${hook#$TARGET}" + done + fi + + # install overlay + if [ "$(ls $TARGET/usr/share/acritoxinstaller/target-overlay)" ]; then + cp -a --target-directory=$TARGET $TARGET/usr/share/acritoxinstaller/target-overlay/* + fi + + # add correct keymap + [ -f /etc/sysconfig/keyboard ] && . /etc/sysconfig/keyboard + + [ -n "$KEYTABLE" ] && chroot_it install-keymap "$KEYTABLE" 2>/dev/null +} + +# Synopsis: configure_target_purge_live_only_stuff +# +# This function removes everything that is only useful on live-systems +function configure_target_purge_live_only_stuff() +{ + send install_step configure_target_purge_live_only_stuff + # remove live-only-packages + chroot_it dpkg --purge \ + busybox \ + acritoxinstaller \ + acritoxinstaller-kanotix \ + live-boot-initramfs-tools \ + live-boot \ + live-initramfs \ + live-build-cgi \ + live-build \ + live-helper \ + live-config-runit \ + live-config-sysvinit \ + live-config-upstart \ + live-config \ + live-magic \ + live-manual-epub \ + live-manual-html \ + live-manual-odf \ + live-manual-pdf \ + live-manual-txt \ + live-manual \ + mknbi \ + syslinux \ + tftpd-hpa &> /dev/null + + # disable live config + [ -f "$TARGET/etc/default/distro" ] && \ + perl -pi -e "s/^FLL_DISTRO_MODE\=.*/FLL_DISTRO_MODE\=\"installed\"/" "$TARGET/etc/default/distro" + + # remove temporary kde- user files + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.DCOPserver_*_*" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/cache-*" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/socket-*" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/tmp-*" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.*uthority" + + rm -rf "$TARGET/etc/sysconfig" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/Desktop/install-gui.desktop" + + # remove kdm live shutdown hack + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/shutdown/kdm-force-shutdown-hack" +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/install_main b/backend/modules/install_main new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bee41af --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/install_main @@ -0,0 +1,302 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: update_fstab_on_target +# +# This function is partly adapted from the Knoppix-Installer +# It creates a new fstab for the new installed system in $TARGET. +# * proc, usbfs, sysfs, tmpfs: hardcoded +# * all mountpoints of the hd_map +# * cdroms, floppy +# * remove not needed device links +function update_fstab_on_target() +{ + send install_step update_fstab_on_target + emit_progress 0 + local progress_steps=$(( $(wc -l <<<"$cfg_hdmap") + 2 )) + local progress=0 + + # Charset stuff for FAT/NTFS-Filesystems + unset utf_option nls + if [ "$(locale charmap)" = "UTF-8" ]; then + utf_option=",utf8" + nls=",nls=utf8" + fi + chroot_it locale-gen &>/dev/null + + # Build new /etc/fstab + cat <<EOF >$TARGET/etc/fstab +# /etc/fstab: static file system information. +# +# <file system> <mount point> <type> <options> <dump> <pass> +proc /proc proc defaults 0 0 +EOF + + [ -x $TARGET/etc/init.d/mountkernfs.sh ] || cat <<EOF >>$TARGET/etc/fstab +sysfs /sys sysfs defaults 0 0 +tmpfs /dev/shm tmpfs defaults 0 0 +EOF + + while IFS=: read device mountpoint filesystem automount + do + fstab_options=""; fstab_dump=0; fstab_pass=2; fstab_type="" + [ -z "$fstab_type" ] && fstab_type=$filesystem + [ -z "$fstab_type" ] && fstab_type=$(get_filesystem $device) + [ -z "$fstab_type" ] && fstab_type=auto + + case "$automount" in + auto) + fstab_options="defaults";; + *) + fstab_options="noauto,users";; + esac + + case "$fstab_type" in + msdos) + fstab_options="${fstab_options},umask=000,quiet${utf_option}"; fstab_pass=0;; + vfat) + fstab_options="${fstab_options},umask=000,shortname=mixed,quiet${utf_option}"; fstab_pass=0;; + esac + + if [ "$mountpoint" = "/" ]; then + fstab_pass=1 + case $fstab_type in + reiser*|xfs|jfs) + fstab_options="defaults" + ;; + *) + fstab_options="defaults,errors=remount-ro" + ;; + esac + elif [ "${mountpoint:0:7}" = "/media/" ]; then + # don't run fsck on boot for all /media/* mountpoints + fstab_pass=0 + else + # don't run fsck on boot if device is a removable disk (if group of /dev/XXX == floppy) + [ "$(stat --format "%G" $device)" = "floppy" ] && fstab_pass=0 + fi + + fstab_options="${fstab_options##defaults,}" + + unset DEV UUID + case $device in + /dev/mapper/*) ;; + /dev/disk/by-uuid/*) DEV=/dev/$(readlink $device|sed s@../../@@) + UUID="UUID=${device#/dev/disk/by-uuid/}" + ;; + /dev/*) DEV=$device + UUID="UUID=$(get_partition_uuid $device)" + ;; + UUID=*) UUID=$device + DEV=/dev/$(readlink /dev/disk/by-uuid/${device#UUID=}|sed s@../../@@) + ;; + esac + + [ -n "${DEV#/dev/}" ] && echo "# $DEV" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + if [ -n "${UUID#UUID=}" ]; then + printf "%-15s %-15s %-7s %-15s %-7s %s\n" "$UUID" "$mountpoint" "$fstab_type" "$fstab_options" "$fstab_dump" "$fstab_pass" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + else + # this partition doesn't have an UUID + printf "%-15s %-15s %-7s %-15s %-7s %s\n" "$device" "$mountpoint" "$fstab_type" "$fstab_options" "$fstab_dump" "$fstab_pass" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + fi + + # Remove not needed device links + [ "/media/${device##*/}" != "$mountpoint" ] && rmdir "$TARGET/media/${device##*/}" &>/dev/null + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/Desktop/${device##*/}" + + # update progress + progress=$[progress+1]; emit_progress $[100*progress/progress_steps] + done <<<"$cfg_hdmap" + + # Add swap to /etc/fstab + while read device + do + UUID="$(get_partition_uuid $device)" + if [ -z "$UUID" ]; then + # swap partition without UUID + swapoff $device + mkswap $device + swapon $device + UUID="$(get_partition_uuid $device)" + fi + [ -z "$UUID" ] && continue # should never happen... + + printf "%-15s %-15s %-7s %-15s %-7s %s\n" "UUID=$UUID" "none" "swap" "sw" "0" "0" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + done < <(list_swap_partitions) + + # Add cdrom devices to /etc/fstab + + CDROM=0 + for c in $(gawk '/name/{for (i=NF;i>=3;i--) {print $i}}' /proc/sys/dev/cdrom/info 2>/dev/null); do + [ -d $TARGET/media/cdrom$CDROM ] || mkdir -p $TARGET/media/cdrom$CDROM + if [ "$CDROM" = "0" ]; then + if [ "$(readlink $TARGET/media/cdrom)" != "cdrom0" ]; then + rm -f $TARGET/media/cdrom + ln -s cdrom0 $TARGET/media/cdrom + fi + if [ "$(readlink $TARGET/cdrom)" != "media/cdrom" ]; then + rm -f $TARGET/cdrom + ln -s media/cdrom $TARGET/cdrom + fi + fi + printf "%-15s %-15s %-7s %-15s %-7s %s\n" "/dev/$c" "/media/cdrom$CDROM" "udf,iso9660" "user,noauto" "0" "0" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + CDROM=$(($CDROM+1)) + done + if [ "$CDROM" = "0" ]; then + rm -f $TARGET/cdrom $TARGET/media/cdrom + fi + + # Add floppy devices to /etc/fstab + + for f in $(ls -d /sys/block/fd* 2>/dev/null); do + [ -d $TARGET/media/floppy${f#/sys/block/fd} ] || mkdir -p $TARGET/media/floppy${f#/sys/block/fd} + printf "%-15s %-15s %-7s %-15s %-7s %s\n" "/dev${f#/sys/block}" "/media/floppy${f#/sys/block/fd}" "auto" "rw,user,noauto" "0" "0" >> $TARGET/etc/fstab + done + +} + +# Synopsis: update_passwd_on_target +# +function update_passwd_on_target() +{ + send install_step update_passwd_on_target + chroot $TARGET sh -c "usermod --password '$cfg_rootpwd' root" + + if [ -x $ROOT/usr/sbin/adduser ]; then + LC_ALL=C chroot $TARGET adduser --disabled-password --force-badname --no-create-home --gecos "$cfg_realname,,," --uid 1000 "$cfg_username" >/dev/null + else + chroot $TARGET useradd -c "$cfg_realname,,," "$cfg_username" -u 1000 >/dev/null + fi + + chroot $TARGET sh -c "usermod --password '$cfg_userpwd' '$cfg_username'" + + for group in lpadmin scanner; do + chroot $TARGET addgroup --system $group >/dev/null 2>&1 + done + for group in adm audio cdrom dialout floppy video plugdev dip lpadmin lp scanner powerdev netdev; do + chroot $TARGET adduser --force-badname "$cfg_username" $group >/dev/null 2>&1 + done +} + +# Synopsis: copy_home_to_target +# +# This function copies the home directory from the live user +function copy_home_to_target() +{ + send install_step copy_home_to_target + #check if already data is there then stop + if [ -d "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username" ]; then + chroot "$TARGET" chown -R "$cfg_username":"$cfg_username" "/home/$cfg_username" + return 0 + fi + + if [ -d "/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER/.kde" ]; then + rm -rf "$TARGET/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER" + cp -a "/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER" "$TARGET/home" + [ "$cfg_username" != "$FLL_LIVE_USER" ] && mv "$TARGET/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER" "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username" + else + cp -a "$TARGET/etc/skel" "$TARGET/home" + mv "$TARGET/home/skel" "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username" + fi + + # update home-path in user's config files + if [ "$cfg_username" != "$FLL_LIVE_USER" ]; then + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/appreg" + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/pluginreg.dat" + if [ -e "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/$FLL_LIVE_USER" ]; then + [ -e "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/default" ] || mv "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/$FLL_LIVE_USER" "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/default" + perl -pi -e 's/.*general.useragent.*\n?//' "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.mozilla/default/*/prefs.js" + fi + + OLDHOME="/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER" + NEWHOME="/home/$cfg_username" + PART="$TARGET" + for f in $(find "$PART$NEWHOME" -exec grep -ls "$OLDHOME" {} \;|grep -v $0); do + perl -pi -e "s|$OLDHOME|$NEWHOME|g" "$f" + done + fi + + # revert to plain debian .bashrc + cat "$TARGET/etc/skel/.bashrc" > "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.bashrc" + + # revert kdesu/sudo workaround + rm -f "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/share/apps/konsole/su.desktop" \ + "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/share/apps/konsole/sumc.desktop" \ + "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/share/config/kdesurc" \ + "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde4/share/config/kdesurc" \ + "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.su-to-rootrc" + rm -rf "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.gconf/apps/gksu" + + # force kde first time configuration + if [ -f /etc/skel/.kde/share/config/kpersonalizerrc ]; then + perl -pi -e 's/FirstLogin=false/FirstLogin=true/g' "$TARGET/etc/skel/.kde/share/config/kpersonalizerrc" + + # The users kde should be perfect, unless we just copied from template ... + [ ! -d "/home/$FLL_LIVE_USER/.kde" ] && perl -pi -e 's/FirstLogin=false/FirstLogin=true/g' "$TARGET/home/$cfg_username/.kde/share/config/kpersonalizerrc" + fi + + chroot "$TARGET" chown -R "$cfg_username":"$cfg_username" "/home/$cfg_username" +} + +# Synopsis: copy_etc_to_target +# +# This function is partly adapted from the Knoppix-Installer +function copy_etc_to_target() +{ + send install_step copy_etc_to_target + # UTC=no fix + if [ -f /etc/default/rcS -a -f $TARGET/etc/default/rcS ]; then + cat /etc/default/rcS > $TARGET/etc/default/rcS + fi + + cp -a /etc/timezone $TARGET/etc/timezone + cp -a /etc/localtime $TARGET/etc/localtime + cp -a /etc/default/keyboard $TARGET/etc/default/keyboard + cp -a /etc/default/locale $TARGET/etc/default/locale + cp -a /etc/locale.gen $TARGET/etc/locale.gen + #cp -a /etc/console/* $TARGET/etc/console/ + #cp -a /etc/environment $TARGET/etc/environment + + # network + rm -f $TARGET/etc/network/interfaces + cp -a /etc/network/interfaces $TARGET/etc/network/interfaces + + # create locales + chroot_it locale-gen &>/dev/null + chroot_it dpkg-reconfigure -fnoninteractive keyboard-configuration &>/dev/null + + # nvidia autoinstall trigger + chroot_it update-rc.d -f kanotix remove &>/dev/null + rm -f $TARGET/etc/init.d/kanotix + + # xorg.conf + debconf-get-selections | grep -e xserver-xorg -e tzdata | chroot_it debconf-set-selections &>/dev/null + rm -f $TARGET/etc/X11/xorg.conf* + chroot_it dpkg-reconfigure -phigh xserver-xorg &>/dev/null + + # Save ALSA sound volume + if [ -e /proc/asound/modules ] && [ -x /usr/sbin/alsactl ]; then + /usr/sbin/alsactl store + if [ -f /var/lib/alsa/asound.state ]; then + cp /var/lib/alsa/asound.state "$TARGET/var/lib/alsa" + fi + fi + + # KDM: auto login + kdmrc=$TARGET/etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc + [ -f $TARGET/etc/kde4/kdm/kdmrc ] && kdmrc=$TARGET/etc/kde4/kdm/kdmrc + if [ -e $kdmrc ]; then + perl -pi -e "s|^[#\s]*(AutoLoginUser).*|\1=$cfg_username|" $kdmrc + [ "$cfg_autologin" = "on" ] && autologin="true" || autologin="false" + perl -pi -e "s|^[#\s]*(AutoLoginEnable).*|\1=$autologin|" $kdmrc + fi + + # Crypto + cp -a /etc/crypttab $TARGET/etc/crypttab + + # PolicyKit + if [ -e /etc/PolicyKit/PolicyKit.conf -a -e $TARGET/etc/PolicyKit/PolicyKit.conf ]; then + sed '/<!-- .* user in live session -->/d; s/user="'"$FLL_LIVE_USER"'"/user="'"$cfg_username"'"/;' \ + < /etc/PolicyKit/PolicyKit.conf > $TARGET/etc/PolicyKit/PolicyKit.conf + fi +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/install_services b/backend/modules/install_services new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e3b74c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/install_services @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: configure_target_services +# +# This function configures the services and their autostart +function configure_target_services() +{ + send install_step configure_target_services + # prepare ssh + if [ /etc/init.d/ssh ]; then + if [ ! -e "$TARGET/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key" ]; then + ssh-keygen -q -t rsa -f "$TARGET/etc/ssh/ssh_host_rsa_key" -C '' -N '' + fi + if [ ! -e "$TARGET/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key" ]; then + ssh-keygen -q -t dsa -f "$TARGET/etc/ssh/ssh_host_dsa_key" -C '' -N '' + fi + fi +} + diff --git a/backend/modules/partitions b/backend/modules/partitions new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d59323 --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/partitions @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +# Synopsis: list_all_disks +# +# This function lists all disks +# Output example: +# /dev/sda +# /dev/sdb +function list_all_disks() +{ + awk -vli="$(awk '{if($2=="sd") print $1;}' /proc/devices)" 'BEGIN{m=split(li,list," ")}{for(i=1;i<=m;i++) if($1==list[i]&&$2%16==0) print "/dev/"$4;}' /proc/partitions +} + +# Synopsis: send_list_of_disks +# +# This script sends a list of all disks with size-details to the frontend. +# Output example: +# <installer data> list_of_disks +# /dev/sda 10001908224 +# /dev/sdb 64023257088 +function send_list_of_disks() +{ + send data list_of_disks + list_all_disks | partitions_size_details +} + +# Synopsis: list_all_partitions +# +# This function lists all partitions from all disks +# Output example: +# /dev/sda1 +# /dev/sda2 +# /dev/sdb5 +function list_all_partitions() +{ + awk -vli="$(awk '{if($2=="sd") print $1;}' /proc/devices)" 'BEGIN{m=split(li,list," ")}{for(i=1;i<=m;i++) if($1==list[i]&&$2%16!=0) print "/dev/"$4;}' /proc/partitions +} + +# Synopsis: (e.g.) list_all_partitions | partitions_usage_details +# +# This function lists usage details for a list of partitions from STDIN +# Output example: +# /dev/sda1 filesystem reiserfs +# /dev/sda2 filesystem ext3 +# /dev/sda3 other swap +function partitions_usage_details() +{ + while read part x + do + [ -e "$part" ] || continue + ID_FS_USAGE="$(/sbin/blkid -p -s USAGE -o value "$part")" + [ "$ID_FS_USAGE" ] || continue + ID_FS_TYPE="$(/sbin/blkid -p -s TYPE -o value "$part")" + echo "$part $ID_FS_USAGE $ID_FS_TYPE" + done +} + +# Synopsis: (e.g.) list_all_partitions | partitions_size_details +# +# This function lists size details for a list of partitions from STDIN +# Output example: +# /dev/sda 64023257088 +# /dev/sda1 10001908224 +function partitions_size_details() +{ + while read part x + do + [ -e "$part" ] || continue + echo "$part $(blockdev --getsize64 "$part")" + done +} + +# Synopsis: list_partitions [-type <filesystem>] [-disk <disk>] [-usage <usage>] +# +# This function lists all partitions that match all the given parameters +# Output example: +# /dev/sda1 +# /dev/sda2 +# /dev/sdb5 +function list_partitions() +{ + unset required_type required_disk; + required_usage="filesystem" + + while [ "$1" ] + do + case $1 in + -type) + required_type="$2"; + shift + ;; + -disk) + required_disk="$2"; + shift + ;; + -usage) + required_usage="$2"; + shift + ;; + esac + shift + done + + while IFS=" " read part usage type + do + if [ "$usage" = "$required_usage" ]; then + [ "$required_type" -a "$required_type" != "$(get_filesystem $part)" ] && continue + [ "$required_disk" ] && ! echo "$part" | grep -q "^$required_disk" && continue + echo $part + fi + done < <(list_all_partitions | partitions_usage_details) +} + + +# Synopsis: list_linux_partitions +# +# This function lists all partitions from the disks (by list_all_disks) which have partition Id 0x83 (= Linux) +# Output example: +# /dev/sda4 +# /dev/sdb1 +function list_linux_partitions() +{ + for disk in $(list_all_disks) + do + LC_ALL=C sfdisk -l "$disk" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/[*+]//g;' | gawk '/^\/dev/{if($6 == 83){print $1}}' + done +} + +# Synopsis: list_swap_partitions +# +# This function lists all partitions from the disks (by list_all_disks) which have partition Id 0x82 (= Linux swap) +# Output example: +# /dev/sda4 +# /dev/sdb1 +function list_swap_partitions() +{ + for disk in $(list_all_disks) + do + LC_ALL=C sfdisk -l "$disk" 2>/dev/null | sed 's/[*+]//g;' | gawk '/^\/dev/{if($6 == 82){print $1}}' + done +} + +# Synopsis: get_disk <partition> +# +# This function returns the disk containing the given partition +# Output example: +# /dev/sda +function get_disk() +{ + path="$(udevadm info -q path -n "$1")" + while [ "$path" ] + do + udevadm info -q env -p "$path" | grep -q "^DEVTYPE=disk$" && break + path="$(dirname "$path")" + done + [ "$path" ] && udevadm info --root -q name -p "$path" && return 0 + return 1 +} + +# Synopsis: is_removeable <disk/partition> +# +# This function checks if a disk or partition is removeable (returncode 0) or not (returncode 1) +function is_removeable() +{ + DEV="$(get_disk "$1")" + REM=$(cat /sys/block/${DEV#/dev/}/removable 2>/dev/null) + case $(readlink -f /sys/block/${DEV#/dev}) in *usb*) REM=1; esac + [ "$REM" = "1" ] && return 0 || return 1 +} + +# Synopsis: list_possible_root_partitions +# +# This script lists all possible root-partitions. +# * all linux-partitions and all partitions that have a linux-filesystem +# Output example: +# /dev/sda4 +# /dev/sdb1 +function list_possible_root_partitions() +{ + ( list_linux_partitions; list_partitions -type Linux ) | sort -u +} + +# Synopsis: send_possible_root_partitions +# +# This script sends a list of all possible root-partitions with size-details to the frontend. +# Output example: +# <installer data> possible_root_partitions +# /dev/sda4 10001908224 +# /dev/sdb1 64023257088 +function send_possible_root_partitions() +{ + send data possible_root_partitions + list_possible_root_partitions | partitions_size_details +} + +# Synopsis: send_possible_root_filesystems +# +# This script sends a list of all possible filesystems to format the root-partition with to the frontend. +# Output example: +# <installer data> possible_root_filesystems +# ext4 +# ext3 +# reiserfs +function send_possible_root_filesystems() +{ + send data possible_root_filesystems + for fs in ext4 ext3 reiserfs xfs jfs; do echo $fs; done +} + +# Synopsis: get_filesystem <device> +# +# This function returns the filesystem on the supplied device. +# Returned filesystem could be: +# ext4, ext3, ext2, reiserfs, xfs, minix, hfs, efs, reiser4, +# jfs, iso9660, vfat, ntfs, swap, oracleasm, jbd, gfs, +# gfs2, vxfs, romfs, bfs, cramfs, qnx4, udf, ufs, hpfs, +# sysv, swsuspend, ocfs, ocfs2 +# Output example: +# ext4 +function get_filesystem() +{ + [ -x /sbin/blkid ] && /sbin/blkid -s TYPE -o value "$1" +} + +# Synopsis: get_filesystem_type [-fs <filesystem>]|<device> +# +# This function returns the type of the filesystem on the supplied device (or filesystem). +# Returned type could be: +# Linux, CD-ROM, Windows, Swap, (not recognized type -> filesystem) +# Output example: +# Linux +function get_filesystem_type() +{ + if [ "$1" = "-fs" ]; then + filesystem="$2" + else + filesystem="$(get_filesystem "$1")" + fi + case $filesystem in + ext4|ext3|ext2|reiserfs|xfs|minix|hfs|efs|reiser4|jfs) echo Linux;; + iso9660) echo CD-ROM;; + vfat|ntfs) echo Windows;; + swap) echo Swap;; + *) echo "$filesystem";; + esac + # Other (not recognized) Filesystems: + # oracleasm, jbd, gfs, gfs2, vxfs, romfs, bfs, cramfs, + # qnx4, udf, ufs, hpfs, sysv, swsuspend, ocfs, ocfs2 +} + + diff --git a/backend/modules/partmgr b/backend/modules/partmgr new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c773e8d --- /dev/null +++ b/backend/modules/partmgr @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +function run_partmgr() +{ + case "$1" in + cfdisk|fdisk) + TERM=xterm /sbin/"$1" "$2" + ;; + gparted|qtparted) + "$1" "$2" + ;; + esac +} + +function send_partition_managers() +{ + send data partition_managers + for app in cfdisk gparted qtparted fdisk + do + which $app &>/dev/null || continue + echo $app + done +} + diff --git a/busyappfilter.cpp b/busyappfilter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3f14de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/busyappfilter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#include "busyappfilter.h" + +bool BusyAppFilter::eventFilter(QObject *obj, QEvent *event) +{ + switch ( event->type() ) + { + case QEvent::KeyPress: + case QEvent::KeyRelease: + case QEvent::MouseButtonPress: + case QEvent::MouseButtonDblClick: + case QEvent::MouseMove: + case QEvent::HoverEnter: + case QEvent::HoverLeave: + case QEvent::HoverMove: + case QEvent::DragEnter: + case QEvent::DragLeave: + case QEvent::DragMove: + case QEvent::Drop: + return true; + default: + return QObject::eventFilter( obj, event ); + } +} diff --git a/busyappfilter.h b/busyappfilter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d80f39 --- /dev/null +++ b/busyappfilter.h @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +#include <QObject> +#include <QEvent> + +#ifndef BUSYAPPFILTER_H +#define BUSYAPPFILTER_H + + +class BusyAppFilter : public QObject +{ + protected: + bool eventFilter( QObject *obj, QEvent *event ); +}; + +#endif // BUSYAPPFILTER_H diff --git a/config.h.in b/config.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cad8199 --- /dev/null +++ b/config.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +#define BACKEND_DIR "@BACKEND_DIR@" +#define BACKEND_PATH "@BACKEND_DIR@/backend.sh" diff --git a/debian/acritoxinstaller-kanotix.install b/debian/acritoxinstaller-kanotix.install new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9feb853 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/acritoxinstaller-kanotix.install @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +kanotix/acritoxinstaller.desktop /usr/share/applnk/Kanotix/ +kanotix/icons/* /usr/share/icons/hicolor/ diff --git a/debian/acritoxinstaller.install b/debian/acritoxinstaller.install new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8563384 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/acritoxinstaller.install @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +debian/tmp/usr diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..826bc8c --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +acritoxinstaller (0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial release. + + -- Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> Fri, 11 Mar 2011 10:21:10 +0100 diff --git a/debian/compat b/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f8f011 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +7 diff --git a/debian/control b/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d571d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Source: acritoxinstaller +Section: admin +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> +Uploaders: Joerg Schirottke <master@kanotix.com> +Build-Depends: cdbs, debhelper (>= 7.0.50~), cmake, libqt4-dev +Standards-Version: 3.8.4 + +Package: acritoxinstaller +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: AcritoxInstaller + Qt4 frontend and bash backend to install debian-live-LiveCDs + +Package: acritoxinstaller-kanotix +Architecture: any +Depends: acritoxinstaller (= ${source:Version}) +Description: AcritoxInstaller for KANOTIX + diff --git a/debian/copyright b/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b7b3b6b --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +This work was packaged for Debian by: + + Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> on Fri, 11 Mar 2011 09:42:47 +0100 + +It was downloaded from: + + http://www.andreas-loibl.de/content/linux/projekte/acritoxinstaller/ + +Upstream Author(s): + + Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> + +Copyright: + + Copyright (C) 2011 Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> + +License: + + GPL, see "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL". + +The Debian packaging is: + + Copyright (C) 2011 Andreas Loibl <andreas@andreas-loibl.de> + +and is licensed under the GPL version 3, +see "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-3". + +libqtermwidget is written by: + + JK <e_k@users.sourceforge.net> + +and is licensed under the GPL version 2, +see "/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL-2". + diff --git a/debian/rules b/debian/rules new file mode 100755 index 0000000..fca5ea9 --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f + +include /usr/share/cdbs/1/rules/debhelper.mk +include /usr/share/cdbs/1/class/cmake.mk + + +# Add here any variable or target overrides you need. diff --git a/debian/source/format b/debian/source/format new file mode 100644 index 0000000..89ae9db --- /dev/null +++ b/debian/source/format @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +3.0 (native) diff --git a/images/banner.png b/images/banner.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b366c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/images/banner.png diff --git a/kanotix/acritoxinstaller.desktop b/kanotix/acritoxinstaller.desktop new file mode 100644 index 0000000..676498b --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/acritoxinstaller.desktop @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +[Desktop Entry] +Encoding=UTF-8 +Name=acritoxinstaller +Exec=acritoxinstaller +Icon=acritoxinstaller +Type=Application +GenericName=Install Kanotix +GenericName[de]=Kanotix installieren +Comment=Install Kanotix +Comment[de]=Kanotix installieren diff --git a/kanotix/icons/128x128/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/128x128/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dea945c --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/128x128/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/kanotix/icons/16x16/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/16x16/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ce1954 --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/16x16/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/kanotix/icons/22x22/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/22x22/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ee8be7 --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/22x22/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/kanotix/icons/32x32/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/32x32/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6beadd --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/32x32/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/kanotix/icons/48x48/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/48x48/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..f920210 --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/48x48/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/kanotix/icons/64x64/apps/acritoxinstaller.png b/kanotix/icons/64x64/apps/acritoxinstaller.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b51b529 --- /dev/null +++ b/kanotix/icons/64x64/apps/acritoxinstaller.png diff --git a/listdelegate.cpp b/listdelegate.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5777813 --- /dev/null +++ b/listdelegate.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +#include "listdelegate.h" +#include "listitem.h" +#include <algorithm> +#include <QModelIndex> +#include <QPainter> +#include <QApplication> +#include <QTextDocument> +#include <QIcon> + +ListDelegate::ListDelegate(QObject *parent) +: QStyledItemDelegate(parent) +{ +} + +void ListDelegate::paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + QString title = index.data(ListItem::ItemTitle).toString(); + QString description = index.data(ListItem::ItemDescription).toString(); + QIcon icon = QIcon::fromTheme(index.data(ListItem::ItemIcon).toString()); +// QVariant data = index.data(ListItem::ItemData); + + painter->save(); + QPalette p; + painter->fillRect(option.rect, p.brush((index.row() % 2 ) ? QPalette::Base : QPalette::AlternateBase)); + QStyle *style = QApplication::style(); + style->drawPrimitive(QStyle::PE_PanelItemViewItem, &option, painter); + + QTextDocument doc; + painter->translate(option.rect.topLeft()); + if (option.state & QStyle::State_Selected) + { + painter->setPen(option.palette.color(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::HighlightedText)); + doc.setDefaultStyleSheet("* { color: "+option.palette.color(QPalette::HighlightedText).name()+"; }"); + } + else + { + painter->setPen(option.palette.color(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Text)); + doc.setDefaultStyleSheet("* { color: "+option.palette.color(QPalette::Text).name()+"; }"); + } + + if(!icon.isNull()) + { + painter->drawPixmap(5,5,64,64, icon.pixmap(QSize(64,64))); + } + + QFont f = painter->font(); + f.setBold(true); + painter->setFont(f); + painter->drawText(74,20, title); + f.setBold(false); + + doc.setUndoRedoEnabled(false); + doc.setDocumentMargin(0); + doc.setTextWidth(option.rect.width()-79); + doc.setUseDesignMetrics(true); + doc.setHtml("<p>"+description+"</p>"); + QRectF rect = QRectF(QPoint(0,0),doc.size()); + painter->translate(74,20+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics(f).height()); + doc.drawContents(painter, rect); + painter->translate(-74,-20-QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics(f).height()); + + painter->restore(); +} + +QSize ListDelegate::sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + QString description = index.data(ListItem::ItemDescription).toString(); + QFont f = QApplication::font(); + QTextDocument doc; + doc.setUndoRedoEnabled(false); + doc.setDocumentMargin(0); + doc.setTextWidth(option.rect.width()-79); + doc.setUseDesignMetrics(true); + doc.setHtml("<p>"+description+"</p>"); + return QSize(option.rect.width()-10,std::max(69, int(25+QFontMetrics::QFontMetrics(f).height()+doc.size().height()))); +} + diff --git a/listdelegate.h b/listdelegate.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d364b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/listdelegate.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +#ifndef LISTDELEGATE_H +#define LISTDELEGATE_H + +#include <QStyledItemDelegate> + +class ListDelegate : public QStyledItemDelegate +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + ListDelegate(QObject *parent = 0); + void paint(QPainter *painter, const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const; + QSize sizeHint(const QStyleOptionViewItem &option, const QModelIndex &index) const; + +}; + +#endif diff --git a/listitem.cpp b/listitem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea1de8e --- /dev/null +++ b/listitem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include "listitem.h" + +ListItem::ListItem(const QString &title, const QString &description, const QString &icon, const QVariant &data) +: QListWidgetItem(0, UserType) +{ + setData(ItemTitle, title); + setData(ItemDescription, description); + setData(ItemIcon, icon); + setData(ItemData, data); +} diff --git a/listitem.h b/listitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aacfbfb --- /dev/null +++ b/listitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +#ifndef LISTITEM_H +#define LISTITEM_H + +#include <QListWidgetItem> + +class ListItem : public QListWidgetItem +{ +public: + enum DataRole + { + ItemTitle = 32, + ItemDescription = 33, + ItemIcon = 34, + ItemData = 35 + }; + ListItem(const QString &title, const QString &description, const QString &icon = "", const QVariant &data = QVariant()); +}; + +#endif diff --git a/main.cpp b/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6423dd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include "mainwizard.h" + +int main(int argc, char** argv) +{ + QApplication app(argc, argv); + MainWizard *l = new MainWizard; + l->show(); + return app.exec(); +} diff --git a/mainwizard.cpp b/mainwizard.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..25df6f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/mainwizard.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "mainwizard.h" +#include "listdelegate.h" +#include "listitem.h" +#include "wizard/welcome.h" +#include "wizard/partitions.h" +#include "wizard/partmansel.h" +#include "wizard/partman.h" +#include "wizard/rootpartition.h" +#include "wizard/bootloader.h" +#include "wizard/rootpwd.h" +#include "wizard/usercfg.h" +#include "wizard/userpwd.h" +#include "wizard/network.h" +#include "wizard/summary.h" +#include "wizard/installation.h" + +MainWizard::MainWizard() +{ + backend = Backend::instance(); + backend->runBackend(); + + connect(backend, SIGNAL(isBusy(bool)), this, SLOT(backendBusy(bool))); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedCommand(QString,QString)), this, SLOT(processCommand(QString,QString))); + + setPage(Page_Welcome, new wpWelcome(this)); + setPage(Page_Partitions, new wpPartitions(this)); + setPage(Page_PartManSel, new wpPartManSel(this)); + setPage(Page_PartMan, new wpPartMan(this)); + setPage(Page_RootPartition, new wpRootPartition(this)); + setPage(Page_Bootloader, new wpBootloader(this)); + setPage(Page_RootPwd, new wpRootPwd(this)); + setPage(Page_UserCfg, new wpUserCfg(this)); + setPage(Page_UserPwd, new wpUserPwd(this)); + setPage(Page_Network, new wpNetwork(this)); + setPage(Page_Summary, new wpSummary(this)); + setPage(Page_Installation, new wpInstallation(this)); + setStartId(Page_Welcome); + setWizardStyle(ModernStyle); + setWindowTitle(tr("Installer")); + + filter = new BusyAppFilter; + + setPixmap(QWizard::LogoPixmap, QIcon::fromTheme("acritoxinstaller").pixmap(64,64)); +} + +void MainWizard::reject() +{ + backend->exitBackend(); + QWizard::reject(); +} + +void MainWizard::backendBusy(bool busy) +{ + qDebug((QString("MainWizard::backendBusy: ")+(busy ? "yes" : "no")).toUtf8()); + if(!busy) + { + QApplication::restoreOverrideCursor(); + QApplication::instance()->removeEventFilter(filter); + } + else if(!QApplication::overrideCursor()) + { + QApplication::setOverrideCursor(Qt::WaitCursor); + QApplication::instance()->installEventFilter(filter); + } +} + +void MainWizard::processCommand(QString command, QString args) +{ + if(command == "loadpage") + { + QList<int> pages = pageIds(); + for(int i = 0; i < pages.size(); ++i) + if(page(i)->objectName() == args) + { + break; + } + } +} + +QSize MainWizard::sizeHint() const +{ + return QSize(800,600); +} diff --git a/mainwizard.h b/mainwizard.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9fa9839 --- /dev/null +++ b/mainwizard.h @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#ifndef mainwizard_H +#define mainwizard_H + +#include <QWizard> +#include "backend.h" +#include "busyappfilter.h" + +class MainWizard : public QWizard +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + enum { Page_Welcome, + Page_Partitions, + Page_PartManSel, + Page_PartMan, + Page_RootPartition, + Page_Bootloader, + Page_RootPwd, + Page_UserCfg, + Page_UserPwd, + Page_Network, + Page_Summary, + Page_Installation }; + MainWizard(); + void reject(); + Backend* backend; + QSize sizeHint() const; + + private: + BusyAppFilter *filter; + + private slots: + void processCommand(QString command, QString args); + void backendBusy(bool busy); + +}; + +#endif // mainwizard_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/AUTHORS b/qtermwidget/AUTHORS new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bfa5fa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/AUTHORS @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +e_k@users.sourceforge.net
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp b/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..39ef499 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. + +*/ + +// Own +#include "BlockArray.h" + +#include <QtCore> + +// System +#include <assert.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <sys/param.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdio.h> + + +using namespace Konsole; + +static int blocksize = 0; + +BlockArray::BlockArray() + : size(0), + current(size_t(-1)), + index(size_t(-1)), + lastmap(0), + lastmap_index(size_t(-1)), + lastblock(0), ion(-1), + length(0) +{ + // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1); + if (blocksize == 0) + blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize(); + +} + +BlockArray::~BlockArray() +{ + setHistorySize(0); + assert(!lastblock); +} + +size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block) +{ + if (!size) + return size_t(-1); + + ++current; + if (current >= size) current = 0; + + int rc; + rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } + rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } + + length++; + if (length > size) length = size; + + ++index; + + delete block; + return current; +} + +size_t BlockArray::newBlock() +{ + if (!size) + return size_t(-1); + append(lastblock); + + lastblock = new Block(); + return index + 1; +} + +Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const +{ + return lastblock; +} + +bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const +{ + if (i == index + 1) + return true; + + if (i > index) + return false; + if (index - i >= length) + return false; + return true; +} + +const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i) +{ + if (i == index + 1) + return lastblock; + + if (i == lastmap_index) + return lastmap; + + if (i > index) { + qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n"; + return 0; + } + +// if (index - i >= length) { +// kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n"; +// return 0; +// } + + size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ; + + assert(j < size); + unmap(); + + Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize); + + if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; } + + lastmap = block; + lastmap_index = i; + + return block; +} + +void BlockArray::unmap() +{ + if (lastmap) { + int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize); + if (res < 0) perror("munmap"); + } + lastmap = 0; + lastmap_index = size_t(-1); +} + +bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize) +{ + return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize); +} + +bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize; + + if (size == newsize) + return false; + + unmap(); + + if (!newsize) { + delete lastblock; + lastblock = 0; + if (ion >= 0) close(ion); + ion = -1; + current = size_t(-1); + return true; + } + + if (!size) { + FILE* tmp = tmpfile(); + if (!tmp) { + perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n"); + } else { + ion = dup(fileno(tmp)); + if (ion<0) { + perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n"); + fclose(tmp); + } + } + if (ion < 0) + return false; + + assert(!lastblock); + + lastblock = new Block(); + size = newsize; + return false; + } + + if (newsize > size) { + increaseBuffer(); + size = newsize; + return false; + } else { + decreaseBuffer(newsize); + ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize); + size = newsize; + + return true; + } +} + +void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2) +{ + int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fread"); + + res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fwrite"); + // printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos); +} + +void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize) +{ + if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole + return; + + int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size; + + if (!offset) + return; + + // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... + char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; + + FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); + if (!fion) { + delete [] buffer1; + perror("fdopen/dup"); + return; + } + + int firstblock; + if (current <= newsize) { + firstblock = current + 1; + } else { + firstblock = 0; + } + + size_t oldpos; + for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) { + oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size; + moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1); + if (oldpos < newsize) { + cursor = oldpos; + } else + cursor++; + } + + current = newsize - 1; + length = newsize; + + delete [] buffer1; + + fclose(fion); + +} + +void BlockArray::increaseBuffer() +{ + if (index < size) // not even wrapped once + return; + + int offset = (current + size + 1) % size; + if (!offset) // no moving needed + return; + + // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... + char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; + char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize]; + + int runs = 1; + int bpr = size; // blocks per run + + if (size % offset == 0) { + bpr = size / offset; + runs = offset; + } + + FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); + if (!fion) { + perror("fdopen/dup"); + delete [] buffer1; + delete [] buffer2; + return; + } + + int res; + for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++) + { + // free one block in chain + int firstblock = (offset + i) % size; + res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fread"); + int newpos = 0; + for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++) + { + cursor = (cursor + offset) % size; + newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size; + moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2); + } + res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET); + if (res) + perror("fseek"); + res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); + if (res != 1) + perror("fwrite"); + } + current = size - 1; + length = size; + + delete [] buffer1; + delete [] buffer2; + + fclose(fion); + +} + diff --git a/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h b/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca47388 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow <coolo@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H +#define BLOCKARRAY_H + +#include <unistd.h> + +//#error Do not use in KDE 2.1 + +#define BlockSize (1 << 12) +#define ENTRIES ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char)) + +namespace Konsole +{ + +struct Block { + Block() { size = 0; } + unsigned char data[ENTRIES]; + size_t size; +}; + +// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class BlockArray { +public: + /** + * Creates a history file for holding + * maximal size blocks. If more blocks + * are requested, then it drops earlier + * added ones. + */ + BlockArray(); + + /// destructor + ~BlockArray(); + + /** + * adds the Block at the end of history. + * This may drop other blocks. + * + * The ownership on the block is transfered. + * An unique index number is returned for accessing + * it later (if not yet dropped then) + * + * Note, that the block may be dropped completely + * if history is turned off. + */ + size_t append(Block *block); + + /** + * gets the block at the index. Function may return + * 0 if the block isn't available any more. + * + * The returned block is strictly readonly as only + * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next + * operation on this class. + */ + const Block *at(size_t index); + + /** + * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null, + * the history is emptied completely. The indices + * returned on append won't change their semantic, + * but they may not be valid after this call. + */ + bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize); + + size_t newBlock(); + + Block *lastBlock() const; + + /** + * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes + * instead of blocks + */ + bool setSize(size_t newsize); + + size_t len() const { return length; } + + bool has(size_t index) const; + + size_t getCurrent() const { return current; } + +private: + void unmap(); + void increaseBuffer(); + void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize); + + size_t size; + // current always shows to the last inserted block + size_t current; + size_t index; + + Block *lastmap; + size_t lastmap_index; + Block *lastblock; + + int ion; + size_t length; + +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt b/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e864bc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +# Set version number +#set(QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_MAJOR 0) +#set(QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_MINOR 1) +#set(QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_RELEASE 0) +#set(QTERMWIDGET_VERSION "${QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_MAJOR}.${QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_MINOR}.${QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_RELEASE}") + +add_definitions(${QT_DEFINITIONS}) +add_definitions(-DHAVE_POSIX_OPENPT) +add_definitions(-DQT_PLUGIN) +add_definitions(-DQT_NO_DEBUG) +add_definitions(-DQT_SHARED) + +set(qtermwidget_SRCS TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp KeyboardTranslator.cpp Screen.cpp History.cpp BlockArray.cpp konsole_wcwidth.cpp ScreenWindow.cpp Emulation.cpp Vt102Emulation.cpp TerminalDisplay.cpp Filter.cpp Pty.cpp kpty.cpp k3process.cpp k3processcontroller.cpp Session.cpp ShellCommand.cpp qtermwidget.cpp) +set(qtermwidget_MOC_HDRS ScreenWindow.h Emulation.h Vt102Emulation.h TerminalDisplay.h Filter.h Pty.h k3process.h k3processcontroller.h Session.h qtermwidget.h) + + +qt4_wrap_cpp(qtermwidget_MOC_SRCS ${qtermwidget_MOC_HDRS}) +include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}) +add_library(qtermwidget SHARED ${qtermwidget_SRCS} ${qtermwidget_MOC_SRCS}) +target_link_libraries(qtermwidget ${QT_LIBRARIES}) +#set_target_properties(qtermwidget PROPERTIES +# VERSION ${QTERMWIDGET_VERSION} +# SOVERSION ${QTERMWIDGET_VERSION_MAJOR} +# ) + +install(TARGETS qtermwidget RUNTIME DESTINATION "${BIN_INSTALL_DIR}" LIBRARY DESTINATION "${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}") + diff --git a/qtermwidget/COPYING b/qtermwidget/COPYING new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b6e7c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/COPYING @@ -0,0 +1,340 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs + + If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest +possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it +free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. + + To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest +to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively +convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least +the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. + + <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> + Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA + + +Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. + +If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this +when it starts in an interactive mode: + + Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author + Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. + This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it + under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. + +The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate +parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may +be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be +mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. + +You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your +school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if +necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: + + Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program + `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. + + <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989 + Ty Coon, President of Vice + +This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into +proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may +consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the +library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General +Public License instead of this License. diff --git a/qtermwidget/Changelog b/qtermwidget/Changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..291a3ff --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Changelog @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +31.07.2008 +Interface class from c-style conversions rewritten with pimpl support. + + +16.07.2008 +Added optional scrollbar + + +06.06.2008 +Some artefacts were removed, some added... +Also added support for color schemes, and 3 color schemes provided (classical - white on black, green on black, black on light yellow). Is it enough or not? + + +26.05.2008 +Added file release as an archive with source code. But preferrable way is still getting code from CVS, cause file release can be outdated. + + +11.05.2008 +Initial CVS import - first version comes with number 0.0.1
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/qtermwidget/Character.h b/qtermwidget/Character.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0978ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Character.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef CHARACTER_H +#define CHARACTER_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QHash> + +// Local +#include "CharacterColor.h" + +namespace Konsole +{ + +typedef unsigned char LineProperty; + +static const int LINE_DEFAULT = 0; +static const int LINE_WRAPPED = (1 << 0); +static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH = (1 << 1); +static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT = (1 << 2); + +#define DEFAULT_RENDITION 0 +#define RE_BOLD (1 << 0) +#define RE_BLINK (1 << 1) +#define RE_UNDERLINE (1 << 2) +#define RE_REVERSE (1 << 3) // Screen only +#define RE_INTENSIVE (1 << 3) // Widget only +#define RE_CURSOR (1 << 4) +#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR (1 << 5) + +/** + * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character + * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes + * which specify how it should be drawn. + */ +class Character +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new character. + * + * @param _c The unicode character value of this character. + * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character. + * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background. + * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn. + */ + inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ', + CharacterColor _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), + CharacterColor _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), + quint8 _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION) + : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {} + + union + { + /** The unicode character value for this character. */ + quint16 character; + /** + * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than + * one unicode character. + * + * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode + * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence. + */ + quint16 charSequence; + }; + + /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */ + quint8 rendition; + + /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */ + CharacterColor foregroundColor; + /** The color used to draw this character's background. */ + CharacterColor backgroundColor; + + /** + * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when + * it is drawn with the specified @p palette. + */ + bool isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const; + /** + * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when + * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether + * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. + */ + bool isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const; + + /** + * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value, + * rendition and colors. + */ + friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b); + /** + * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values, + * renditions or colors. + */ + friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b); +}; + +inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b) +{ + return a.character == b.character && + a.rendition == b.rendition && + a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && + a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor; +} + +inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b) +{ + return a.character != b.character || + a.rendition != b.rendition || + a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || + a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor; +} + +inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && + base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent) + || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && + base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent); +} + +inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && + base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold) + || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && + base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold); +} + +extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; + + +/** + * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced + * by hash keys. The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode + * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in + * a structure. + */ +class ExtendedCharTable +{ +public: + /** Constructs a new character table. */ + ExtendedCharTable(); + ~ExtendedCharTable(); + + /** + * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns + * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence + * using lookupExtendedChar() + * + * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash + * of the existing sequence will be returned. + * + * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points + * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints + */ + ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length); + /** + * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters + * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar(). + * + * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar() + * @param length This variable is set to the length of the + * character sequence. + * + * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length. + */ + ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const; + + /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */ + static ExtendedCharTable instance; +private: + // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length' + ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; + // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the + // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length' + bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; + // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers. The first ushort + // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer + // themselves. + QHash<ushort,ushort*> extendedCharTable; +}; + +} + +#endif // CHARACTER_H + diff --git a/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h b/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b86674 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h @@ -0,0 +1,301 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H +#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QColor> + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. + * + * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map + * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors. + * + * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text + * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold. + * + * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal + * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters + * using the entry as a background. + */ +class ColorEntry +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new color palette entry. + * + * @param c The color value for this entry. + * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color. + * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold. + */ + ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {} + + /** + * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and + * with the transparent and bold flags set to false. + */ + ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} + + /** + * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs. + */ + void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) + { + color = rhs.color; + transparent = rhs.transparent; + bold = rhs.bold; + } + + /** The color value of this entry for display. */ + QColor color; + + /** + * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. + * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text. + */ + bool transparent; + /** + * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold. + * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background. + */ + bool bold; +}; + + +// Attributed Character Representations /////////////////////////////// + +// Colors + +#define BASE_COLORS (2+8) +#define INTENSITIES 2 +#define TABLE_COLORS (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS) + +#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0 +#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1 + +//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background. +//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp + +static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = +// The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight +// gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens. +// It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities. +{ + // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also. + // normal + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White + // intensiv + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) +}; + +/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces. + + Assignment is as follows: + + Type - Space - Values + + 0 - Undefined - u: 0, v:0 w:0 + 1 - Default - u: 0..1 v:intense w:0 + 2 - System - u: 0..7 v:intense w:0 + 3 - Index(256) - u: 16..255 v:0 w:0 + 4 - RGB - u: 0..255 v:0..256 w:0..256 + + Default colour space has two separate colours, namely + default foreground and default background colour. +*/ + +#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED 0 +#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT 1 +#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM 2 +#define COLOR_SPACE_256 3 +#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB 4 + +/** + * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal. + */ +class CharacterColor +{ + friend class Character; + +public: + /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */ + CharacterColor() + : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), + _u(0), + _v(0), + _w(0) + {} + + /** + * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with + * color value @p co + * + * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used. + * + * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace + * + * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces. + */ + CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) + : _colorSpace(colorSpace), + _u(0), + _v(0), + _w(0) + { + switch (colorSpace) + { + case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: + _u = co & 1; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: + _u = co & 7; + _v = (co >> 3) & 1; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_256: + _u = co & 255; + break; + case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: + _u = co >> 16; + _v = co >> 8; + _w = co; + break; + default: + _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; + } + } + + /** + * Returns true if this character color entry is valid. + */ + bool isValid() + { + return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; + } + + /** + * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive + * system color. + * + * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM + * color spaces. + */ + void toggleIntensive(); + + /** + * Returns the color within the specified color @palette + * + * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise + * it is ignored. + */ + QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const; + + /** + * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and + * use the same color space. + */ + friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); + /** + * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values + * or use different color spaces. + */ + friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); + +private: + quint8 _colorSpace; + + // bytes storing the character color + quint8 _u; + quint8 _v; + quint8 _w; +}; + +inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) +{ + return *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&a._colorSpace) == + *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&b._colorSpace); +} + +inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) +{ + return *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&a._colorSpace) != + *reinterpret_cast<const quint32*>(&b._colorSpace); +} + +inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base) +{ + // 0.. 16: system colors + if (u < 8) return base[u+2 ].color; u -= 8; + if (u < 8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8; + + // 16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube + if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5, + 255*((u/ 6)%6)/5, + 255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216; + + // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white + int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray); +} + +inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const +{ + switch (_colorSpace) + { + case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; + case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; + case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base); + case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w); + case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor(); + } + + Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space + + return QColor(); +} + +inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive() +{ + if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) + { + _v = !_v; + } +} + + +} + +#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H + diff --git a/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h b/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..321d6db --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#ifndef _COLOR_TABLE_H +#define _COLOR_TABLE_H + +#include "CharacterColor.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +static const ColorEntry whiteonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = +{ + // normal + ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta + ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White + // intensiv + ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) +}; + +static const ColorEntry greenonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = +{ + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 240, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 1, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 24), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 104, 24), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 24, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 178), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 178, 178), 0, 0), + // intensive colors + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 240, 24), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 1, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor( 104, 104, 104), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 84), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 84), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 84), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 84, 255), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 255), 0, 0 ), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 255), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 255), 0, 0 ) +}; + +static const ColorEntry blackonlightyellow_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = +{ + ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221), 1, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 24), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 104, 24), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 24, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 178), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 178, 178), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 1), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221), 1, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor(104, 104, 104), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 84), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 84), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 84), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 84, 255), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 255), 0, 0), + ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 255), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 255), 0, 0) +}; + + + + + +#endif + diff --git a/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h b/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e47417c --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +"keyboard \"Fallback Key Translator\"\n" +"key Tab : \"\\t\" \0" diff --git a/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp b/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e767a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich <ettrich@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Emulation.h" + +// System +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QThread> + +#include <QtCore/QTime> + +// Konsole +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" +#include "Screen.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" +#include "ScreenWindow.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Emulation */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +//#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') + +/*! +*/ + +Emulation::Emulation() : + _currentScreen(0), + _codec(0), + _decoder(0), + _keyTranslator(0), + _usesMouse(false) +{ + + // create screens with a default size + _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80); + _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80); + _currentScreen = _screen[0]; + + QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); + QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); + + // listen for mouse status changes + connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , + SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) ); +} + +bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const +{ + return _usesMouse; +} + +void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse) +{ + _usesMouse = usesMouse; +} + +ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow() +{ + ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow(); + window->setScreen(_currentScreen); + _windows << window; + + connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), + this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate())); + + connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()), + window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) ); + return window; +} + +/*! +*/ + +Emulation::~Emulation() +{ + QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); + + while (windowIter.hasNext()) + { + delete windowIter.next(); + } + + delete _screen[0]; + delete _screen[1]; + delete _decoder; +} + +/*! change between primary and alternate _screen +*/ + +void Emulation::setScreen(int n) +{ + Screen *old = _currentScreen; + _currentScreen = _screen[n&1]; + if (_currentScreen != old) + { + old->setBusySelecting(false); + + // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen + QListIterator<ScreenWindow*> windowIter(_windows); + while ( windowIter.hasNext() ) + { + windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen); + } + } +} + +void Emulation::clearHistory() +{ + _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false ); +} +void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t) +{ + _screen[0]->setScroll(t); + + showBulk(); +} + +const HistoryType& Emulation::history() +{ + return _screen[0]->getScroll(); +} + +void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc) +{ + Q_ASSERT( qtc ); + + _codec = qtc; + delete _decoder; + _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder(); + + emit useUtf8Request(utf8()); +} + +void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec) +{ + if ( codec == Utf8Codec ) + setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") ); + else if ( codec == LocaleCodec ) + setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() ); +} + +void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name) +{ + _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name); +} + +QString Emulation::keyBindings() +{ + return _keyTranslator->name(); +} + + +// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. + Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' + which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the + `Screen' class. +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Emulation::receiveChar(int c) +// process application unicode input to terminal +// this is a trivial scanner +{ + c &= 0xff; + switch (c) + { + case '\b' : _currentScreen->BackSpace(); break; + case '\t' : _currentScreen->Tabulate(); break; + case '\n' : _currentScreen->NewLine(); break; + case '\r' : _currentScreen->Return(); break; + case 0x07 : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); + break; + default : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c); break; + }; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Keyboard Handling */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! +*/ + +void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev ) +{ + emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); + + if (!ev->text().isEmpty()) + { // A block of text + // Note that the text is proper unicode. + // We should do a conversion here, but since this + // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii. + //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length()); + emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length()); + } +} + +void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int) +{ + // default implementation does nothing +} + +void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/) +{ + // default implementation does nothing +} + +// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- -- + +/* + We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first. +TODO: Character composition from the old code. See #96536 +*/ + +void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length) +{ + emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY); + + bufferedUpdate(); + + QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length); + + //send characters to terminal emulator + for (int i=0;i<unicodeText.length();i++) + { + receiveChar(unicodeText[i].unicode()); + } + + //look for z-modem indicator + //-- someone who understands more about z-modems that I do may be able to move + //this check into the above for loop? + for (int i=0;i<length;i++) + { + if (text[i] == '\030') + { + if ((length-i-1 > 3) && (strncmp(text+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0)) + emit zmodemDetected(); + } + } +} + +//OLDER VERSION +//This version of onRcvBlock was commented out because +// a) It decoded incoming characters one-by-one, which is slow in the current version of Qt (4.2 tech preview) +// b) It messed up decoding of non-ASCII characters, with the result that (for example) chinese characters +// were not printed properly. +// +//There is something about stopping the _decoder if "we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence" (see below) +//which hasn't been ported into the newer function (above). Hopefully someone who understands this better +//can find an alternative way of handling the check. + + +/*void Emulation::onRcvBlock(const char *s, int len) +{ + emit notifySessionState(NOTIFYACTIVITY); + + bufferedUpdate(); + for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + + QString result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1); + int reslen = result.length(); + + // If we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence + // we flush the _decoder and continue with the control code. + if ((s[i] < 32) && (s[i] > 0)) + { + // Flush _decoder + while(!result.length()) + result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1); + reslen = 1; + result.resize(reslen); + result[0] = QChar(s[i]); + } + + for (int j = 0; j < reslen; j++) + { + if (result[j].characterategory() == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing) + _currentScreen->compose(result.mid(j,1)); + else + onRcvChar(result[j].unicode()); + } + if (s[i] == '\030') + { + if ((len-i-1 > 3) && (strncmp(s+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0)) + emit zmodemDetected(); + } + } +}*/ + +// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +#if 0 +void Emulation::onSelectionBegin(const int x, const int y, const bool columnmode) { + if (!connected) return; + _currentScreen->setSelectionStart( x,y,columnmode); + showBulk(); +} + +void Emulation::onSelectionExtend(const int x, const int y) { + if (!connected) return; + _currentScreen->setSelectionEnd(x,y); + showBulk(); +} + +void Emulation::setSelection(const bool preserve_line_breaks) { + if (!connected) return; + QString t = _currentScreen->selectedText(preserve_line_breaks); + if (!t.isNull()) + { + QListIterator< TerminalDisplay* > viewIter(_views); + + while (viewIter.hasNext()) + viewIter.next()->setSelection(t); + } +} + +void Emulation::testIsSelected(const int x, const int y, bool &selected) +{ + if (!connected) return; + selected=_currentScreen->isSelected(x,y); +} + +void Emulation::clearSelection() { + if (!connected) return; + _currentScreen->clearSelection(); + showBulk(); +} + +#endif + +void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , + int startLine , + int endLine) +{ + _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine); +} + +int Emulation::lineCount() +{ + // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history + return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines(); +} + +// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10 +#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40 + +/*! +*/ +void Emulation::showBulk() +{ + _bulkTimer1.stop(); + _bulkTimer2.stop(); + + emit outputChanged(); + + _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines(); + _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines(); +} + +void Emulation::bufferedUpdate() +{ + _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true); + _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1); + if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive()) + { + _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true); + _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2); + } +} + +char Emulation::getErase() const +{ + return '\b'; +} + +void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns) +{ + //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec(); + Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 ); + + _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns); + _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns); + + emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns); + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +QSize Emulation::imageSize() +{ + return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines()); +} + +ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const +{ + ushort hash = 0; + for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + { + hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i]; + } + return hash; +} +bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const +{ + ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash]; + + // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the + // stored buffer ) + if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) + return false; + // if the lengths match, each character must be checked. the stored buffer starts at + // entry[1] + for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + { + if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] ) + return false; + } + return true; +} +ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) +{ + // look for this sequence of points in the table + ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length); + + // check existing entry for match + while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) ) + { + if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) ) + { + // this sequence already has an entry in the table, + // return its hash + return hash; + } + else + { + // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character + // points then try next hash + hash++; + } + } + + + // add the new sequence to the table and + // return that index + ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1]; + buffer[0] = length; + for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) + buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; + + extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer); + + return hash; +} + +ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const +{ + // lookup index in table and if found, set the length + // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence + + ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash]; + if ( buffer ) + { + length = buffer[0]; + return buffer+1; + } + else + { + length = 0; + return 0; + } +} + +ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable() +{ +} +ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable() +{ + // free all allocated character buffers + QHashIterator<ushort,ushort*> iter(extendedCharTable); + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + { + iter.next(); + delete[] iter.value(); + } +} + +// global instance +ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance; + + +//#include "moc_Emulation.cpp" + diff --git a/qtermwidget/Emulation.h b/qtermwidget/Emulation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2782df7 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Emulation.h @@ -0,0 +1,465 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef EMULATION_H +#define EMULATION_H + +// System +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +//#include <QPointer> +#include <QtCore/QTextCodec> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QTimer> + + +namespace Konsole +{ + +class KeyboardTranslator; +class HistoryType; +class Screen; +class ScreenWindow; +class TerminalCharacterDecoder; + +/** + * This enum describes the available states which + * the terminal emulation may be set to. + * + * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() + */ +enum +{ + /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */ + NOTIFYNORMAL=0, + /** + * The terminal program has triggered a bell event + * to get the user's attention. + */ + NOTIFYBELL=1, + /** + * The emulation is currently receiving data from its + * terminal input. + */ + NOTIFYACTIVITY=2, + + // unused here? + NOTIFYSILENCE=3 +}; + +/** + * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends. + * + * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and + * producing an output image of characters. + * + * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with + * the data which has arrived. The emulation will process the data and update the + * screen image accordingly. The codec used to decode the incoming character stream + * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() + * + * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the + * desired number of lines and columns. When new lines are added, old content + * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). + * + * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation + * by calling createWindow(). Screen windows provide access to a section of the + * output. Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the + * image size returned by imageSize(). The screen window can be moved up and down + * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the + * previous output. The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal + * when the section of the image they are looking at changes. + * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications + * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating + * accordingly. + * + * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such + * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent + * to the terminal program. Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot, + * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot. When the character + * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer + * to the character buffer. This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal + * process. The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed + * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output + * character sequences. The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using + * setKeyBindings() + * + * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the + * input received. The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling + * reset(). + * + * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether + * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal + * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying + * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ). The stateSet() signal + * is emitted whenever the activity state is set. This can be used to determine + * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to + * a 'bell' event in different ways. + */ +class Emulation : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ + Emulation(); + ~Emulation(); + + /** + * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation. The contents + * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the + * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method. + */ + ScreenWindow* createWindow(); + + /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */ + QSize imageSize(); + + /** + * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history. + */ + int lineCount(); + + + /** + * Sets the history store used by this emulation. When new lines + * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history + * store. + * + * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the + * type of store. + */ + void setHistory(const HistoryType&); + /** Returns the history store used by this emulation. See setHistory() */ + const HistoryType& history(); + /** Clears the history scroll. */ + void clearHistory(); + + /** + * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine + * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal + * characters into text. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with + * appearance attributes into output text. PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly + * used decoder. + * @param startLine The first + */ + virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine); + + + /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters. See setCodec() */ + const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; } + /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters. */ + void setCodec(const QTextCodec*); + + /** + * Convenience method. + * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming + * characters is UTF-8 + */ + bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; } + + + /** TODO Document me */ + virtual char getErase() const; + + /** + * Sets the key bindings used to key events + * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character + * streams to send to the terminal. + */ + void setKeyBindings(const QString& name); + /** + * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings. + * See setKeyBindings() + */ + QString keyBindings(); + + /** + * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen. + */ + virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0; + + /** Resets the state of the terminal. */ + virtual void reset() =0; + + /** + * Returns true if the active terminal program wants + * mouse input events. + * + * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this + * changes. + */ + bool programUsesMouse() const; + +public slots: + + /** Change the size of the emulation's image */ + virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns); + + /** + * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal. + * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession. + */ + virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0; + + /** + * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with + * the resulting character stream. + */ + virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); + + /** + * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape + * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData() + */ + virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType); + + /** + * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. + * + * @param string The characters to send. + * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will + * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically. + */ + virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0; + + /** + * Processes an incoming stream of characters. receiveData() decodes the incoming + * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for + * each unicode character in the resulting buffer. + * + * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal + * to be emitted when it expires. The timer allows multiple updates in quick + * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission. + * + * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program. + * @param len The length of @p buffer + */ + void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len); + +signals: + + /** + * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the + * standard input of the terminal. + * + * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent + * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes + */ + void sendData(const char* data,int len); + + /** + * Requests that sending of input to the emulation + * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed. + * + * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of + * input from the terminal process' stdout be + * suspended. Otherwise requests that sending of + * input be resumed. + */ + void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend); + + /** + * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process + * be set to UTF 8 mode. + * + * TODO: More documentation + */ + void useUtf8Request(bool); + + /** + * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set. + * + * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY + * or NOTIFYBELL + */ + void stateSet(int state); + + /** TODO Document me */ + void zmodemDetected(); + + + /** + * Requests that the color of the text used + * to represent the tabs associated with this + * emulation be changed. This is a Konsole-specific + * extension from pre-KDE 4 times. + * + * TODO: Document how the parameter works. + */ + void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color); + + /** + * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or + * not it is interested in mouse events. + * + * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about + * mouse events or false otherwise. + */ + void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); + + /** + * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change. + * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes, + * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when + * there is a lot of terminal activity. + * + * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows + * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal. + * + * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their + * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. + */ + void outputChanged(); + + /** + * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the + * session's title. This also allows terminal programs to customize other + * aspects of the terminal emulation display. + * + * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007" + * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what + * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value. + * + * TODO: The name of this method is not very accurate since this method + * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting + * the user-title of the session. + * + * @param title Specifies what to change. + * <ul> + * <li>0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>2 - Set session title to @p newTitle</li> + * <li>11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle, + * where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named + * color (eg 'red', 'blue'). + * See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more + * details. + * </li> + * <li>31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)</li> + * <li>32 - Sets the icon associated with the session. @p newTitle is the name + * of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon + * theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')</li> + * </ul> + * @param newTitle Specifies the new title + */ + + void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle); + + /** + * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the + * screen size. + */ + void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties + * of the terminal display. + * + * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed + * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received. + * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance. + * + * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in + * the form: name=value;name2=value2 ... + */ + void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); + +protected: + virtual void setMode (int mode) = 0; + virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0; + + /** + * Processes an incoming character. See receiveData() + * @p ch A unicode character code. + */ + virtual void receiveChar(int ch); + + /** + * Sets the active screen. The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate. + * The primary screen is used by default. When certain interactive programs such + * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen. + * + * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen + */ + void setScreen(int index); + + enum EmulationCodec + { + LocaleCodec = 0, + Utf8Codec = 1 + }; + void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8 + + + QList<ScreenWindow*> _windows; + + Screen* _currentScreen; // pointer to the screen which is currently active, + // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array + + Screen* _screen[2]; // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell + // scrollbars are enabled in this mode ) + // 1 = alternate ( used by vi , emacs etc. + // scrollbars are not enabled in this mode ) + + + //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using + //the current text codec. (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.) + const QTextCodec* _codec; + QTextDecoder* _decoder; + + const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout + +protected slots: + /** + * Schedules an update of attached views. + * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update, + * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. + */ + void bufferedUpdate(); + +private slots: + + // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each + // view + void showBulk(); + + void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); + +private: + + bool _usesMouse; + QTimer _bulkTimer1; + QTimer _bulkTimer2; + +}; + +} + +#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h b/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6403c72 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\"" +"key Escape : \"\\E\"" +"key Tab -Shift : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Tab +Shift+Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" +"key Tab +Shift-Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Backtab +Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" +"key Backtab -Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" +"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" +"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" +"key Return+Shift : \"\\EOM\"\n" +"key Backspace : \"\\x7f\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n" +"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOA\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOB\"\n" +"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOC\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOD\"\n" +"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[A\"\n" +"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[B\"\n" +"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[C\"\n" +"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[D\"\n" +"key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n" +"key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n" +"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n" +"key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n" +"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" +"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" +"key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[H\" \n" +"key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[F\" \n" +"key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOH\" \n" +"key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOF\" \n" +"key Home +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n" +"key End +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n" +"key Insert -AnyMod : \"\\E[2~\"\n" +"key Delete -AnyMod : \"\\E[3~\"\n" +"key Insert +AnyMod : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n" +"key Delete +AnyMod : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n" +"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[5~\"\n" +"key Next -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[6~\"\n" +"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n" +"key Next -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n" +"key F1 -AnyMod : \"\\EOP\"\n" +"key F2 -AnyMod : \"\\EOQ\"\n" +"key F3 -AnyMod : \"\\EOR\"\n" +"key F4 -AnyMod : \"\\EOS\"\n" +"key F5 -AnyMod : \"\\E[15~\"\n" +"key F6 -AnyMod : \"\\E[17~\"\n" +"key F7 -AnyMod : \"\\E[18~\"\n" +"key F8 -AnyMod : \"\\E[19~\"\n" +"key F9 -AnyMod : \"\\E[20~\"\n" +"key F10 -AnyMod : \"\\E[21~\"\n" +"key F11 -AnyMod : \"\\E[23~\"\n" +"key F12 -AnyMod : \"\\E[24~\"\n" +"key F1 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*P\"\n" +"key F2 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*Q\"\n" +"key F3 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*R\"\n" +"key F4 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*S\"\n" +"key F5 +AnyMod : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n" +"key F6 +AnyMod : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n" +"key F7 +AnyMod : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n" +"key F8 +AnyMod : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n" +"key F9 +AnyMod : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n" +"key F10 +AnyMod : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n" +"key F11 +AnyMod : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n" +"key F12 +AnyMod : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n" +"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n" +"key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp\n" +"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp\n" +"key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown\n" +"key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown\n" +"key ScrollLock : scrollLock\n" +"\0" diff --git a/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp b/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c3f4919 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,562 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Filter.h" + +// System +#include <iostream> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QAction> +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtCore/QString> + +#include <QtCore/QSharedData> +#include <QtCore> + +// KDE +//#include <KLocale> +//#include <KRun> + +// Konsole +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +FilterChain::~FilterChain() +{ + QMutableListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + iter.remove(); + delete filter; + } +} + +void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + append(filter); +} +void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + removeAll(filter); +} +bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter) +{ + return contains(filter); +} +void FilterChain::reset() +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->reset(); +} +void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions); +} +void FilterChain::process() +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + iter.next()->process(); +} +void FilterChain::clear() +{ + QList<Filter*>::clear(); +} +Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const +{ + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column); + if ( spot != 0 ) + { + return spot; + } + } + + return 0; +} + +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpots() const +{ + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> list; + QListIterator<Filter*> iter(*this); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter* filter = iter.next(); + list << filter->hotSpots(); + } + return list; +} +//QList<Filter::HotSpot*> FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + +TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain() +: _buffer(0) +, _linePositions(0) +{ +} + +TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain() +{ + delete _buffer; + delete _linePositions; +} + +void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + if (empty()) + return; +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + // reset all filters and hotspots + reset(); +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false); + +//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); + // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on + QString* newBuffer = new QString(); + QList<int>* newLinePositions = new QList<int>(); + setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions ); + + // free the old buffers + delete _buffer; + delete _linePositions; + + _buffer = newBuffer; + _linePositions = newLinePositions; + + QTextStream lineStream(_buffer); + decoder.begin(&lineStream); + + for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++) + { + _linePositions->append(_buffer->length()); + decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT); + + // pretend that each line ends with a newline character. + // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line + // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line + // + // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not + // highlighted. + // + // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a + // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped + // lines + if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + lineStream << QChar('\n'); + } + decoder.end(); +// qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); +} + +Filter::Filter() : +_linePositions(0), +_buffer(0) +{ +} + +Filter::~Filter() +{ + QListIterator<HotSpot*> iter(_hotspotList); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + delete iter.next(); + } +} +void Filter::reset() +{ + _hotspots.clear(); + _hotspotList.clear(); +} + +void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions) +{ + _buffer = buffer; + _linePositions = linePositions; +} + +void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _linePositions ); + Q_ASSERT( _buffer ); + + + for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++) + { + //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i]; + int nextLine = 0; + + if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 ) + { + nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1; + } + else + { + nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1); + } + + // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << + // " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length(); + + if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) + { + startLine = i; + startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i); + return; + } + } +} + + +/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text) +{ + _linePositions << _buffer.length(); + _buffer.append(text); +}*/ + +const QString* Filter::buffer() +{ + return _buffer; +} +Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() +{ +} +void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot) +{ + _hotspotList << spot; + + for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++) + { + _hotspots.insert(line,spot); + } +} +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpots() const +{ + return _hotspotList; +} +QList<Filter::HotSpot*> Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const +{ + return _hotspots.values(line); +} + +Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const +{ + QListIterator<HotSpot*> spotIter(_hotspots.values(line)); + + while (spotIter.hasNext()) + { + HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next(); + + if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column ) + continue; + if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column ) + continue; + + return spot; + } + + return 0; +} + +Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn) + : _startLine(startLine) + , _startColumn(startColumn) + , _endLine(endLine) + , _endColumn(endColumn) + , _type(NotSpecified) +{ +} +QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const +{ + return QString(); +} +QList<QAction*> Filter::HotSpot::actions() +{ + return QList<QAction*>(); +} +int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const +{ + return _startLine; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const +{ + return _endLine; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const +{ + return _startColumn; +} +int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const +{ + return _endColumn; +} +Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const +{ + return _type; +} +void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type) +{ + _type = type; +} + +RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter() +{ +} + +RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) + : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) +{ + setType(Marker); +} + +void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*) +{ +} + +void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts) +{ + _capturedTexts = texts; +} +QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const +{ + return _capturedTexts; +} + +void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) +{ + _searchText = regExp; +} +QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const +{ + return _searchText; +} +/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int) +{ + _buffer = QString(); +}*/ +void RegExpFilter::process() +{ + int pos = 0; + const QString* text = buffer(); + + Q_ASSERT( text ); + + // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string. + // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely + static const QString emptyString(""); + if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) ) + return; + + while(pos >= 0) + { + pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos); + + if ( pos >= 0 ) + { + + int startLine = 0; + int endLine = 0; + int startColumn = 0; + int endColumn = 0; + + + //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength(); + + getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn); + getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn); + + //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn; + //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn; + + RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); + spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts()); + + addHotSpot( spot ); + pos += _searchText.matchedLength(); + + // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop + Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 ); + } + } +} + +RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, + int endLine,int endColumn) +{ + return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); +} +RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine, + int endColumn) +{ + return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, + endLine,endColumn); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) +: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) +, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this)) +{ + setType(Link); +} +QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + return QString(); + else if ( kind == Email ) + return QString(); + else + return QString(); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) + return StandardUrl; + else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) + return Email; + else + return Unknown; +} + +void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object) +{ + QString url = capturedTexts().first(); + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString(); + + if ( actionName == "copy-action" ) + { + //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url; + + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url); + return; + } + + if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" ) + { + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + { + // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then + // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" ) + if (!url.contains("://")) + { + url.prepend("http://"); + } + } + else if ( kind == Email ) + { + url.prepend("mailto:"); + } + +// new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow()); + } +} + +// Note: Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters +// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long +// pieces of text. +// Please be careful when altering them. + +//regexp matches: +// full url: +// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot +const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]"); +// email address: +// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars] +const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b"); + +// matches full url or email address +const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+ + EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')'); + +UrlFilter::UrlFilter() +{ + setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp ); +} +UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() +{ + delete _urlObject; +} +void FilterObject::activated() +{ + _filter->activate(sender()); +} +QList<QAction*> UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions() +{ + QList<QAction*> list; + + const UrlType kind = urlType(); + + QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject); + QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);; + + Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email ); + + if ( kind == StandardUrl ) + { + openAction->setText(("Open Link")); + copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address")); + } + else if ( kind == Email ) + { + openAction->setText(("Send Email To...")); + copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address")); + } + + // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the + // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered + // action passed as a parameter. + openAction->setObjectName("open-action"); + copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action"); + + QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); + QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); + + list << openAction; + list << copyAction; + + return list; +} + +//#include "moc_Filter.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/Filter.h b/qtermwidget/Filter.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..06ea5e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Filter.h @@ -0,0 +1,383 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef FILTER_H +#define FILTER_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QAction> +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <QtCore/QObject> +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> + +// Local +#include "Character.h" + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list) + * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'. + * + * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), + * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact + * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's + * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. + * + * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. + * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the + * actions() method. + * + * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot. + * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest. + * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest + * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot() + */ +class Filter +{ +public: + /** + * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for. + * + * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), + * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact + * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's + * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. + * + * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. + * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the + * actions() method. These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. + */ + class HotSpot + { + public: + /** + * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn) + * in a block of text. + */ + HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn); + virtual ~HotSpot(); + + enum Type + { + // the type of the hotspot is not specified + NotSpecified, + // this hotspot represents a clickable link + Link, + // this hotspot represents a marker + Marker + }; + + /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */ + int startLine() const; + /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */ + int endLine() const; + /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */ + int startColumn() const; + /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */ + int endColumn() const; + /** + * Returns the type of the hotspot. This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent + * the hotspot graphically. eg. Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them + */ + Type type() const; + /** + * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. + * + * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered. This is + * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or + * one of the objects from the actions() list. In which case the associated + * action should be performed. + */ + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; + /** + * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a + * menu or toolbar + */ + virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); + + /** + * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or + * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot. + * + * The default implementation returns an empty string. + */ + virtual QString tooltip() const; + + protected: + /** Sets the type of a hotspot. This should only be set once */ + void setType(Type type); + + private: + int _startLine; + int _startColumn; + int _endLine; + int _endColumn; + Type _type; + + }; + + /** Constructs a new filter. */ + Filter(); + virtual ~Filter(); + + /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */ + virtual void process() = 0; + + /** + * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0. + * All hotspots are deleted. + */ + void reset(); + + /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */ + //void addLine(const QString& string); + + /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */ + HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; + + /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */ + QList<HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; + + /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */ + QList<HotSpot*> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + + /** + * TODO: Document me + */ + void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); + +protected: + /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */ + void addHotSpot(HotSpot*); + /** Returns the internal buffer */ + const QString* buffer(); + /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */ + void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn); + +private: + QMultiHash<int,HotSpot*> _hotspots; + QList<HotSpot*> _hotspotList; + + const QList<int>* _linePositions; + const QString* _buffer; +}; + +/** + * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot + * instance for them. + * + * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression + * are found. + */ +class RegExpFilter : public Filter +{ +public: + /** + * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter. The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text + * matched by the filter's regular expression. + */ + class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot + { + public: + HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn); + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); + + /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */ + void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts); + /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */ + QStringList capturedTexts() const; + private: + QStringList _capturedTexts; + }; + + /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */ + RegExpFilter(); + + /** + * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. + * + * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching + * anything. + */ + void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text); + /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */ + QRegExp regExp() const; + + /** + * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() + * + * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately + * without finding results. + */ + virtual void process(); + +protected: + /** + * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered. Subclasses should reimplement this + * to return custom hotspot types + */ + virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, + int endLine,int endColumn); + +private: + QRegExp _searchText; +}; + +class FilterObject; + +/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */ +class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter +{ +public: + /** + * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances. The activate() method opens a web browser + * at the given URL when called. + */ + class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot + { + public: + HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn); + virtual ~HotSpot(); + + virtual QList<QAction*> actions(); + + /** + * Open a web browser at the current URL. The url itself can be determined using + * the capturedTexts() method. + */ + virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); + + virtual QString tooltip() const; + private: + enum UrlType + { + StandardUrl, + Email, + Unknown + }; + UrlType urlType() const; + + FilterObject* _urlObject; + }; + + UrlFilter(); + +protected: + virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int); + +private: + + static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp; + static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp; + + // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp + static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; +}; + +class FilterObject : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT +public: + FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {} +private slots: + void activated(); +private: + Filter::HotSpot* _filter; +}; + +/** + * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. + * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed. + * + * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain. + * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional + * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use + * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text. + * + * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's + * internal cursor back to the first line. + * + * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position. + * + * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on + * a given line respectively. + */ +class FilterChain : protected QList<Filter*> +{ +public: + virtual ~FilterChain(); + + /** Adds a new filter to the chain. The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */ + void addFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Removes a filter from the chain. The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */ + void removeFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */ + bool containsFilter(Filter* filter); + /** Removes all filters from the chain */ + void clear(); + + /** Resets each filter in the chain */ + void reset(); + /** + * Processes each filter in the chain + */ + void process(); + + /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */ + void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList<int>* linePositions); + + /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */ + Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; + /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */ + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> hotSpots() const; + /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */ + QList<Filter::HotSpot> hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; + +}; + +/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */ +class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain +{ +public: + TerminalImageFilterChain(); + virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain(); + + /** + * Set the current terminal image to @p image. + * + * @param image The terminal image + * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image + * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image + */ + void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, + const QVector<LineProperty>& lineProperties); + +private: + QString* _buffer; + QList<int>* _linePositions; +}; + +} +#endif //FILTER_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/History.cpp b/qtermwidget/History.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1e3d721 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/History.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,698 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "History.h" + +// System +#include <iostream> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/mman.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> + + +// Reasonable line size +#define LINE_SIZE 1024 + +using namespace Konsole; + +/* + An arbitrary long scroll. + + One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells + or newlines, but access it randomly. + + The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll + in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is + a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted. + + The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers + of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll + at constant costs. + +KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile? + +FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the + memory of their machines. This problem is critical + since the history does not behave gracefully in cases + where the memory is used up completely. + + I put in a workaround that should handle it problem + now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution. + +FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated + in the menu. We should throw a signal. + +FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps, + there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore. + Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented + scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity. +*/ + +//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile +// this is here one for debugging purpose. + +//#define tmpfile xTmpFile + +// History File /////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end. +*/ + +HistoryFile::HistoryFile() + : ion(-1), + length(0), + fileMap(0) +{ + if (tmpFile.open()) + { + tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true); + ion = tmpFile.handle(); + } +} + +HistoryFile::~HistoryFile() +{ + if (fileMap) + unmap(); +} + +//TODO: Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large, +//(ie. larger than available memory). HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time, +//to avoid this. +void HistoryFile::map() +{ + assert( fileMap == 0 ); + + fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 ); + + //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination + if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED ) + { + readWriteBalance = 0; + fileMap = 0; + qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed. errno = " << errno; + } +} + +void HistoryFile::unmap() +{ + int result = munmap( fileMap , length ); + assert( result == 0 ); + + fileMap = 0; +} + +bool HistoryFile::isMapped() +{ + return (fileMap != 0); +} + +void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len) +{ + if ( fileMap ) + unmap(); + + readWriteBalance++; + + int rc = 0; + + rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; } + rc = write(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; } + length += rc; +} + +void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc) +{ + //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls. + //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() + //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log + //file to improve performance. + readWriteBalance--; + if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD ) + map(); + + if ( fileMap ) + { + for (int i=0;i<len;i++) + bytes[i]=fileMap[loc+i]; + } + else + { + int rc = 0; + + if (loc < 0 || len < 0 || loc + len > length) + fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc); + rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; } + rc = read(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; } + } +} + +int HistoryFile::len() +{ + return length; +} + + +// History Scroll abstract base class ////////////////////////////////////// + + +HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t) + : m_histType(t) +{ +} + +HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll() +{ + delete m_histType; +} + +bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll() +{ + return true; +} + +// History Scroll File ////////////////////////////////////// + +/* + The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from + two history buffers. The index buffer contains + start of line positions which refere to the cells + buffer. + + Note that index[0] addresses the second line + (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts + at 0 in cells. +*/ + +HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)), + m_logFileName(logFileName) +{ +} + +HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile() +{ +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::getLines() +{ + return index.len() / sizeof(int); +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno) +{ + return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character); +} + +bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno) +{ + if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) { + unsigned char flag; + lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char)); + return flag; + } + return false; +} + +int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno) +{ + if (lineno <= 0) return 0; + if (lineno <= getLines()) + { + + if (!index.isMapped()) + index.map(); + + int res; + index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int)); + return res; + } + return cells.len(); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) +{ + cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count) +{ + cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped) +{ + if (index.isMapped()) + index.unmap(); + + int locn = cells.len(); + index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int)); + unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00; + lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char)); +} + + +// History Scroll Buffer ////////////////////////////////////// +HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount)) + ,_historyBuffer() + ,_maxLineCount(0) + ,_usedLines(0) + ,_head(0) +{ + setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount); +} + +HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer() +{ + delete[] _historyBuffer; +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) +{ + _head++; + if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount ) + _usedLines++; + + if ( _head >= _maxLineCount ) + { + _head = 0; + } + + _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells; + _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false; +} +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count) +{ + HistoryLine newLine(count); + qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin()); + + addCellsVector(newLine); +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped) +{ + _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped; +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines() +{ + return _usedLines; +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if ( lineNumber < _usedLines ) + { + return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size(); + } + else + { + return 0; + } +} + +bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if (lineNumber < _usedLines) + { + //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + } + else + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer) +{ + if ( count == 0 ) return; + + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + + if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) + { + memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); + return; + } + + const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; + + //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn; + //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size(); + //kDebug() << "count " << count; + + Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count ); + + memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount) +{ + HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer; + HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount]; + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ ) + { + newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)]; + } + + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount); + _maxLineCount = lineCount; + _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1; + + _historyBuffer = newBuffer; + delete[] oldBuffer; + + _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount); +} + +int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber) +{ + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); + Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head ); + + if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) + { + return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount; + } + else + { + return lineNumber; + } +} + + +// History Scroll None ////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone() + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone()) +{ +} + +HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone() +{ +} + +bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll() +{ + return false; +} + +int HistoryScrollNone::getLines() +{ + return 0; +} + +int HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int) +{ + return 0; +} + +bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) +{ + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character []) +{ +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int) +{ +} + +void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool) +{ +} + +// History Scroll BlockArray ////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size) + : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size)) +{ + m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines. +} + +HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray() +{ +} + +int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines() +{ + return m_lineLengths.count(); +} + +int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno) +{ + if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) ) + return m_lineLengths[lineno]; + else + return 0; +} + +bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) +{ + return false; +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno, + int count, Character res[]) +{ + if (!count) return; + + const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno); + + if (!b) { + memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data + return; + } + + assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); + memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character)); +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count) +{ + Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock(); + + if (!b) return; + + // put cells in block's data + assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); + + memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES); + + memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character)); + b->size = count * sizeof(Character); + + size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock(); + assert (res > 0); + Q_UNUSED( res ); + + m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count); +} + +void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool) +{ +} + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// History Types +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +HistoryType::HistoryType() +{ +} + +HistoryType::~HistoryType() +{ +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone() +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const +{ + return false; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + delete old; + return new HistoryScrollNone(); +} + +int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return 0; +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size) + : m_size(size) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return m_size; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + delete old; + return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size); +} + + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines) + : m_nbLines(nbLines) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return m_nbLines; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + if (old) + { + HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast<HistoryScrollBuffer*>(old); + if (oldBuffer) + { + oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines); + return oldBuffer; + } + + HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); + int lines = old->getLines(); + int startLine = 0; + if (lines > (int) m_nbLines) + startLine = lines - m_nbLines; + + Character line[LINE_SIZE]; + for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++) + { + int size = old->getLineLen(i); + if (size > LINE_SIZE) + { + Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; + old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); + newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + delete [] tmp_line; + } + else + { + old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); + newScroll->addCells(line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + } + } + delete old; + return newScroll; + } + return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); +} + +////////////////////////////// + +HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName) + : m_fileName(fileName) +{ +} + +bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const +{ + return true; +} + +const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const +{ + return m_fileName; +} + +HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const +{ + if (dynamic_cast<HistoryFile *>(old)) + return old; // Unchanged. + + HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName); + + Character line[LINE_SIZE]; + int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0; + for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + { + int size = old->getLineLen(i); + if (size > LINE_SIZE) + { + Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; + old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); + newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + delete [] tmp_line; + } + else + { + old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); + newScroll->addCells(line, size); + newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); + } + } + + delete old; + return newScroll; +} + +int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const +{ + return 0; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/History.h b/qtermwidget/History.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a26a367 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/History.h @@ -0,0 +1,344 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TEHISTORY_H +#define TEHISTORY_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBitRef> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore> + +// Konsole +#include "BlockArray.h" +#include "Character.h" + +namespace Konsole +{ + +#if 1 +/* + An extendable tmpfile(1) based buffer. +*/ + +class HistoryFile +{ +public: + HistoryFile(); + virtual ~HistoryFile(); + + virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len); + virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc); + virtual int len(); + + //mmaps the file in read-only mode + void map(); + //un-mmaps the file + void unmap(); + //returns true if the file is mmap'ed + bool isMapped(); + + +private: + int ion; + int length; + QTemporaryFile tmpFile; + + //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed + char* fileMap; + + //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever + //'get' is called. + //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history + //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls). + int readWriteBalance; + + //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically + static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000; +}; +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryType; + +class HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScroll(HistoryType*); + virtual ~HistoryScroll(); + + virtual bool hasScroll(); + + // access to history + virtual int getLines() = 0; + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno) = 0; + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0; + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0; + + // backward compatibility (obsolete) + Character getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; } + + // adding lines. + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0; + // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage + // of QVector's implicit copying + virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells) + { + addCells(cells.data(),cells.size()); + } + + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0; + + // + // FIXME: Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances + // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer + // be valid if the history scroll is deleted. + // + const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; } + +protected: + HistoryType* m_histType; + +}; + +#if 1 + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName); + virtual ~HistoryScrollFile(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +private: + int startOfLine(int lineno); + + QString m_logFileName; + HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int) + HistoryFile cells; // text Row(Character) + HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char) +}; + + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + typedef QVector<Character> HistoryLine; + + HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000); + virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector<Character>& cells); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + + void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines); + unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; } + + +private: + int bufferIndex(int lineNumber); + + HistoryLine* _historyBuffer; + QBitArray _wrappedLine; + int _maxLineCount; + int _usedLines; + int _head; + + //QVector<histline*> m_histBuffer; + //QBitArray m_wrappedLine; + //unsigned int m_maxNbLines; + //unsigned int m_nbLines; + //unsigned int m_arrayIndex; + //bool m_buffFilled; +}; + +/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addCells(const QVector<Character>& cells); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +};*/ + +#endif + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Nothing-based history (no history :-) +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollNone(); + virtual ~HistoryScrollNone(); + + virtual bool hasScroll(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// BlockArray-based history +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll +{ +public: + HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size); + virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray(); + + virtual int getLines(); + virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); + virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); + virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); + + virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); + virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); + +protected: + BlockArray m_blockArray; + QHash<int,size_t> m_lineLengths; +}; + +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// History type +////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +class HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryType(); + virtual ~HistoryType(); + + /** + * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output ) + * or false otherwise. + */ + virtual bool isEnabled() const = 0; + /** + * Returns true if the history size is unlimited. + */ + bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; } + /** + * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type + * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines. + */ + virtual int maximumLineCount() const = 0; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0; +}; + +class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeNone(); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; +}; + +class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + size_t m_size; +}; + +#if 1 +class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString()); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual const QString& getFileName() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + QString m_fileName; +}; + + +class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType +{ +public: + HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines); + + virtual bool isEnabled() const; + virtual int maximumLineCount() const; + + virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; + +protected: + unsigned int m_nbLines; +}; + +#endif + +} + +#endif // TEHISTORY_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp b/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f7f112 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,903 @@ +/* + This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" + +// System +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBuffer> +//#include <KDebug> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtCore/QFileInfo> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QtGui> + +// KDE +//#include <KDebug> +//#include <KLocale> +//#include <KStandardDirs> + +using namespace Konsole; + +//this is for default REALLY fallback translator. + +//const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = +//#include "DefaultTranslatorText.h" +//; + +//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole +const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = +#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h" +; + +KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager() + : _haveLoadedAll(false) +{ +} +KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager() +{ + qDeleteAll(_translators.values()); +} +QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name) +{ + return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab"); +} +void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators() +{ + QDir dir("kb-layouts/"); + QStringList filters; + filters << "*.keytab"; + dir.setNameFilters(filters); + QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data", + // "konsole/*.keytab", + // KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates); + list = dir.entryList(filters); + // add the name of each translator to the list and associated + // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator + // has not yet been loaded from disk + QStringListIterator listIter(list); + while (listIter.hasNext()) + { + QString translatorPath = listIter.next(); + + QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName(); + + if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) { + _translators.insert(name,0); + } + } + _haveLoadedAll = true; +} + +const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + if ( name.isEmpty() ) + return defaultTranslator(); + +//here was smth wrong in original Konsole source + findTranslators(); + + if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) { + return _translators[name]; + } + + KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name); + + if ( translator != 0 ) + _translators[name] = translator; + else if ( !name.isEmpty() ) + qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name; + + return translator; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator) +{ + const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name() +// +".keytab"; + + qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path; + + QFile destination(path); + + if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) + { + qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" + << destination.errorString(); + + return false; + } + + { + KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination); + writer.writeHeader(translator->description()); + + QListIterator<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> iter(translator->entries()); + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + writer.writeEntry(iter.next()); + } + + destination.close(); + + return true; +} + +KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name); + + QFile source(path); + + if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) + return 0; + + return loadTranslator(&source,name); +} + +const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator() +{ + qDebug() << "Loading default translator from text"; + QBuffer textBuffer; + textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText)); + + if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) + return 0; + + return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback"); +} + +KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name) +{ + KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name); + KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); + translator->setDescription( reader.description() ); + + while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) { + translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); + } + + source->close(); + + if ( !reader.parseError() ) + { + return translator; + } + else + { + delete translator; + return 0; + } +} + +KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination) +: _destination(destination) +{ + Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() ); + + _writer = new QTextStream(_destination); +} +KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter() +{ + delete _writer; +} +void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description ) +{ + *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n'; +} +void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ) +{ + QString result; + + if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) + result = entry.resultToString(); + else + result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"'; + + *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n'; +} + + +// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of: +// +// - keyboard "name" +// - key KeySequence : "characters" +// - key KeySequence : CommandName +// +// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum ) +// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front +// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ). All keyboard modifiers +// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is +// assumed not to be a part of the sequence. The key sequence may contain whitespace +// +// eg: "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp" +// "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~" +// +// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have +// already been removed) +// + +KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ) + : _source(source) + , _hasNext(false) +{ + // read input until we find the description + while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() ) + { + const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) ); + + if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword ) + { + _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8()); + } + } + + readNext(); +} +void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() +{ + // find next entry + while ( !_source->atEnd() ) + { + const QList<Token>& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) ); + if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword ) + { + KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier; + + int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; + + decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(), + keyCode, + modifiers, + modifierMask, + flags, + flagMask); + + KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand; + QByteArray text; + + // get text or command + if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText ) + { + text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit(); + } + else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command ) + { + // identify command + if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command)) + qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood."; + } + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry; + newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode ); + newEntry.setState( flags ); + newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask ); + newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers ); + newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask ); + newEntry.setText( text ); + newEntry.setCommand( command ); + + _nextEntry = newEntry; + + _hasNext = true; + + return; + } + } + + _hasNext = false; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) +{ + if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand; + else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) + command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand; + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text, + int& keyCode, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, + KeyboardTranslator::States& flags, + KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask) +{ + bool isWanted = true; + bool endOfItem = false; + QString buffer; + + Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask; + KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags; + KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask; + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ ) + { + const QChar& ch = text[i]; + bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 ); + + endOfItem = true; + if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() ) + { + endOfItem = false; + buffer.append(ch); + } + + if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() ) + { + Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier; + int itemKeyCode = 0; + KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + + if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) ) + { + tempModifierMask |= itemModifier; + + if ( isWanted ) + tempModifiers |= itemModifier; + } + else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) ) + { + tempFlagMask |= itemFlag; + + if ( isWanted ) + tempFlags |= itemFlag; + } + else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) ) + keyCode = itemKeyCode; + else + qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer; + + buffer.clear(); + } + + // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the + // state ready for the next item + if ( ch == '+' ) + isWanted = true; + else if ( ch == '-' ) + isWanted = false; + } + + modifiers = tempModifiers; + modifierMask = tempModifierMask; + flags = tempFlags; + flagMask = tempFlagMask; + + return true; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier) +{ + if ( item == "shift" ) + modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier; + else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" ) + modifier = Qt::ControlModifier; + else if ( item == "alt" ) + modifier = Qt::AltModifier; + else if ( item == "meta" ) + modifier = Qt::MetaModifier; + else if ( item == "keypad" ) + modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier; + else + return false; + + return true; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag) +{ + if ( item == "appcukeys" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; + else if ( item == "ansi" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; + else if ( item == "newline" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; + else if ( item == "appscreen" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; + else if ( item == "anymod" ) + flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; + else + return false; + + return true; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode) +{ + QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item); + if ( !sequence.isEmpty() ) + { + keyCode = sequence[0]; + + if ( sequence.count() > 1 ) + { + qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item; + } + } + // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3 + else if ( item == "prior" ) + keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp; + else if ( item == "next" ) + keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown; + else + return false; + + return true; +} + +QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const +{ + return _description; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry() +{ + return _hasNext; +} +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , + const QString& result ) +{ + QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey "); + entryString.append(condition); + entryString.append(" : "); + + // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command, + // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence + // specified by 'condition' is pressed + KeyboardTranslator::Command command; + if (parseAsCommand(result,command)) + entryString.append(result); + else + entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"'); + + QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8(); + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry; + + QBuffer buffer(&array); + buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); + KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer); + + if ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) + entry = reader.nextEntry(); + + return entry; +} + +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() +{ + Q_ASSERT( _hasNext ); + + + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry; + + readNext(); + + return entry; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError() +{ + return false; +} +QList<KeyboardTranslatorReader::Token> KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line) +{ + QString text = line.simplified(); + + // comment line: # comment + static QRegExp comment("\\#.*"); + // title line: keyboard "title" + static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\""); + // key line: key KeySequence : "output" + // key line: key KeySequence : command + static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)"); + + QList<Token> list; + + if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) ) + { + return list; + } + + if ( title.exactMatch(text) ) + { + Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() }; + Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] }; + + list << titleToken << textToken; + } + else if ( key.exactMatch(text) ) + { + Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() }; + Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') }; + + list << keyToken << sequenceToken; + + if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() ) + { + // capturedTexts()[2] is a command + Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] }; + list << commandToken; + } + else + { + // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string + Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] }; + list << outputToken; + } + } + else + { + qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text; + } + + return list; +} + +QList<QString> KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() +{ + if ( !_haveLoadedAll ) + { + findTranslators(); + } + + return _translators.keys(); +} + +KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry() +: _keyCode(0) +, _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier) +, _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier) +, _state(NoState) +, _stateMask(NoState) +, _command(NoCommand) +{ +} + +bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const +{ + return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode && + _modifiers == rhs._modifiers && + _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask && + _state == rhs._state && + _stateMask == rhs._stateMask && + _command == rhs._command && + _text == rhs._text; +} + +bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, + States state) const +{ + if ( _keyCode != keyCode ) + return false; + + if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) + return false; + + // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit + if ( modifiers != 0 ) + state |= AnyModifierState; + + if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) ) + return false; + + // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of + // any or no modifiers. In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count. + bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier; + if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) + { + // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set + if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet ) + return false; + + // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set + if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet ) + return false; + } + + return true; +} +QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers)); + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ ) + { + char ch = result[i]; + char replacement = 0; + + switch ( ch ) + { + case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break; + case 8 : replacement = 'b'; break; + case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break; + case 9 : replacement = 't'; break; + case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break; + case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break; + default: + // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent + // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits) + if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() ) + replacement = 'x'; + } + + if ( replacement == 'x' ) + { + result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); + } else if ( replacement != 0 ) + { + result.remove(i,1); + result.insert(i,'\\'); + result.insert(i+1,replacement); + } + } + + return result; +} +QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const +{ + QByteArray result(input); + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ ) + { + + QByteRef ch = result[i]; + if ( ch == '\\' ) + { + char replacement[2] = {0,0}; + int charsToRemove = 2; + bool escapedChar = true; + + switch ( result[i+1] ) + { + case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break; + case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break; + case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break; + case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break; + case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break; + case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break; + case 'x' : + { + // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal + // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced + // with the corresponding character value + char hexDigits[3] = {0}; + + if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) ) + hexDigits[0] = result[i+2]; + if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) ) + hexDigits[1] = result[i+3]; + + int charValue = 0; + sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue); + + replacement[0] = (char)charValue; + + charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits); + } + break; + default: + escapedChar = false; + } + + if ( escapedChar ) + result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement); + } + } + + return result; +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const +{ + if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) ) + return; + + if ( modifier & _modifiers ) + item += '+'; + else + item += '-'; + + if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier ) + item += "Shift"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier ) + item += "Ctrl"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier ) + item += "Alt"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier ) + item += "Meta"; + else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier ) + item += "KeyPad"; +} +void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const +{ + if ( !(state & _stateMask) ) + return; + + if ( state & _state ) + item += '+' ; + else + item += '-' ; + + if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ) + item += "AppScreen"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ) + item += "NewLine"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ) + item += "Ansi"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ) + item += "AppCuKeys"; + else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) + item += "AnyMod"; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + if ( !_text.isEmpty() ) + return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers); + else if ( _command == EraseCommand ) + return "Erase"; + else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand ) + return "ScrollPageUp"; + else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand ) + return "ScrollPageDown"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand ) + return "ScrollLineUp"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand ) + return "ScrollLineDown"; + else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand ) + return "ScrollLock"; + + return QString(); +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const +{ + QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString(); + + // add modifiers + insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier ); + insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); + + // add states + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ); + insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ); + + return result; +} + +KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name) +: _name(name) +{ +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) +{ + _description = description; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const +{ + return _description; +} +void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name) +{ + _name = name; +} +QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const +{ + return _name; +} + +QList<KeyboardTranslator::Entry> KeyboardTranslator::entries() const +{ + return _entries.values(); +} + +void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry) +{ + const int keyCode = entry.keyCode(); + _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry); +} +void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement) +{ + if ( !existing.isNull() ) + _entries.remove(existing.keyCode()); + _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement); +} +void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry) +{ + _entries.remove(entry.keyCode()); +} +KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const +{ + if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) ) + { + QList<Entry> entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode); + + QListIterator<Entry> iter(entriesForKey); + + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + const Entry& next = iter.next(); + if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) ) + return next; + } + + return Entry(); // entry not found + } + else + { + return Entry(); + } + +} +void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator) +{ + _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator); + + if ( !saveTranslator(translator) ) + qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name() + << "to disk."; +} +bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) ); + + // locate and delete + QString path = findTranslatorPath(name); + if ( QFile::remove(path) ) + { + _translators.remove(name); + return true; + } + else + { + qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path; + return false; + } +} +K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager ) +KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance() +{ + return theKeyboardTranslatorManager; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h b/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0082ae --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h @@ -0,0 +1,657 @@ +/* + This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H +#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <QtGui/QKeySequence> +#include <QtCore/QMetaType> +#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> +#include <QtCore> + +typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)(); + +/** + * @internal + * + * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application + * shutdown. + */ +class CleanUpGlobalStatic +{ + public: + CleanUpFunction func; + + inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); } +}; + + +//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore + +# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) + +#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400 +# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER Q_ATOMIC_INIT +# define testAndSetOrdered testAndSet +#endif + +#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ()) + +#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS) \ +static QBasicAtomicPointer<TYPE > _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \ +static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ +static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) \ +{ \ + bool isDestroyed() \ + { \ + return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ + } \ + inline operator TYPE*() \ + { \ + return operator->(); \ + } \ + inline TYPE *operator->() \ + { \ + if (!_k_static_##NAME) { \ + if (isDestroyed()) { \ + qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \ + "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__); \ + } \ + TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS; \ + if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x) \ + && _k_static_##NAME != x ) { \ + delete x; \ + } else { \ + static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy }; \ + } \ + } \ + return _k_static_##NAME; \ + } \ + inline TYPE &operator*() \ + { \ + return *operator->(); \ + } \ + static void destroy() \ + { \ + _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true; \ + TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME; \ + _k_static_##NAME = 0; \ + delete x; \ + } \ +} NAME; + + + + + +class QIODevice; +class QTextStream; + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the + * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands + * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed. + * + * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to + * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal + * when particular key sequences are pressed. + * + * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers + * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state + * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply. + */ +class KeyboardTranslator +{ +public: + /** + * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which + * the terminal emulation is in. Therefore findEntry() may return a different + * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied. + * + * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular + * entry in the keyboard translation entry. + */ + enum State + { + /** Indicates that no special state is active */ + NoState = 0, + /** + * TODO More documentation + */ + NewLineState = 1, + /** + * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode. + * TODO: More documentation + */ + AnsiState = 2, + /** + * TODO More documentation + */ + CursorKeysState = 4, + /** + * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs + * such as screen or vim ) is active + */ + AlternateScreenState = 8, + /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ + AnyModifierState = 16 + }; + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State) + + /** + * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences. + */ + enum Command + { + /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */ + NoCommand = 0, + /** TODO Document me */ + SendCommand = 1, + /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */ + ScrollPageUpCommand = 2, + /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */ + ScrollPageDownCommand = 4, + /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */ + ScrollLineUpCommand = 8, + /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */ + ScrollLineDownCommand = 16, + /** Toggles scroll lock mode */ + ScrollLockCommand = 32, + /** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */ + EraseCommand = 64 + }; + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command) + + /** + * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user + * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular + * KeyboardTranslator. + */ + class Entry + { + public: + /** + * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator. + */ + Entry(); + + /** + * Returns true if this entry is null. + * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. + */ + bool isNull() const; + + /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */ + Command command() const; + /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */ + void setCommand(Command command); + + /** + * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing + * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed. + * + * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code. + * Document them. + * + * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in + * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. + * + * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed. + */ + QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */ + void setText(const QByteArray& text); + + /** + * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, + * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences. + * + * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line. + * + * @param expandWildCards See text() + * @param modifiers See text() + */ + QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */ + int keyCode() const; + /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */ + void setKeyCode(int keyCode); + + /** + * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. + * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry + * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed. + * + * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier + * is pressed or not. + */ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const; + + /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry. See modifiers() */ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const; + + /** See modifiers() */ + void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); + /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */ + void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); + + /** + * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. + * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only + * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state. + * + * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal + * is in that state or not. + */ + States state() const; + + /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry. See state() */ + States stateMask() const; + + /** See state() */ + void setState( States state ); + /** See stateMask() */ + void setStateMask( States mask ); + + /** + * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry + * as a QKeySequence + */ + //QKeySequence keySequence() const; + + /** + * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria ) + * as a string. + */ + QString conditionToString() const; + + /** + * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence ) + * as a string. + * + * @param expandWildCards See text() + * @param modifiers See text() + */ + QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; + + /** + * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified + * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state. + */ + bool matches( int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , + States flags ) const; + + bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const; + + private: + void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const; + void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const; + QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const; + + int _keyCode; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers; + Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask; + States _state; + States _stateMask; + + Command _command; + QByteArray _text; + }; + + /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */ + KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name); + + //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other); + + /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */ + QString name() const; + + /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */ + void setName(const QString& name); + + /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ + QString description() const; + + /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ + void setDescription(const QString& description); + + /** + * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given + * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags. + * + * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie. + * entry.isNull() will return true ) + * + * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum + * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers + * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal + */ + Entry findEntry(int keyCode , + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , + States state = NoState) const; + + /** + * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table. Entries can be looked up according + * to their key sequence using findEntry() + */ + void addEntry(const Entry& entry); + + /** + * Replaces an entry in the translator. If the @p existing entry is null, + * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement) + */ + void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement); + + /** + * Removes an entry from the table. + */ + void removeEntry(const Entry& entry); + + /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */ + QList<Entry> entries() const; + +private: + + QHash<int,Entry> _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation, + // entries are indexed according to + // their keycode + QString _name; + QString _description; +}; +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States) +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands) + +/** + * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and + * returns the entries found in it. + * + * Usage example: + * + * @code + * QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" ); + * source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ); + * + * KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" ); + * + * KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); + * while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) + * translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); + * + * source.close(); + * + * if ( !reader.parseError() ) + * { + * // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator + * } + * else + * { + * // parsing failed + * } + * @endcode + */ +class KeyboardTranslatorReader +{ +public: + /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */ + KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ); + + /** + * Returns the description text. + * TODO: More documentation + */ + QString description() const; + + /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */ + bool hasNextEntry(); + /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */ + KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); + + /** + * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or + * false if no error occurred. + */ + bool parseError(); + + /** + * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry + * and produces a keyboard translator entry. + * + * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in + */ + static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition , + const QString& result ); +private: + struct Token + { + enum Type + { + TitleKeyword, + TitleText, + KeyKeyword, + KeySequence, + Command, + OutputText + }; + Type type; + QString text; + }; + QList<Token> tokenize(const QString&); + void readNext(); + bool decodeSequence(const QString& , + int& keyCode, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, + Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, + KeyboardTranslator::States& state, + KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags); + + static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier); + static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state); + static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode); + static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command); + + QIODevice* _source; + QString _description; + KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry; + bool _hasNext; +}; + +/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */ +class KeyboardTranslatorWriter +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination. + * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete. + */ + KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination); + ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter(); + + /** + * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. + * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. + */ + void writeHeader( const QString& description ); + /** Writes a translator entry. */ + void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); + +private: + QIODevice* _destination; + QTextStream* _writer; +}; + +/** + * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions, + * see KeyboardTranslator. + */ +class KeyboardTranslatorManager +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of + * available keyboard translations. + * + * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are + * first requested via a call to findTranslator() + */ + KeyboardTranslatorManager(); + ~KeyboardTranslatorManager(); + + /** + * Adds a new translator. If a translator with the same name + * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator. + * + * TODO: More documentation. + */ + void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator); + + /** + * Deletes a translator. Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise. + * + * TODO: More documentation + */ + bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name); + + /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */ + const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator(); + + /** + * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator + * with that name exists. + * + * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested, + * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed. + */ + const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name); + /** + * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators. + * + * The first time this is called, a search for available + * translators is started. + */ + QList<QString> allTranslators(); + + /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */ + static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance(); + +private: + static const char* defaultTranslatorText; + + void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators + KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator + // with the given name + KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name); + + bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator); + QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name); + + QHash<QString,KeyboardTranslator*> _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator + // instance + bool _haveLoadedAll; +}; + +inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; } +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) +{ + _modifiers = modifier; +} +inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) +{ + _modifierMask = mask; +} +inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; } + +inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const +{ + return ( *this == Entry() ); +} + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command ) +{ + _command = command; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text ) +{ + _text = unescape(text); +} +inline int oneOrZero(int value) +{ + return value ? 1 : 0; +} +inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const +{ + QByteArray expandedText = _text; + + if (expandWildCards) + { + int modifierValue = 1; + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier); + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) << 1; + modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2; + + for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) + { + if (expandedText[i] == '*') + expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue; + } + } + + return expandedText; +} + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state ) +{ + _state = state; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; } + +inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask ) +{ + _stateMask = stateMask; +} +inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; } + +} + +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Konsole::KeyboardTranslator::Entry) +Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(const Konsole::KeyboardTranslator*) + +#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H + diff --git a/qtermwidget/LineFont.h b/qtermwidget/LineFont.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9b64143 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/LineFont.h @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src". +// You probably do not want to hand-edit this! + +static const quint32 LineChars[] = { + 0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, + 0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, + 0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, + 0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, + 0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, + 0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, + 0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, + 0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, + 0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, + 0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, + 0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, + 0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, + 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, + 0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce +}; diff --git a/qtermwidget/LineFont.src b/qtermwidget/LineFont.src new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6835253 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/LineFont.src @@ -0,0 +1,786 @@ +#2500: single horizontal line +2500 + + +----- + + + +#2501: triple horizontal line +2501 + +----- +----- +----- + + +#2502: single vertical line +2502 + | + | + | + | + | + +#2503: triple vertical line +2503 + ||| + ||| + ||| + ||| + ||| + +#2504-250B are dashed - not handled + +#250C: top-left corner (lines on bottom + right) +250C + + + .-- + | + | + +#250D: as above, but top line triple-width +250D + + .-- + .-- + |-- + | + +#250E: now the vert line triple-width +250E + + + ..-- + ||| + ||| + +#250F: and now both lines triple-width +250F + + .___ + |.-- + ||._ + ||| + +#2510: top-right corner +2510 + + +--. + | + | + +2511 + +==. +==. +==| + | + +2512 + + +==.. + ||| + ||| + +2513 + +===. +==.| +=.|| + ||| + +#2514: bottom-left corner +2514 + | + | + .== + + + +2515 + | + |== + |== + === + + + +2516 + ||| + ||| + |.== + + + +2517 + ||| + ||.= + |.== + .=== + + +#2518: bottm-right corner +2518 + | + | +==. + + + +2519 + | +==| +==| +=== + + + +251A + ||| + ||| +==== + + + +251B + ||| +=.|| +==.| +===. + + +#251C: Join of vertical line and one from the right +251C + | + | + |== + | + | + +251D + | + |== + |== + |== + | + +251E + ||| + ||| + ||== + | + | + +251F + | + | + ||== + ||| + ||| + + +2520 + ||| + ||| + ||== + ||| + ||| + +2521 + ||| + |||= + ||== + .|== + | + +2522 + | + .|== + ||== + |||= + ||| + +2523 + ||| + ||.= + ||== + ||.= + ||| + +#2524: Join of vertical line and one from the left +2524 + | + | +==| + | + | + +2525 + | +==| +==| +==| + | + +2526 + ||| + ||| +==+| + | + | + +2527 + | + | +==+| + ||| + ||| + +2528 + ||| + ||| +==+| + ||| + ||| + +2529 + ||| +=+|| +==+| +===+ + | + +252A + | +=+|| +==+| +===+ + ||| + +252B + ||| +=+|| +==+| +=+|| + ||| + +#252C: horizontal line joined to from below +252C + + +===== + | + | + +252D + +=== +==|== +==| + | + +252E + + === +==|== + |== + | + +252F + +==+== +==|== +==|== + | + +2530 + +===== +===== +==|== + | + +2531 + +===| +==||= +=||| + ||| + +2532 + + |=== +=||== + ||== + || + +2533 + +===== +==|== +=+|+= + ||| + +#2534: bottom line, connected to from top +2534 + | + | +===== + + + +2535 + | +==| +===== +=== + + +2536 + | + |== +===== + === + + +2537 + | +==|== +===== +===== + + +2538 + ||| + ||| +===== + + + +2539 + ||| +==|| +===== +===| + + + +253A + ||| + ||== +=|=== + |=== + + +253B + ||| +==|== +===== +===== + + +#253C: vertical + horizontal lines intersecting +253C + | + | +===== + | + | + +253D + | +==| +===== +==| + | + +253E + | + |== +===== + |== + | + +253F + | +==|== +===== +==|== + | + +2540 + ||| + ||| +===== + | + | + +2541 + | + | +===== + ||| + ||| + +2542 + ||| + ||| +===== + ||| + ||| + +2543 + ||| +=||| +===== +==|+ + | + +2544 + ||| + ||== +===== + |== + | + +2545 + | +==|+ +===== +=||| + ||| + +2546 + | + |== +===== + ||== + ||| + +2547 + ||| +=|||= +===== +=|||= + | + +2548 + | +=|||= +===== +=|||= + ||| + +2549 + ||| +=||| +===== +=||| + ||| + +254A + ||| + |||= +===== + |||= + ||| + +254B + ||| +=|||= +===== +=|||= + ||| + +#254C-254F are dashed +2550 + +_____ + +_____ + + +2551 + | | + | | + | | + | | + | | + +2552 + + |-- + | + |-- + | + +2553 + + + ---- + | | + | | + +2554 + + +--- + | + + +- + | | + +2555 + +--+ + | +--+ + | + +2556 + + +-+-+ + | | + | | + +2557 + +---+ + | +-+ | + | | + +2558 + | + +-- + | + +-- + +2559 + | | + | | + +-+- + + + +255A + | | + | +- + | + +--- + + +255B + | +--+ + | +--+ + + +255C + | | + | | +-+-+ + + +255D + | | +-+ | + | +---+ + + +255E + | + +-- + | + +-- + | + +255F + | | + | | + | +- + | | + | | + +2560 + | | + | +- + | | + | +- + | | + +2561 + | +--+ + | +--+ + | + +2562 + | | + | | +-+ + + | | + | | + +2563 + | | +-+ | + | +-+ | + | | + +2564 + +----- + +--+-- + | + +2565 + + +-+-+- + | | + | | + +2566 + +----- + +-+ +- + | | + +2567 + | +--+-- + +----- + + +2568 + | | + | | +-+-+- + + + +2569 + | | +-+ +- + +----- + + +256A + | +--+-- + | +--+-- + | + +256B + | | + | | +-+-+- + | | + | | + +256C + | | +-+ +- + +-+ +- + | | + +#256F-2570 are curly, +#2571-2573 are slashes and X + +2574 + + +___ + + + +2575 + | + | + | + + + +2576 + + + ___ + + + +2577 + + + | + | + | + +2578 + +___ +___ +___ + + +2579 + ||| + ||| + ||| + + + +257A + + ___ + ___ + ___ + + +257B + + + ||| + ||| + ||| + +257C + + ___ +_____ + ___ + + +257D + | + | + ||| + ||| + ||| + +257E + +___ +_____ +___ + + +257F + ||| + ||| + ||| + | + | diff --git a/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp b/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..144e5e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Pty.h" + +// System +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <termios.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore> + +// KDE +//#include <KStandardDirs> +//#include <KLocale> +//#include <KDebug> +#include "kpty.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +void Pty::donePty() +{ + emit done(exitStatus()); +} + +void Pty::setWindowSize(int lines, int cols) +{ + _windowColumns = cols; + _windowLines = lines; + + if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) + pty()->setWinSize(lines, cols); +} +QSize Pty::windowSize() const +{ + return QSize(_windowColumns,_windowLines); +} + +void Pty::setXonXoff(bool enable) +{ + _xonXoff = enable; + + if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) + { + struct ::termios ttmode; + pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); + if (!enable) + ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON); + else + ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON); + if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) + qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); + } +} + +void Pty::setUtf8Mode(bool enable) +{ +#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it. + _utf8 = enable; + + if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) + { + struct ::termios ttmode; + pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); + if (!enable) + ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8; + else + ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8; + if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) + qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); + } +#endif +} + +void Pty::setErase(char erase) +{ + _eraseChar = erase; + + if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) + { + struct ::termios ttmode; + + pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); + + ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = erase; + + if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) + qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); + } +} + +char Pty::erase() const +{ + if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) + { + qDebug() << "Getting erase char"; + struct ::termios ttyAttributes; + pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttyAttributes); + return ttyAttributes.c_cc[VERASE]; + } + + return _eraseChar; +} + +void Pty::addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment) +{ + QListIterator<QString> iter(environment); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + QString pair = iter.next(); + + // split on the first '=' character + int pos = pair.indexOf('='); + + if ( pos >= 0 ) + { + QString variable = pair.left(pos); + QString value = pair.mid(pos+1); + + //kDebug() << "Setting environment pair" << variable << + // " set to " << value; + + setEnvironment(variable,value); + } + } +} + +int Pty::start(const QString& program, + const QStringList& programArguments, + const QStringList& environment, + ulong winid, + bool addToUtmp +// const QString& dbusService, +// const QString& dbusSession) + ) +{ + clearArguments(); + + setBinaryExecutable(program.toLatin1()); + + addEnvironmentVariables(environment); + + QStringListIterator it( programArguments ); + while (it.hasNext()) + arguments.append( it.next().toUtf8() ); + +// if ( !dbusService.isEmpty() ) +// setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE",dbusService); +// if ( !dbusSession.isEmpty() ) +// setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION", dbusSession); + + setEnvironment("WINDOWID", QString::number(winid)); + + // unless the LANGUAGE environment variable has been set explicitly + // set it to a null string + // this fixes the problem where KCatalog sets the LANGUAGE environment + // variable during the application's startup to something which + // differs from LANG,LC_* etc. and causes programs run from + // the terminal to display mesages in the wrong language + // + // this can happen if LANG contains a language which KDE + // does not have a translation for + // + // BR:149300 + if (!environment.contains("LANGUAGE")) + setEnvironment("LANGUAGE",QString()); + + setUsePty(All, addToUtmp); + + pty()->open(); + + struct ::termios ttmode; + pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); + if (!_xonXoff) + ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON); + else + ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON); +#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it. + if (!_utf8) + ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8; + else + ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8; +#endif + + if (_eraseChar != 0) + ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = _eraseChar; + + if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) + qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); + + pty()->setWinSize(_windowLines, _windowColumns); + + if ( K3Process::start(NotifyOnExit, (Communication) (Stdin | Stdout)) == false ) + return -1; + + resume(); // Start... + return 0; + +} + +void Pty::setWriteable(bool writeable) +{ + struct stat sbuf; + stat(pty()->ttyName(), &sbuf); + if (writeable) + chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode | S_IWGRP); + else + chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode & ~(S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH)); +} + +Pty::Pty() + : _bufferFull(false), + _windowColumns(0), + _windowLines(0), + _eraseChar(0), + _xonXoff(true), + _utf8(true) +{ + connect(this, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(K3Process *, char *, int )), + this, SLOT(dataReceived(K3Process *,char *, int))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)), + this, SLOT(donePty())); + connect(this, SIGNAL(wroteStdin(K3Process *)), + this, SLOT(writeReady())); + _pty = new KPty; + + setUsePty(All, false); // utmp will be overridden later +} + +Pty::~Pty() +{ + delete _pty; +} + +void Pty::writeReady() +{ + _pendingSendJobs.erase(_pendingSendJobs.begin()); + _bufferFull = false; + doSendJobs(); +} + +void Pty::doSendJobs() { + if(_pendingSendJobs.isEmpty()) + { + emit bufferEmpty(); + return; + } + + SendJob& job = _pendingSendJobs.first(); + + + if (!writeStdin( job.data(), job.length() )) + { + qWarning("Pty::doSendJobs - Could not send input data to terminal process."); + return; + } + _bufferFull = true; +} + +void Pty::appendSendJob(const char* s, int len) +{ + _pendingSendJobs.append(SendJob(s,len)); +} + +void Pty::sendData(const char* s, int len) +{ + appendSendJob(s,len); + if (!_bufferFull) + doSendJobs(); +} + +void Pty::dataReceived(K3Process *,char *buf, int len) +{ + emit receivedData(buf,len); +} + +void Pty::lockPty(bool lock) +{ + if (lock) + suspend(); + else + resume(); +} + +int Pty::foregroundProcessGroup() const +{ + int pid = tcgetpgrp(pty()->masterFd()); + + if ( pid != -1 ) + { + return pid; + } + + return 0; +} + +//#include "moc_Pty.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/Pty.h b/qtermwidget/Pty.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3e9432 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Pty.h @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal emulator. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef PTY_H +#define PTY_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore/QVector> +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <QtCore> + +#include "k3process.h" + + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * The Pty class is used to start the terminal process, + * send data to it, receive data from it and manipulate + * various properties of the pseudo-teletype interface + * used to communicate with the process. + * + * To use this class, construct an instance and connect + * to the sendData slot and receivedData signal to + * send data to or receive data from the process. + * + * To start the terminal process, call the start() method + * with the program name and appropriate arguments. + */ +class Pty: public K3Process +{ +Q_OBJECT + + public: + + /** + * Constructs a new Pty. + * + * Connect to the sendData() slot and receivedData() signal to prepare + * for sending and receiving data from the terminal process. + * + * To start the terminal process, call the run() method with the + * name of the program to start and appropriate arguments. + */ + Pty(); + ~Pty(); + + /** + * Starts the terminal process. + * + * Returns 0 if the process was started successfully or non-zero + * otherwise. + * + * @param program Path to the program to start + * @param arguments Arguments to pass to the program being started + * @param environment A list of key=value pairs which will be added + * to the environment for the new process. At the very least this + * should include an assignment for the TERM environment variable. + * @param winid Specifies the value of the WINDOWID environment variable + * in the process's environment. + * @param addToUtmp Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for + * the pty used. See K3Process::setUsePty() + * @param dbusService Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE + * environment variable in the process's environment. + * @param dbusSession Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION + * environment variable in the process's environment. + */ + int start( const QString& program, + const QStringList& arguments, + const QStringList& environment, + ulong winid, + bool addToUtmp +// const QString& dbusService, +// const QString& dbusSession + ); + + /** TODO: Document me */ + void setWriteable(bool writeable); + + /** + * Enables or disables Xon/Xoff flow control. + */ + void setXonXoff(bool on); + + /** + * Sets the size of the window (in lines and columns of characters) + * used by this teletype. + */ + void setWindowSize(int lines, int cols); + + /** Returns the size of the window used by this teletype. See setWindowSize() */ + QSize windowSize() const; + + /** TODO Document me */ + void setErase(char erase); + + /** */ + char erase() const; + + /** + * Returns the process id of the teletype's current foreground + * process. This is the process which is currently reading + * input sent to the terminal via. sendData() + * + * If there is a problem reading the foreground process group, + * 0 will be returned. + */ + int foregroundProcessGroup() const; + + /** + * Returns whether the buffer used to send data to the + * terminal process is full. + */ + bool bufferFull() const { return _bufferFull; } + + + public slots: + + /** + * Put the pty into UTF-8 mode on systems which support it. + */ + void setUtf8Mode(bool on); + + /** + * Suspend or resume processing of data from the standard + * output of the terminal process. + * + * See K3Process::suspend() and K3Process::resume() + * + * @param lock If true, processing of output is suspended, + * otherwise processing is resumed. + */ + void lockPty(bool lock); + + /** + * Sends data to the process currently controlling the + * teletype ( whose id is returned by foregroundProcessGroup() ) + * + * @param buffer Pointer to the data to send. + * @param length Length of @p buffer. + */ + void sendData(const char* buffer, int length); + + signals: + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal process terminates. + * + * @param exitCode The status code which the process exited with. + */ + void done(int exitCode); + + /** + * Emitted when a new block of data is received from + * the teletype. + * + * @param buffer Pointer to the data received. + * @param length Length of @p buffer + */ + void receivedData(const char* buffer, int length); + + /** + * Emitted when the buffer used to send data to the terminal + * process becomes empty, i.e. all data has been sent. + */ + void bufferEmpty(); + + + private slots: + + // called when terminal process exits + void donePty(); + // called when data is received from the terminal process + void dataReceived(K3Process*, char* buffer, int length); + // sends the first enqueued buffer of data to the + // terminal process + void doSendJobs(); + // called when the terminal process is ready to + // receive more data + void writeReady(); + + private: + // takes a list of key=value pairs and adds them + // to the environment for the process + void addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment); + + // enqueues a buffer of data to be sent to the + // terminal process + void appendSendJob(const char* buffer, int length); + + // a buffer of data in the queue to be sent to the + // terminal process + class SendJob { + public: + SendJob() {} + SendJob(const char* b, int len) : buffer(len) + { + memcpy( buffer.data() , b , len ); + } + + const char* data() const { return buffer.constData(); } + int length() const { return buffer.size(); } + private: + QVector<char> buffer; + }; + + QList<SendJob> _pendingSendJobs; + bool _bufferFull; + + int _windowColumns; + int _windowLines; + char _eraseChar; + bool _xonXoff; + bool _utf8; + KPty *_pty; +}; + +} + +#endif // PTY_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/README b/qtermwidget/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9665053 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/README @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +QTermWidget +version 0.1.0 + +QTermWidget is an opensource project based on KDE4 Konsole application. +The main goal of this project is to provide unicode-enabled, embeddable +QT widget for using as a built-in console (or terminal emulation widget). + +Of course I`m aware about embedding abilities of original Konsole, +but once I had Qt without KDE, and it was a serious obstacle. +I decided not to rely on a chance. I cannot find any interesting related project, +so I had to write it. + +The original Konsole`s code was rewritten entirely with QT4 only; also I have to +include in the project some parts of code from kde core library. All code dealing +with user interface parts and session managers was removed (maybe later I bring it +back somehow), and the result is quite useful, I suppose. + +This library was compiled and tested on three linux systems, +based on 2.4.32, 2.6.20, 2.6.23 kernels, x86 and amd64. +Please inform about its behaviour on other systems. + diff --git a/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp b/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ead0066 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1567 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Screen.h" + +// Standard +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <ctype.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QDate> + +// Konsole +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI. +//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo. +#define BS_CLEARS false + +//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image. +// +//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of +//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an +//offset from the beginning of the block. For efficiency reasons this +//is no longer the case. +//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on, +//notably moveImage() and clearImage(). +//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset. +#ifndef loc +#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X)) +#endif + + +Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ', + CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), + CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), + DEFAULT_RENDITION); + +//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES // for wrapped line debug + +Screen::Screen(int l, int c) + : lines(l), + columns(c), + screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ), + _scrolledLines(0), + _droppedLines(0), + hist(new HistoryScrollNone()), + cuX(0), cuY(0), + cu_re(0), + tmargin(0), bmargin(0), + tabstops(0), + sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0), + sel_busy(false), + columnmode(false), + ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0), + sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0), + sa_cu_re(0), + lastPos(-1) +{ + lineProperties.resize(lines+1); + for (int i=0;i<lines+1;i++) + lineProperties[i]=LINE_DEFAULT; + + initTabStops(); + clearSelection(); + reset(); +} + +/*! Destructor +*/ + +Screen::~Screen() +{ + delete[] screenLines; + delete[] tabstops; + delete hist; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Normalized Screen Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +// Cursor Setting -------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! \section Cursor + + The `cursor' is a location within the screen that is implicitely used in + many operations. The operations within this section allow to manipulate + the cursor explicitly and to obtain it's value. + + The position of the cursor is guarantied to be between (including) 0 and + `columns-1' and `lines-1'. +*/ + +/*! + Move the cursor up. + + The cursor will not be moved beyond the top margin. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorUp(int n) +//=CUU +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int stop = cuY < tmargin ? 0 : tmargin; + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuY = qMax(stop,cuY-n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor down. + + The cursor will not be moved beyond the bottom margin. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorDown(int n) +//=CUD +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int stop = cuY > bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin; + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor left. + + The cursor will not move beyond the first column. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorLeft(int n) +//=CUB +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n); +} + +/*! + Move the cursor left. + + The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column. +*/ + +void Screen::cursorRight(int n) +//=CUF +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n); +} + +void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot) +//=STBM +{ + if (top == 0) top = 1; // Default + if (bot == 0) bot = lines; // Default + top = top - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno + bot = bot - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno + if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) ) + { qDebug()<<" setRegion("<<top<<","<<bot<<") : bad range."; + return; // Default error action: ignore + } + tmargin = top; + bmargin = bot; + cuX = 0; + cuY = getMode(MODE_Origin) ? top : 0; + +} + +int Screen::topMargin() const +{ + return tmargin; +} +int Screen::bottomMargin() const +{ + return bmargin; +} + +void Screen::index() +//=IND +{ + if (cuY == bmargin) + { + scrollUp(1); + } + else if (cuY < lines-1) + cuY += 1; +} + +void Screen::reverseIndex() +//=RI +{ + if (cuY == tmargin) + scrollDown(tmargin,1); + else if (cuY > 0) + cuY -= 1; +} + +/*! + Move the cursor to the begin of the next line. + + If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the + actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up. +*/ + +void Screen::NextLine() +//=NEL +{ + Return(); index(); +} + +void Screen::eraseChars(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1)); + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::deleteChars(int n) +{ + Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); + + // always delete at least one char + if (n == 0) + n = 1; + + // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do + if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) + return; + + if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) + n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX; + + Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() ); + + screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n); +} + +void Screen::insertChars(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + + if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX); + + screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' '); + + if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(columns); +} + +void Screen::deleteLines(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollUp(cuY,n); +} + +/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position. + + The cursor is not moved by the operation. +*/ + +void Screen::insertLines(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollDown(cuY,n); +} + +// Mode Operations ----------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! Set a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::setMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = true; + switch(m) + { + case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home + } +} + +/*! Reset a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::resetMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = false; + switch(m) + { + case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home + } +} + +/*! Save a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::saveMode(int m) +{ + saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m]; +} + +/*! Restore a specific mode. */ + +void Screen::restoreMode(int m) +{ + currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m]; +} + +bool Screen::getMode(int m) const +{ + return currParm.mode[m]; +} + +void Screen::saveCursor() +{ + sa_cuX = cuX; + sa_cuY = cuY; + sa_cu_re = cu_re; + sa_cu_fg = cu_fg; + sa_cu_bg = cu_bg; +} + +void Screen::restoreCursor() +{ + cuX = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1); + cuY = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1); + cu_re = sa_cu_re; + cu_fg = sa_cu_fg; + cu_bg = sa_cu_bg; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Screen Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! Resize the screen image + + The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines + or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with + spaces to fit the new size. + + The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the + tab positions reinitialized. + + If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines + which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes + visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger. +*/ + +void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns) +{ + if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return; + + if (cuY > new_lines-1) + { // attempt to preserve focus and lines + bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost + for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++) + { + addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); + } + } + + // create new screen lines and copy from old to new + + ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1]; + for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++) + newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i]; + for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) + newScreenLines[i].resize( new_columns ); + + lineProperties.resize(new_lines+1); + for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i<new_lines+1);i++) + lineProperties[i] = LINE_DEFAULT; + + clearSelection(); + + delete[] screenLines; + screenLines = newScreenLines; + + lines = new_lines; + columns = new_columns; + cuX = qMin(cuX,columns-1); + cuY = qMin(cuY,lines-1); + + // FIXME: try to keep values, evtl. + tmargin=0; + bmargin=lines-1; + initTabStops(); + clearSelection(); +} + +void Screen::setDefaultMargins() +{ + tmargin = 0; + bmargin = lines-1; +} + + +/* + Clarifying rendition here and in the display. + + currently, the display's color table is + 0 1 2 .. 9 10 .. 17 + dft_fg, dft_bg, dim 0..7, intensive 0..7 + + cu_fg, cu_bg contain values 0..8; + - 0 = default color + - 1..8 = ansi specified color + + re_fg, re_bg contain values 0..17 + due to the TerminalDisplay's color table + + rendition attributes are + + attr widget screen + -------------- ------ ------ + RE_UNDERLINE XX XX affects foreground only + RE_BLINK XX XX affects foreground only + RE_BOLD XX XX affects foreground only + RE_REVERSE -- XX + RE_TRANSPARENT XX -- affects background only + RE_INTENSIVE XX -- affects foreground only + + Note that RE_BOLD is used in both widget + and screen rendition. Since xterm/vt102 + is to poor to distinguish between bold + (which is a font attribute) and intensive + (which is a color attribute), we translate + this and RE_BOLD in falls eventually appart + into RE_BOLD and RE_INTENSIVE. +*/ + +void Screen::reverseRendition(Character& p) const +{ + CharacterColor f = p.foregroundColor; + CharacterColor b = p.backgroundColor; + + p.foregroundColor = b; + p.backgroundColor = f; //p->r &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT; +} + +void Screen::effectiveRendition() +// calculate rendition +{ + //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly + //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties. + //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage, + //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay + //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array. + //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do. The net result + //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole. + ef_re = cu_re; + + //OLD VERSION: + //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK); + + if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE) + { + ef_fg = cu_bg; + ef_bg = cu_fg; + } + else + { + ef_fg = cu_fg; + ef_bg = cu_bg; + } + + if (cu_re & RE_BOLD) + ef_fg.toggleIntensive(); +} + +/*! + returns the image. + + Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns. + + NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be + freed. + +*/ + +void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() ); + + for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) + { + const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line)); + const int destLineOffset = (line-startLine)*columns; + + hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset); + + for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) + dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar; + + // invert selected text + if (sel_begin !=-1) + { + for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) + { + if (isSelected(column,line)) + { + reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); + } + } + } + } +} + +void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines ); + + for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++) + { + int srcLineStartIndex = line*columns; + int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns; + + for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) + { + int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; + int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column; + + dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar); + + // invert selected text + if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines())) + reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); + } + + } +} + +void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); + + const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1; + + Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); + + const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); + const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer; + + // copy lines from history buffer + if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) { + copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); + } + + // copy lines from screen buffer + if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) { + copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns, + startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(), + linesInScreenBuffer); + } + + // invert display when in screen mode + if (getMode(MODE_Screen)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++) + reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display + } + + // mark the character at the current cursor position + int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer); + if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines) + dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR; +} + +QVector<LineProperty> Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const +{ + Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); + + const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1; + const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); + const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory; + + QVector<LineProperty> result(mergedLines); + int index = 0; + + // copy properties for lines in history + for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) + { + //TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines + if (hist->isWrappedLine(line)) + { + result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED); + } + index++; + } + + // copy properties for lines in screen buffer + const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines(); + for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++) + { + result[index]=lineProperties[line]; + index++; + } + + return result; +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen) +{ + setMode(MODE_Wrap ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap ); // wrap at end of margin + resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin); // position refere to [1,1] + resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert); // overstroke + setMode(MODE_Cursor); // cursor visible + resetMode(MODE_Screen); // screen not inverse + resetMode(MODE_NewLine); + + tmargin=0; + bmargin=lines-1; + + setDefaultRendition(); + saveCursor(); + + if ( clearScreen ) + clear(); +} + +/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor. +*/ + +void Screen::clear() +{ + clearEntireScreen(); + home(); +} + +void Screen::BackSpace() +{ + cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! + cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1); + // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' '; + + if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1); + + if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' '; +} + +void Screen::Tabulate(int n) +{ + // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); + if (n == 0) n = 1; + while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1)) + { + cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1); + n--; + } +} + +void Screen::backTabulate(int n) +{ + // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); + if (n == 0) n = 1; + while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0)) + { + cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1); + n--; + } +} + +void Screen::clearTabStops() +{ + for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false; +} + +void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set) +{ + if (cuX >= columns) return; + tabstops[cuX] = set; +} + +void Screen::initTabStops() +{ + delete[] tabstops; + tabstops = new bool[columns]; + + // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other. + // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1. + // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware. + for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0); +} + +/*! + This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine) + depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also + affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF). +*/ + +void Screen::NewLine() +{ + if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return(); + index(); +} + +/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position. + + VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am) + with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl). +*/ + +void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to) +{ + if (sel_begin == -1) return; + int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines()); + //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to] + if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) ) + { + clearSelection(); + } +} + +void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c) +{ + // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character. + // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions. + // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by + // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen. + + int w = konsole_wcwidth(c); + + if (w <= 0) + return; + + if (cuX+w > columns) { + if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED); + NextLine(); + } + else + cuX = columns-w; + } + + // ensure current line vector has enough elements + int size = screenLines[cuY].size(); + if (size == 0 && cuY > 0) + { + screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) ); + } + else + { + if (size < cuX+w) + { + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w); + } + } + + if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w); + + lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY); + + // check if selection is still valid. + checkSelection(cuX,cuY); + + Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX]; + + currentChar.character = c; + currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg; + currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg; + currentChar.rendition = ef_re; + + int i = 0; + int newCursorX = cuX + w--; + while(w) + { + i++; + + if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 ) + screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1); + + Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i]; + ch.character = 0; + ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg; + ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg; + ch.rendition = ef_re; + + w--; + } + cuX = newCursorX; +} + +void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/) +{ + Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ ); + +/* if (lastPos == -1) + return; + + QChar c(image[lastPos].character); + compose.prepend(c); + //compose.compose(); ### FIXME! + image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/ +} + +int Screen::scrolledLines() const +{ + return _scrolledLines; +} +int Screen::droppedLines() const +{ + return _droppedLines; +} +void Screen::resetDroppedLines() +{ + _droppedLines = 0; +} +void Screen::resetScrolledLines() +{ + //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset"; + + _scrolledLines = 0; +} + +// Region commands ------------------------------------------------------------- + +void Screen::scrollUp(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history + scrollUp(tmargin, n); +} + +/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region. + The `n' new lines are cleared. + \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown +*/ + +QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const +{ + return _lastScrolledRegion; +} + +void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n) +{ + if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return; + + _scrolledLines -= n; + _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin)); + + //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. + moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin)); + clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' '); +} + +void Screen::scrollDown(int n) +{ + if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default + scrollDown(tmargin, n); +} + +/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region. + The `n' new lines are cleared. + \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp +*/ + +void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n) +{ + + //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")"; + + _scrolledLines += n; + +//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. + if (n <= 0) return; + if (from > bmargin) return; + if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from; + moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n)); + clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' '); +} + +void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x) +{ + setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x); +} + +void Screen::setCursorX(int x) +{ + if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default + x -= 1; // Adjust + cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x)); +} + +void Screen::setCursorY(int y) +{ + if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default + y -= 1; // Adjust + cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) )); +} + +void Screen::home() +{ + cuX = 0; + cuY = 0; +} + +void Screen::Return() +{ + cuX = 0; +} + +int Screen::getCursorX() const +{ + return cuX; +} + +int Screen::getCursorY() const +{ + return cuY; +} + +// Erasing --------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/*! \section Erasing + + This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling + it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings. + + Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations, + it is never modified by them. +*/ + +/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces. + + This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal + addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the + screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. +*/ + +void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c) +{ + int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); + //FIXME: check positions + + //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved... + if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) ) + { + clearSelection(); + } + + int topLine = loca/columns; + int bottomLine = loce/columns; + + Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION); + + //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the + //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk. + bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character()); + + for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++) + { + lineProperties[y] = 0; + + int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1; + int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0; + + QVector<Character>& line = screenLines[y]; + + if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 ) + { + line.resize(startCol); + } + else + { + if (line.size() < endCol + 1) + line.resize(endCol+1); + + Character* data = line.data(); + for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++) + data[i]=clearCh; + } + } +} + +/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'. + + The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using + the loc(column,line) macro. + +NOTE: moveImage() can only move whole lines. + + This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal + addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the + screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. +*/ + +void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd) +{ + //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) + // << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " << + // (dest/columns); + + Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd ); + + int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns; + + //move screen image and line properties: + //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, + //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - + //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise. + //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details) + if (dest < sourceBegin) + { + for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++) + { + screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; + lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; + } + } + else + { + for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--) + { + screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; + lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; + } + } + + if (lastPos != -1) + { + int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount + lastPos += diff; + if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns))) + lastPos = -1; + } + + // Adjust selection to follow scroll. + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); + int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount + int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); + int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global + int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global + int desta = srca+diff; + int deste = srce+diff; + + if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce)) + sel_TL += diff; + else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste)) + sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) + + if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce)) + sel_BR += diff; + else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste)) + sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) + + if (sel_BR < 0) + { + clearSelection(); + } + else + { + if (sel_TL < 0) + sel_TL = 0; + } + + if (beginIsTL) + sel_begin = sel_TL; + else + sel_begin = sel_BR; + } +} + +void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen() +{ + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearEntireScreen() +{ + // Add entire screen to history + for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++) + { + addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); + } + + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); +} + +/*! fill screen with 'E' + This is to aid screen alignment +*/ + +void Screen::helpAlign() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E'); +} + +void Screen::clearToEndOfLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::clearEntireLine() +{ + clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); +} + +void Screen::setRendition(int re) +{ + cu_re |= re; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::resetRendition(int re) +{ + cu_re &= ~re; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::setDefaultRendition() +{ + setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); + setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); + cu_re = DEFAULT_RENDITION; + effectiveRendition(); +} + +void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color) +{ + cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color); + + if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) + effectiveRendition(); + else + setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); +} + +void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color) +{ + cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color); + + if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) + effectiveRendition(); + else + setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Marking & Selection */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void Screen::clearSelection() +{ + sel_BR = -1; + sel_TL = -1; + sel_begin = -1; +} + +void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line) +{ + if ( sel_TL != -1 ) + { + column = sel_TL % columns; + line = sel_TL / columns; + } + else + { + column = cuX + getHistLines(); + line = cuY + getHistLines(); + } +} +void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line) +{ + if ( sel_BR != -1 ) + { + column = sel_BR % columns; + line = sel_BR / columns; + } + else + { + column = cuX + getHistLines(); + line = cuY + getHistLines(); + } +} +void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; + sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ; + + /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ + if (x == columns) sel_begin--; + + sel_BR = sel_begin; + sel_TL = sel_begin; + columnmode = mode; +} + +void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y) +{ +// kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; + if (sel_begin == -1) return; + int l = loc(x,y); // + histCursor); + + if (l < sel_begin) + { + sel_TL = l; + sel_BR = sel_begin; + } + else + { + /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ + if (x == columns) l--; + + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = l; + } +} + +bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const +{ + if (columnmode) { + int sel_Left,sel_Right; + if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) { + sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR; + } else { + sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL; + } + return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) && + ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns ); + //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns ); + } + else { + //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor); + int pos = loc(x,y); + return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR ); + } +} + +QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + QString result; + QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite); + + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.begin(&stream); + writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks); + decoder.end(); + + return result; +} + +bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const +{ + return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 ); +} + +void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , + bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + // do nothing if selection is invalid + if ( !isSelectionValid() ) + return; + + int top = sel_TL / columns; + int left = sel_TL % columns; + + int bottom = sel_BR / columns; + int right = sel_BR % columns; + + Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 ); + + //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL; + //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns; + + for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++) + { + int start = 0; + if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left; + + int count = -1; + if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1; + + const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom ); + copyLineToStream( y, + start, + count, + decoder, + appendNewLine, + preserveLineBreaks ); + } +} + + +void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , + int start, + int count, + TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, + bool appendNewLine, + bool preserveLineBreaks) +{ + //buffer to hold characters for decoding + //the buffer is static to avoid initialising every + //element on each call to copyLineToStream + //(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway) + static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024; + static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS]; + + assert( count < MAX_CHARS ); + + LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0; + + //determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image + if (line < hist->getLines()) + { + const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line); + + // ensure that start position is before end of line + start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1)); + + //retrieve line from history buffer + if (count == -1) + { + count = lineLength-start; + } + else + { + count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start; + } + + // safety checks + assert( start >= 0 ); + assert( count >= 0 ); + assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) ); + + hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer); + + if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) ) + currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED; + } + else + { + if ( count == -1 ) + count = columns - start; + + assert( count >= 0 ); + + const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines(); + + Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data(); + int length = screenLines[screenLine].count(); + + //retrieve line from screen image + for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++) + { + characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i]; + } + + // count cannot be any greater than length + count = qBound(0,count,length-start); + + Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() ); + currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; + } + + //do not decode trailing whitespace characters + for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--) + if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace()) + count--; + else + break; + + // add new line character at end + const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) || + !preserveLineBreaks; + + if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) ) + { + characterBuffer[count] = '\n'; + count++; + } + + //decode line and write to text stream + decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , + count, currentLineProperties ); +} + +// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor' +// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position +// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images. +// +/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) { + sel_begin = 0; + sel_BR = sel_begin; + sel_TL = sel_begin; + setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor); + + writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder); + + clearSelection(); +}*/ + +void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to) +{ + sel_begin = loc(0,from); + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to); + writeSelectionToStream(decoder); + clearSelection(); +} + +QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no) +{ + sel_begin = loc(0,no); + sel_TL = sel_begin; + sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no); + return selectedText(false); +} + +void Screen::addHistLine() +{ + // add line to history buffer + // we have to take care about scrolling, too... + + if (hasScroll()) + { + int oldHistLines = hist->getLines(); + + hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]); + hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED ); + + int newHistLines = hist->getLines(); + + bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); + + // If the history is full, increment the count + // of dropped lines + if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines ) + _droppedLines++; + + // Adjust selection for the new point of reference + if (newHistLines > oldHistLines) + { + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + sel_TL += columns; + sel_BR += columns; + } + } + + if (sel_begin != -1) + { + // Scroll selection in history up + int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines); + + if (sel_TL < top_BR) + sel_TL -= columns; + + if (sel_BR < top_BR) + sel_BR -= columns; + + if (sel_BR < 0) + { + clearSelection(); + } + else + { + if (sel_TL < 0) + sel_TL = 0; + } + + if (beginIsTL) + sel_begin = sel_TL; + else + sel_begin = sel_BR; + } + } + +} + +int Screen::getHistLines() +{ + return hist->getLines(); +} + +void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll) +{ + clearSelection(); + + if ( copyPreviousScroll ) + hist = t.scroll(hist); + else + { + HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist; + hist = t.scroll(0); + delete oldScroll; + } +} + +bool Screen::hasScroll() +{ + return hist->hasScroll(); +} + +const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll() +{ + return hist->getType(); +} + +void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable) +{ + if ( enable ) + { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property); + } + else + { + lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property); + } +} +void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count) +{ + for (int i=0;i<count;i++) + dest[i] = defaultChar; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/Screen.h b/qtermwidget/Screen.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4ad199 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Screen.h @@ -0,0 +1,662 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SCREEN_H +#define SCREEN_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QRect> +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> +#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> + +// Konsole +#include "Character.h" +#include "History.h" + +#define MODE_Origin 0 +#define MODE_Wrap 1 +#define MODE_Insert 2 +#define MODE_Screen 3 +#define MODE_Cursor 4 +#define MODE_NewLine 5 +#define MODES_SCREEN 6 + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/*! +*/ +struct ScreenParm +{ + int mode[MODES_SCREEN]; +}; + +class TerminalCharacterDecoder; + +/** + \brief An image of characters with associated attributes. + + The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of + characters from the program currently running in the terminal. + From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately + rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). Some types of emulation + may have more than one screen image. + + getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image + which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the + terminal. + + The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current + screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output. + The scroll is specified using setScroll() + The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream() + + The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using + setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd(). The selected text can be retrieved + using selectedText(). When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image, + characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted. +*/ +class Screen +{ +public: + /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */ + Screen(int lines, int columns); + ~Screen(); + + // VT100/2 Operations + // Cursor Movement + + /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */ + void cursorUp (int n); + /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */ + void cursorDown (int n); + /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */ + void cursorLeft (int n); + /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */ + void cursorRight (int n); + /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */ + void setCursorY (int y); + /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */ + void setCursorX (int x); + /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */ + void setCursorYX (int y, int x); + /** + * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen. + * + * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. + * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. + */ + void setMargins (int topLine , int bottomLine); + /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ + int topMargin() const; + /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */ + int bottomMargin() const; + + /** + * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines + * of the screen. + */ + void setDefaultMargins(); + + /** + * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode + * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost + * column first. + * + * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set + * or index() otherwise. + */ + void NewLine (); + /** + * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning + * of the line. + */ + void NextLine (); + + /** + * Move the cursor down one line. If the cursor is on the bottom + * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the + * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead. + */ + void index (); + /** + * Move the cursor up one line. If the cursor is on the top line + * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling + * region is scrolled down by one line instead. + */ + void reverseIndex(); + + /** + * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. + * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed + * using setMargins() + */ + void scrollUp(int n); + /** + * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines. + * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed + * using setMargins() + */ + void scrollDown(int n); + + /** + * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. + * Equivalent to setCursorX(0) + */ + void Return (); + /** + * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character + * at the new cursor position. + */ + void BackSpace (); + /** + * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right. + */ + void Tabulate (int n = 1); + /** + * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. + */ + void backTabulate(int n); + + // Editing + + /** + * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current + * cursor position with spaces. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. + */ + void eraseChars (int n); + /** + * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. + */ + void deleteChars (int n); + /** + * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted. + */ + void insertChars (int n); + /** + * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed. + */ + void deleteLines (int n); + /** + * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position. + * The position of the cursor is not altered. + * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted. + */ + void insertLines (int n); + /** Clears all the tab stops. */ + void clearTabStops(); + /** Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ + void changeTabStop(bool set); + + /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */ + void resetMode (int mode); + /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */ + void setMode (int mode); + /** + * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode. It can be restored + * using restoreMode() + */ + void saveMode (int mode); + /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */ + void restoreMode (int mode); + /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/ + bool getMode (int mode) const; + + /** + * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. + * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() + */ + void saveCursor (); + /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor. See saveCursor() */ + void restoreCursor(); + + /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ + void clearEntireScreen(); + /** + * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of + * the screen. + */ + void clearToEndOfScreen(); + /** + * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start + * of the screen. + */ + void clearToBeginOfScreen(); + /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */ + void clearEntireLine(); + /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ + void clearToEndOfLine(); + /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */ + void clearToBeginOfLine(); + + /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */ + void helpAlign (); + + /** + * Enables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence + * of characters on the screen. + * + * @see Character::rendition + */ + void setRendition (int rendition); + /** + * Disables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence + * of characters on the screen. + * + * @see Character::rendition + */ + void resetRendition(int rendition); + + /** + * Sets the cursor's foreground color. + * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument + * @param color The new foreground color. The meaning of this depends on + * the color @p space used. + * + * @see CharacterColor + */ + void setForeColor (int space, int color); + /** + * Sets the cursor's background color. + * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet. + * @param color The new background color. The meaning of this depends on + * the color @p space used. + * + * @see CharacterColor + */ + void setBackColor (int space, int color); + /** + * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the + * character's rendition flags back to the default settings. + */ + void setDefaultRendition(); + + /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */ + int getCursorX() const; + /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */ + int getCursorY() const; + + /** TODO Document me */ + void clear(); + /** + * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left + * corner of the screen (0,0) + */ + void home(); + /** + * Resets the state of the screen. This resets the various screen modes + * back to their default states. The cursor style and colors are reset + * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called) + * + * <ul> + * <li>Line wrapping is enabled.</li> + * <li>Origin mode is disabled.</li> + * <li>Insert mode is disabled.</li> + * <li>Cursor mode is enabled. TODO Document me</li> + * <li>Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> + * <li>New line mode is disabled. TODO Document me</li> + * </ul> + * + * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, + * otherwise they are unaltered. + */ + void reset(bool clearScreen = true); + + /** + * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. + * + * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and + * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new + * line below the current one. + * + * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character + * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the + * character already at the current cursor position. + */ + void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c); + + // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4 + void compose(const QString& compose); + + /** + * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns. + * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns, + * existing lines are not truncated. This prevents characters from being lost + * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again. + * + * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were + * truncated when making the screen image smaller) + */ + void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns); + + /** + * Returns the current screen image. + * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which + * must be freed by the caller after use. + * + * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into + * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters + * @param startLine Index of first line to copy + * @param endLine Index of last line to copy + */ + void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const; + + /** + * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image. + * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the + * line is wrapped, + * other attributes control the size of characters in the line. + */ + QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const; + + + /** Return the number of lines. */ + int getLines() { return lines; } + /** Return the number of columns. */ + int getColumns() { return columns; } + /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */ + int getHistLines (); + /** + * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. + * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous + * history buffer are copied into the new scroll. + */ + void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true); + /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */ + const HistoryType& getScroll(); + /** + * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen + * in a history buffer. + */ + bool hasScroll(); + + /** + * Sets the start of the selection. + * + * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection. + * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection. + * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode. + */ + void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode); + + /** + * Sets the end of the current selection. + * + * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection. + * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. + */ + void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line); + + /** + * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there + * is no selection. + */ + void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line); + + /** + * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there + * is no selection. + */ + void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line); + + /** Clears the current selection */ + void clearSelection(); + + void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; } + + /** + * Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the + * current selection. + */ + bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const; + + /** + * Convenience method. Returns the currently selected text. + * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should + * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. + */ + QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks); + + /** + * Copies part of the output to a stream. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text + * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve + * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve + */ + void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to); + + /** + * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns + * the text of that line from the history buffer. + */ + QString getHistoryLine(int no); + + /** + * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY + * into a stream. + * + * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text. + * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters + * into plain text with no formatting. + * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should + * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. + */ + void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool + preserveLineBreaks = true); + + /** TODO Document me */ + void checkSelection(int from, int to); + + /** + * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line. + * + * @param property The attribute to set or clear + * Possible properties are: + * LINE_WRAPPED: Specifies that the line is wrapped. + * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width. + * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height. + * Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters, + * with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. This allows other parts of the + * code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height. + * + * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it + */ + void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable); + + + /** + * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, + * since the last call to resetScrolledLines(). + * + * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up, + * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. + */ + int scrolledLines() const; + + /** + * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled. + * + * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the + * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred. + */ + QRect lastScrolledRegion() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, + * see scrolledLines() + */ + void resetScrolledLines(); + + /** + * Returns the number of lines of output which have been + * dropped from the history since the last call + * to resetDroppedLines() + * + * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop + * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when + * it is full. + */ + int droppedLines() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from + * the history. + */ + void resetDroppedLines(); + + /** + * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank) + * Character style. + */ + static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count); + +private: + + //copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a + //specified character decoder + //line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to + // hist->getLines() + lines - 1 + //start - the first column on the line to copy + //count - the number of characters on the line to copy + //decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text + //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line + void copyLineToStream(int line, + int start, + int count, + TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, + bool appendNewLine, + bool preserveLineBreaks); + + //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c' + //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. + //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. + void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c); + + //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'. + //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. + //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. + void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd); + + void scrollUp(int from, int i); + void scrollDown(int from, int i); + + void addHistLine(); + + void initTabStops(); + + void effectiveRendition(); + void reverseRendition(Character& p) const; + + bool isSelectionValid() const; + + // copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest', + // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer + void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; + // copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest', + // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history + void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; + + + // screen image ---------------- + int lines; + int columns; + + typedef QVector<Character> ImageLine; // [0..columns] + ImageLine* screenLines; // [lines] + + int _scrolledLines; + QRect _lastScrolledRegion; + + int _droppedLines; + + QVarLengthArray<LineProperty,64> lineProperties; + + // history buffer --------------- + HistoryScroll *hist; + + // cursor location + int cuX; + int cuY; + + // cursor color and rendition info + CharacterColor cu_fg; // foreground + CharacterColor cu_bg; // background + quint8 cu_re; // rendition + + // margins ---------------- + int tmargin; // top margin + int bmargin; // bottom margin + + // states ---------------- + ScreenParm currParm; + + // ---------------------------- + + bool* tabstops; + + // selection ------------------- + int sel_begin; // The first location selected. + int sel_TL; // TopLeft Location. + int sel_BR; // Bottom Right Location. + bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection. + bool columnmode; // Column selection mode + + // effective colors and rendition ------------ + CharacterColor ef_fg; // These are derived from + CharacterColor ef_bg; // the cu_* variables above + quint8 ef_re; // to speed up operation + + // + // save cursor, rendition & states ------------ + // + + // cursor location + int sa_cuX; + int sa_cuY; + + // rendition info + quint8 sa_cu_re; + CharacterColor sa_cu_fg; + CharacterColor sa_cu_bg; + + // last position where we added a character + int lastPos; + + // modes + ScreenParm saveParm; + + static Character defaultChar; +}; + +} + +#endif // SCREEN_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp b/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f29dcd0 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,296 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "ScreenWindow.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtCore> + +// Konsole +#include "Screen.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent) + : QObject(parent) + , _windowBuffer(0) + , _windowBufferSize(0) + , _bufferNeedsUpdate(true) + , _windowLines(1) + , _currentLine(0) + , _trackOutput(true) + , _scrollCount(0) +{ +} +ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow() +{ + delete[] _windowBuffer; +} +void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen) +{ + Q_ASSERT( screen ); + + _screen = screen; +} + +Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const +{ + return _screen; +} + +Character* ScreenWindow::getImage() +{ + // reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed + int size = windowLines() * windowColumns(); + if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) + { + delete[] _windowBuffer; + _windowBufferSize = size; + _windowBuffer = new Character[size]; + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + } + + if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate) + return _windowBuffer; + + _screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size, + currentLine(),endWindowLine()); + + // this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which + // case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled + // with blank characters + fillUnusedArea(); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = false; + return _windowBuffer; +} + +void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea() +{ + int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1; + int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1; + + int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine; + int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns(); + + Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); +} + +// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window +// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end +// of the screen. +// +// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should +// never be more than endWindowLine() +// +int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const +{ + return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1, + lineCount() - 1); +} +QVector<LineProperty> ScreenWindow::getLineProperties() +{ + QVector<LineProperty> result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine()); + + if (result.count() != windowLines()) + result.resize(windowLines()); + + return result; +} + +QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const +{ + return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks ); +} + +void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ) +{ + _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line); + line -= currentLine(); +} +void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ) +{ + _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line); + line -= currentLine(); +} +void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ) +{ + _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) , columnMode); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ) +{ + _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line ) +{ + return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); +} + +void ScreenWindow::clearSelection() +{ + _screen->clearSelection(); + + emit selectionChanged(); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines) +{ + Q_ASSERT(lines > 0); + _windowLines = lines; +} +int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const +{ + return _windowLines; +} + +int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const +{ + return _screen->getColumns(); +} + +int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const +{ + return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines(); +} + +int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const +{ + return _screen->getColumns(); +} + +QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const +{ + QPoint position; + + position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() ); + position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() ); + + return position; +} + +int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const +{ + return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ) +{ + if ( mode == ScrollLines ) + { + scrollTo( currentLine() + amount ); + } + else if ( mode == ScrollPages ) + { + scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); + } +} + +bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const +{ + return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line ) +{ + int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines(); + line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber); + + const int delta = line - _currentLine; + _currentLine = line; + + // keep track of number of lines scrolled by, + // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount() + _scrollCount += delta; + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + + emit scrolled(_currentLine); +} + +void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput) +{ + _trackOutput = trackOutput; +} + +bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const +{ + return _trackOutput; +} + +int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const +{ + return _scrollCount; +} + +void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() +{ + _scrollCount = 0; +} + +QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const +{ + bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines(); + + if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize ) + return _screen->lastScrolledRegion(); + else + return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines()); +} + +void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged() +{ + // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count + // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen + if ( _trackOutput ) + { + _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines(); + _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines())); + } + else + { + // if the history is not unlimited then it may + // have run out of space and dropped the oldest + // lines of output - in this case the screen + // window's current line number will need to + // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll + _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - + _screen->droppedLines()); + + // ensure that the screen window's current position does + // not go beyond the bottom of the screen + _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() ); + } + + _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; + + emit outputChanged(); +} + +//#include "moc_ScreenWindow.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h b/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2955ab --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H +#define SCREENWINDOW_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QObject> +#include <QtCore/QPoint> +#include <QtCore/QRect> + +// Konsole +#include "Character.h" + +namespace Konsole +{ + +class Screen; + +/** + * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen. + * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). + * + * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with + * a terminal screen using setScreen(). + * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen. + * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window. + * + * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new + * lines are added to it. + * + * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should + * be called. This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal + * if necessary. + */ +class ScreenWindow : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** + * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent. + * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties(). + * + * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method + * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view. This allows the emulation + * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates + * between all views on a session. + */ + ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0); + virtual ~ScreenWindow(); + + /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */ + void setScreen(Screen* screen); + /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */ + Screen* screen() const; + + /** + * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window + * onto the screen. + * + * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be + * deleted by the caller. + */ + Character* getImage(); + + /** + * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which + * are currently visible through this window + */ + QVector<LineProperty> getLineProperties(); + + /** + * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window + * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call + * to resetScrollCount(). scrollRegion() is in most cases the + * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications + * which provide split-screen facilities. + * + * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise + * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that + * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. + */ + int scrollCount() const; + + /** + * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount() + */ + void resetScrollCount(); + + /** + * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is + * usually the whole window area. + * + * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate, + * but allows views to optimise rendering. + */ + QRect scrollRegion() const; + + /** + * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within + * the window. + */ + void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ); + /** + * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within + * the window. + */ + void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); + /** + * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window. + */ + void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ); + /** + * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window. + */ + void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ); + /** + * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection. + */ + bool isSelected( int column , int line ); + /** + * Clears the current selection + */ + void clearSelection(); + + /** Sets the number of lines in the window */ + void setWindowLines(int lines); + /** Returns the number of lines in the window */ + int windowLines() const; + /** Returns the number of columns in the window */ + int windowColumns() const; + + /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */ + int lineCount() const; + /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */ + int columnCount() const; + + /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */ + int currentLine() const; + + /** + * Returns the position of the cursor + * within the window. + */ + QPoint cursorPosition() const; + + /** + * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom + * of the screen. + */ + bool atEndOfOutput() const; + + /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */ + void scrollTo( int line ); + + enum RelativeScrollMode + { + ScrollLines, + ScrollPages + }; + + /** + * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen. + * + * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number + * of pages to scroll. + * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by. If + * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down. If this number is negative, the view + * is scrolled up. + */ + void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ); + + /** + * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom + * of the screen when new output is added. + * + * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see + * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called. + */ + void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput); + /** + * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as + * new output is added. See setTrackOutput() + */ + bool trackOutput() const; + + /** + * Returns the text which is currently selected. + * + * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText() + */ + QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const; + +public slots: + /** + * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed. + * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes + * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted. + */ + void notifyOutputChanged(); + +signals: + /** + * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. + */ + void outputChanged(); + + /** + * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position. + * + * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window. + */ + void scrolled(int line); + + /** + * Emitted when the selection is changed. + */ + void selectionChanged(); + +private: + int endWindowLine() const; + void fillUnusedArea(); + + Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen() + Character* _windowBuffer; + int _windowBufferSize; + bool _bufferNeedsUpdate; + + int _windowLines; + int _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine() + bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() + int _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since + // the last call to resetScrollCount() +}; + +} +#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/Session.cpp b/qtermwidget/Session.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48bed7e --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Session.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1021 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole + + Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Session.h" + +// Standard +#include <assert.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtCore/QByteRef> +#include <QtCore/QDir> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtCore/QRegExp> +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore> + +#include "Pty.h" +#include "TerminalDisplay.h" +#include "ShellCommand.h" +#include "Vt102Emulation.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +int Session::lastSessionId = 0; + +Session::Session() : + _shellProcess(0) + , _emulation(0) + , _monitorActivity(false) + , _monitorSilence(false) + , _notifiedActivity(false) + , _autoClose(true) + , _wantedClose(false) + , _silenceSeconds(10) + , _addToUtmp(false) // disabled by default because of a bug encountered on certain systems + // which caused Konsole to hang when closing a tab and then opening a new + // one. A 'QProcess destroyed while still running' warning was being + // printed to the terminal. Likely a problem in KPty::logout() + // or KPty::login() which uses a QProcess to start /usr/bin/utempter + , _flowControl(true) + , _fullScripting(false) + , _sessionId(0) +// , _zmodemBusy(false) +// , _zmodemProc(0) +// , _zmodemProgress(0) + , _hasDarkBackground(false) +{ + //prepare DBus communication +// new SessionAdaptor(this); + _sessionId = ++lastSessionId; +// QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject(QLatin1String("/Sessions/")+QString::number(_sessionId), this); + + //create teletype for I/O with shell process + _shellProcess = new Pty(); + + //create emulation backend + _emulation = new Vt102Emulation(); + + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( titleChanged( int, const QString & ) ), + this, SLOT( setUserTitle( int, const QString & ) ) ); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ), + this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) ); +// connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( zmodemDetected() ), this , +// SLOT( fireZModemDetected() ) ); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ), + this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) ); + connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)), + this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) ); + // TODO + // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this , + // SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) ); + + //connect teletype to emulation backend + _shellProcess->setUtf8Mode(_emulation->utf8()); + + connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(receivedData(const char*,int)),this, + SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); + connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)),_shellProcess, + SLOT(sendData(const char*,int)) ); + connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) ); + connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) ); + + + connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) ); + + //setup timer for monitoring session activity + _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this); + _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true); + connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone())); +} + +WId Session::windowId() const +{ + // Returns a window ID for this session which is used + // to set the WINDOWID environment variable in the shell + // process. + // + // Sessions can have multiple views or no views, which means + // that a single ID is not always going to be accurate. + // + // If there are no views, the window ID is just 0. If + // there are multiple views, then the window ID for the + // top-level window which contains the first view is + // returned + + if ( _views.count() == 0 ) + return 0; + else + { + QWidget* window = _views.first(); + + Q_ASSERT( window ); + + while ( window->parentWidget() != 0 ) + window = window->parentWidget(); + + return window->winId(); + } +} + +void Session::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground) +{ + _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground; +} +bool Session::hasDarkBackground() const +{ + return _hasDarkBackground; +} +bool Session::isRunning() const +{ + return _shellProcess->isRunning(); +} + +void Session::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec) +{ + emulation()->setCodec(codec); +} + +void Session::setProgram(const QString& program) +{ + _program = ShellCommand::expand(program); +} +void Session::setInitialWorkingDirectory(const QString& dir) +{ + _initialWorkingDir = ShellCommand::expand(dir); +} +void Session::setArguments(const QStringList& arguments) +{ + _arguments = ShellCommand::expand(arguments); +} + +QList<TerminalDisplay*> Session::views() const +{ + return _views; +} + +void Session::addView(TerminalDisplay* widget) +{ + Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) ); + + _views.append(widget); + + if ( _emulation != 0 ) + { + // connect emulation - view signals and slots + connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) ); + connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) ); + connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation , + SLOT(sendString(const char*)) ); + + // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process + // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals + connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget , + SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) ); + + widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() ); + + widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow()); + } + + //connect view signals and slots + QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this, + SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int))); + + QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this , + SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) ); +//slot for close + QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close())); + +} + +void Session::viewDestroyed(QObject* view) +{ + TerminalDisplay* display = (TerminalDisplay*)view; + + Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) ); + + removeView(display); +} + +void Session::removeView(TerminalDisplay* widget) +{ + _views.removeAll(widget); + + disconnect(widget,0,this,0); + + if ( _emulation != 0 ) + { + // disconnect + // - key presses signals from widget + // - mouse activity signals from widget + // - string sending signals from widget + // + // ... and any other signals connected in addView() + disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0); + + // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation + disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0); + } + + // close the session automatically when the last view is removed + if ( _views.count() == 0 ) + { + close(); + } +} + +void Session::run() +{ + //check that everything is in place to run the session + if (_program.isEmpty()) + qDebug() << "Session::run() - program to run not set."; + if (_arguments.isEmpty()) + qDebug() << "Session::run() - no command line arguments specified."; + + // Upon a KPty error, there is no description on what that error was... + // Check to see if the given program is executable. + QString exec = QFile::encodeName(_program); + + // if 'exec' is not specified, fall back to default shell. if that + // is not set then fall back to /bin/sh + if ( exec.isEmpty() ) + exec = getenv("SHELL"); + if ( exec.isEmpty() ) + exec = "/bin/sh"; + + // if no arguments are specified, fall back to shell + QStringList arguments = _arguments.join(QChar(' ')).isEmpty() ? + QStringList() << exec : _arguments; + QString pexec = exec; + + if ( pexec.isEmpty() ) { + qDebug()<<"can not execute "<<exec<<endl; + QTimer::singleShot(1, this, SIGNAL(finished())); + return; + } + + QString cwd_save = QDir::currentPath(); + if (!_initialWorkingDir.isEmpty()) + _shellProcess->setWorkingDirectory(_initialWorkingDir); + else + _shellProcess->setWorkingDirectory(QDir::homePath()); + + _shellProcess->setXonXoff(_flowControl); + _shellProcess->setErase(_emulation->getErase()); + + // this is not strictly accurate use of the COLORFGBG variable. This does not + // tell the terminal exactly which colors are being used, but instead approximates + // the color scheme as "black on white" or "white on black" depending on whether + // the background color is deemed dark or not + QString backgroundColorHint = _hasDarkBackground ? "COLORFGBG=15;0" : "COLORFGBG=0;15"; + + int result = _shellProcess->start(QFile::encodeName(_program), + arguments, + _environment << backgroundColorHint, + windowId(), + _addToUtmp); + + if (result < 0) + { + return; + } + + _shellProcess->setWriteable(false); // We are reachable via kwrited. + + emit started(); +} + +void Session::setUserTitle( int what, const QString &caption ) +{ + //set to true if anything is actually changed (eg. old _nameTitle != new _nameTitle ) + bool modified = false; + + // (btw: what=0 changes _userTitle and icon, what=1 only icon, what=2 only _nameTitle + if ((what == 0) || (what == 2)) + { + if ( _userTitle != caption ) { + _userTitle = caption; + modified = true; + } + } + + if ((what == 0) || (what == 1)) + { + if ( _iconText != caption ) { + _iconText = caption; + modified = true; + } + } + + if (what == 11) + { + QString colorString = caption.section(';',0,0); + qDebug() << __FILE__ << __LINE__ << ": setting background colour to " << colorString; + QColor backColor = QColor(colorString); + if (backColor.isValid()){// change color via \033]11;Color\007 + if (backColor != _modifiedBackground) + { + _modifiedBackground = backColor; + + // bail out here until the code to connect the terminal display + // to the changeBackgroundColor() signal has been written + // and tested - just so we don't forget to do this. + Q_ASSERT( 0 ); + + emit changeBackgroundColorRequest(backColor); + } + } + } + + if (what == 30) + { + if ( _nameTitle != caption ) { + setTitle(Session::NameRole,caption); + return; + } + } + + if (what == 31) + { + QString cwd=caption; + cwd=cwd.replace( QRegExp("^~"), QDir::homePath() ); + emit openUrlRequest(cwd); + } + + // change icon via \033]32;Icon\007 + if (what == 32) + { + if ( _iconName != caption ) { + _iconName = caption; + + modified = true; + } + } + + if (what == 50) + { + emit profileChangeCommandReceived(caption); + return; + } + + if ( modified ) + emit titleChanged(); +} + +QString Session::userTitle() const +{ + return _userTitle; +} +void Session::setTabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context , const QString& format) +{ + if ( context == LocalTabTitle ) + _localTabTitleFormat = format; + else if ( context == RemoteTabTitle ) + _remoteTabTitleFormat = format; +} +QString Session::tabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context) const +{ + if ( context == LocalTabTitle ) + return _localTabTitleFormat; + else if ( context == RemoteTabTitle ) + return _remoteTabTitleFormat; + + return QString(); +} + +void Session::monitorTimerDone() +{ + //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from + //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session. + // + //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session. The popup should disappear + //when any of the views of the session becomes active + + + //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive. + if (_monitorSilence) { +// KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), +// QApplication::activeWindow(), +// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); + emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE); + } + else + { + emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL); + } + + _notifiedActivity=false; +} + +void Session::activityStateSet(int state) +{ + if (state==NOTIFYBELL) + { + QString s; s.sprintf("Bell in session '%s'",_nameTitle.toAscii().data()); + + emit bellRequest( s ); + } + else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY) + { + if (_monitorSilence) { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } + + if ( _monitorActivity ) { + //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() + if (!_notifiedActivity) { +// KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), +// QApplication::activeWindow(), +// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); + _notifiedActivity=true; + } + } + } + + if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity ) + state = NOTIFYNORMAL; + if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence ) + state = NOTIFYNORMAL; + + emit stateChanged(state); +} + +void Session::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/) +{ + updateTerminalSize(); +} +void Session::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns) +{ + setSize( QSize(lines,columns) ); +} + +void Session::updateTerminalSize() +{ + QListIterator<TerminalDisplay*> viewIter(_views); + + int minLines = -1; + int minColumns = -1; + + // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for + // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems + // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size ) + const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2; + const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2; + + //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views + while ( viewIter.hasNext() ) + { + TerminalDisplay* view = viewIter.next(); + if ( view->isHidden() == false && + view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD && + view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD ) + { + minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() ); + minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() ); + } + } + + // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size + if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 ) + { + _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns ); + _shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns ); + } +} + +void Session::refresh() +{ + // attempt to get the shell process to redraw the display + // + // this requires the program running in the shell + // to cooperate by sending an update in response to + // a window size change + // + // the window size is changed twice, first made slightly larger and then + // resized back to its normal size so that there is actually a change + // in the window size (some shells do nothing if the + // new and old sizes are the same) + // + // if there is a more 'correct' way to do this, please + // send an email with method or patches to konsole-devel@kde.org + + const QSize existingSize = _shellProcess->windowSize(); + _shellProcess->setWindowSize(existingSize.height(),existingSize.width()+1); + _shellProcess->setWindowSize(existingSize.height(),existingSize.width()); +} + +bool Session::sendSignal(int signal) +{ + return _shellProcess->kill(signal); +} + +void Session::close() +{ + _autoClose = true; + _wantedClose = true; + if (!_shellProcess->isRunning() || !sendSignal(SIGHUP)) + { + // Forced close. + QTimer::singleShot(1, this, SIGNAL(finished())); + } +} + +void Session::sendText(const QString &text) const +{ + _emulation->sendText(text); +} + +Session::~Session() +{ + delete _emulation; + delete _shellProcess; +// delete _zmodemProc; +} + +void Session::setProfileKey(const QString& key) +{ + _profileKey = key; + emit profileChanged(key); +} +QString Session::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; } + +void Session::done(int exitStatus) +{ + if (!_autoClose) + { + _userTitle = ("<Finished>"); + emit titleChanged(); + return; + } + if (!_wantedClose && (exitStatus || _shellProcess->signalled())) + { + QString message; + + if (_shellProcess->normalExit()) + message.sprintf ("Session '%s' exited with status %d.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), exitStatus); + else if (_shellProcess->signalled()) + { + if (_shellProcess->coreDumped()) + { + + message.sprintf("Session '%s' exited with signal %d and dumped core.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), _shellProcess->exitSignal()); + } + else { + message.sprintf("Session '%s' exited with signal %d.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), _shellProcess->exitSignal()); + } + } + else + message.sprintf ("Session '%s' exited unexpectedly.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data()); + + //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() +// KNotification::event("Finished", message , QPixmap(), +// QApplication::activeWindow(), +// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); + } + emit finished(); +} + +Emulation* Session::emulation() const +{ + return _emulation; +} + +QString Session::keyBindings() const +{ + return _emulation->keyBindings(); +} + +QStringList Session::environment() const +{ + return _environment; +} + +void Session::setEnvironment(const QStringList& environment) +{ + _environment = environment; +} + +int Session::sessionId() const +{ + return _sessionId; +} + +void Session::setKeyBindings(const QString &id) +{ + _emulation->setKeyBindings(id); +} + +void Session::setTitle(TitleRole role , const QString& newTitle) +{ + if ( title(role) != newTitle ) + { + if ( role == NameRole ) + _nameTitle = newTitle; + else if ( role == DisplayedTitleRole ) + _displayTitle = newTitle; + + emit titleChanged(); + } +} + +QString Session::title(TitleRole role) const +{ + if ( role == NameRole ) + return _nameTitle; + else if ( role == DisplayedTitleRole ) + return _displayTitle; + else + return QString(); +} + +void Session::setIconName(const QString& iconName) +{ + if ( iconName != _iconName ) + { + _iconName = iconName; + emit titleChanged(); + } +} + +void Session::setIconText(const QString& iconText) +{ + _iconText = iconText; + //kDebug(1211)<<"Session setIconText " << _iconText; +} + +QString Session::iconName() const +{ + return _iconName; +} + +QString Session::iconText() const +{ + return _iconText; +} + +void Session::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType) +{ + _emulation->setHistory(hType); +} + +const HistoryType& Session::historyType() const +{ + return _emulation->history(); +} + +void Session::clearHistory() +{ + _emulation->clearHistory(); +} + +QStringList Session::arguments() const +{ + return _arguments; +} + +QString Session::program() const +{ + return _program; +} + +// unused currently +bool Session::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; } +// unused currently +bool Session::isMonitorSilence() const { return _monitorSilence; } + +void Session::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor) +{ + _monitorActivity=_monitor; + _notifiedActivity=false; + + activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); +} + +void Session::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor) +{ + if (_monitorSilence==_monitor) + return; + + _monitorSilence=_monitor; + if (_monitorSilence) + { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } + else + _monitorTimer->stop(); + + activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); +} + +void Session::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds) +{ + _silenceSeconds=seconds; + if (_monitorSilence) { + _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); + } +} + +void Session::setAddToUtmp(bool set) +{ + _addToUtmp = set; +} + +void Session::setFlowControlEnabled(bool enabled) +{ + if (_flowControl == enabled) + return; + + _flowControl = enabled; + + if (_shellProcess) + _shellProcess->setXonXoff(_flowControl); + + emit flowControlEnabledChanged(enabled); +} +bool Session::flowControlEnabled() const +{ + return _flowControl; +} +//void Session::fireZModemDetected() +//{ +// if (!_zmodemBusy) +// { +// QTimer::singleShot(10, this, SIGNAL(zmodemDetected())); +// _zmodemBusy = true; +// } +//} + +//void Session::cancelZModem() +//{ +// _shellProcess->sendData("\030\030\030\030", 4); // Abort +// _zmodemBusy = false; +//} + +//void Session::startZModem(const QString &zmodem, const QString &dir, const QStringList &list) +//{ +// _zmodemBusy = true; +// _zmodemProc = new KProcess(); +// _zmodemProc->setOutputChannelMode( KProcess::SeparateChannels ); +// +// *_zmodemProc << zmodem << "-v" << list; +// +// if (!dir.isEmpty()) +// _zmodemProc->setWorkingDirectory(dir); +// +// _zmodemProc->start(); +// +// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (readyReadStandardOutput()), +// this, SLOT(zmodemReadAndSendBlock())); +// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (readyReadStandardError()), +// this, SLOT(zmodemReadStatus())); +// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (finished(int,QProcess::ExitStatus)), +// this, SLOT(zmodemFinished())); +// +// disconnect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); +// connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(zmodemRcvBlock(const char*,int)) ); +// +// _zmodemProgress = new ZModemDialog(QApplication::activeWindow(), false, +// i18n("ZModem Progress")); +// +// connect(_zmodemProgress, SIGNAL(user1Clicked()), +// this, SLOT(zmodemDone())); +// +// _zmodemProgress->show(); +//} + +/*void Session::zmodemReadAndSendBlock() +{ + _zmodemProc->setReadChannel( QProcess::StandardOutput ); + QByteArray data = _zmodemProc->readAll(); + + if ( data.count() == 0 ) + return; + + _shellProcess->sendData(data.constData(),data.count()); +} +*/ +/* +void Session::zmodemReadStatus() +{ + _zmodemProc->setReadChannel( QProcess::StandardError ); + QByteArray msg = _zmodemProc->readAll(); + while(!msg.isEmpty()) + { + int i = msg.indexOf('\015'); + int j = msg.indexOf('\012'); + QByteArray txt; + if ((i != -1) && ((j == -1) || (i < j))) + { + msg = msg.mid(i+1); + } + else if (j != -1) + { + txt = msg.left(j); + msg = msg.mid(j+1); + } + else + { + txt = msg; + msg.truncate(0); + } + if (!txt.isEmpty()) + _zmodemProgress->addProgressText(QString::fromLocal8Bit(txt)); + } +} +*/ +/* +void Session::zmodemRcvBlock(const char *data, int len) +{ + QByteArray ba( data, len ); + + _zmodemProc->write( ba ); +} +*/ +/* +void Session::zmodemFinished() +{ + if (_zmodemProc) + { + delete _zmodemProc; + _zmodemProc = 0; + _zmodemBusy = false; + + disconnect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this ,SLOT(zmodemRcvBlock(const char*,int)) ); + connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); + + _shellProcess->sendData("\030\030\030\030", 4); // Abort + _shellProcess->sendData("\001\013\n", 3); // Try to get prompt back + _zmodemProgress->transferDone(); + } +} +*/ +void Session::onReceiveBlock( const char* buf, int len ) +{ + _emulation->receiveData( buf, len ); + emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) ); +} + +QSize Session::size() +{ + return _emulation->imageSize(); +} + +void Session::setSize(const QSize& size) +{ + if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1)) + return; + + emit resizeRequest(size); +} +int Session::foregroundProcessId() const +{ + return _shellProcess->foregroundProcessGroup(); +} +int Session::processId() const +{ + return _shellProcess->pid(); +} + +SessionGroup::SessionGroup() + : _masterMode(0) +{ +} +SessionGroup::~SessionGroup() +{ + // disconnect all + connectAll(false); +} +int SessionGroup::masterMode() const { return _masterMode; } +QList<Session*> SessionGroup::sessions() const { return _sessions.keys(); } +bool SessionGroup::masterStatus(Session* session) const { return _sessions[session]; } + +void SessionGroup::addSession(Session* session) +{ + _sessions.insert(session,false); + + QListIterator<Session*> masterIter(masters()); + + while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) + connectPair(masterIter.next(),session); +} +void SessionGroup::removeSession(Session* session) +{ + setMasterStatus(session,false); + + QListIterator<Session*> masterIter(masters()); + + while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) + disconnectPair(masterIter.next(),session); + + _sessions.remove(session); +} +void SessionGroup::setMasterMode(int mode) +{ + _masterMode = mode; + + connectAll(false); + connectAll(true); +} +QList<Session*> SessionGroup::masters() const +{ + return _sessions.keys(true); +} +void SessionGroup::connectAll(bool connect) +{ + QListIterator<Session*> masterIter(masters()); + + while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) + { + Session* master = masterIter.next(); + + QListIterator<Session*> otherIter(_sessions.keys()); + while ( otherIter.hasNext() ) + { + Session* other = otherIter.next(); + + if ( other != master ) + { + if ( connect ) + connectPair(master,other); + else + disconnectPair(master,other); + } + } + } +} +void SessionGroup::setMasterStatus(Session* session , bool master) +{ + bool wasMaster = _sessions[session]; + _sessions[session] = master; + + if ( !wasMaster && !master + || wasMaster && master ) + return; + + QListIterator<Session*> iter(_sessions.keys()); + while ( iter.hasNext() ) + { + Session* other = iter.next(); + + if ( other != session ) + { + if ( master ) + connectPair(session,other); + else + disconnectPair(session,other); + } + } +} +void SessionGroup::connectPair(Session* master , Session* other) +{ +// qDebug() << k_funcinfo; + + if ( _masterMode & CopyInputToAll ) + { + qDebug() << "Connection session " << master->nameTitle() << "to" << other->nameTitle(); + + connect( master->emulation() , SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) , other->emulation() , + SLOT(sendString(const char*,int)) ); + } +} +void SessionGroup::disconnectPair(Session* master , Session* other) +{ +// qDebug() << k_funcinfo; + + if ( _masterMode & CopyInputToAll ) + { + qDebug() << "Disconnecting session " << master->nameTitle() << "from" << other->nameTitle(); + + disconnect( master->emulation() , SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) , other->emulation() , + SLOT(sendString(const char*,int)) ); + } +} + +//#include "moc_Session.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/Session.h b/qtermwidget/Session.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7b2ae25 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Session.h @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SESSION_H +#define SESSION_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QStringList> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QWidget> + +// Konsole +#include "History.h" + +class KProcess; + +namespace Konsole +{ + +class Emulation; +class Pty; +class TerminalDisplay; +//class ZModemDialog; + +/** + * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation. + * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole. + * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the + * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session. + * + * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method. + * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal + * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse + * activity. + */ +class Session : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ nameTitle) + Q_PROPERTY(int processId READ processId) + Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings) + Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize) + + /** + * Constructs a new session. + * + * To start the terminal process, call the run() method, + * after specifying the program and arguments + * using setProgram() and setArguments() + * + * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session + * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment + * variable. + */ + Session(); + ~Session(); + + /** + * Returns true if the session is currently running. This will be true + * after run() has been called successfully. + */ + bool isRunning() const; + + /** + * Sets the profile associated with this session. + * + * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current + * profile settings from the SessionManager + */ + void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey); + /** + * Returns the profile key associated with this session. + * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current + * profile settings. + */ + QString profileKey() const; + + /** + * Adds a new view for this session. + * + * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and + * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.) + * will be sent to the terminal. + * + * Views can be removed using removeView(). The session is automatically + * closed when the last view is removed. + */ + void addView(TerminalDisplay* widget); + /** + * Removes a view from this session. When the last view is removed, + * the session will be closed automatically. + * + * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input + * to the terminal + */ + void removeView(TerminalDisplay* widget); + + /** + * Returns the views connected to this session + */ + QList<TerminalDisplay*> views() const; + + /** + * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode + * characters to / from the process. + */ + Emulation* emulation() const; + + /** + * Returns the environment of this session as a list of strings like + * VARIABLE=VALUE + */ + QStringList environment() const; + /** + * Sets the environment for this session. + * @p environment should be a list of strings like + * VARIABLE=VALUE + */ + void setEnvironment(const QStringList& environment); + + /** Returns the unique ID for this session. */ + int sessionId() const; + + /** + * Return the session title set by the user (ie. the program running + * in the terminal), or an empty string if the user has not set a custom title + */ + QString userTitle() const; + + /** + * This enum describes the contexts for which separate + * tab title formats may be specified. + */ + enum TabTitleContext + { + /** Default tab title format */ + LocalTabTitle, + /** + * Tab title format used session currently contains + * a connection to a remote computer (via SSH) + */ + RemoteTabTitle + }; + /** + * Sets the format used by this session for tab titles. + * + * @param context The context whoose format should be set. + * @param format The tab title format. This may be a mixture + * of plain text and dynamic elements denoted by a '%' character + * followed by a letter. (eg. %d for directory). The dynamic + * elements available depend on the @p context + */ + void setTabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context , const QString& format); + /** Returns the format used by this session for tab titles. */ + QString tabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context) const; + + + /** Returns the arguments passed to the shell process when run() is called. */ + QStringList arguments() const; + /** Returns the program name of the shell process started when run() is called. */ + QString program() const; + + /** + * Sets the command line arguments which the session's program will be passed when + * run() is called. + */ + void setArguments(const QStringList& arguments); + /** Sets the program to be executed when run() is called. */ + void setProgram(const QString& program); + + /** Returns the session's current working directory. */ + QString initialWorkingDirectory() { return _initialWorkingDir; } + + /** + * Sets the initial working directory for the session when it is run + * This has no effect once the session has been started. + */ + void setInitialWorkingDirectory( const QString& dir ); + + /** + * Sets the type of history store used by this session. + * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added + * to the history store. The type of history store + * used affects the number of lines which can be + * remembered before they are lost and the storage + * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used. + */ + void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type); + /** + * Returns the type of history store used by this session. + */ + const HistoryType& historyType() const; + /** + * Clears the history store used by this session. + */ + void clearHistory(); + + /** + * Enables monitoring for activity in the session. + * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted + * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is + * received from the terminal. + */ + void setMonitorActivity(bool); + /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */ + bool isMonitorActivity() const; + + /** + * Enables monitoring for silence in the session. + * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted + * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not + * received from the terminal for a certain period of + * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds() + */ + void setMonitorSilence(bool); + /** + * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence) + * in the session is enabled. + */ + bool isMonitorSilence() const; + /** See setMonitorSilence() */ + void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds); + + /** + * Sets the key bindings used by this session. The bindings + * specify how input key sequences are translated into + * the character stream which is sent to the terminal. + * + * @param id The name of the key bindings to use. The + * names of available key bindings can be determined using the + * KeyboardTranslatorManager class. + */ + void setKeyBindings(const QString& id); + /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */ + QString keyBindings() const; + + /** + * This enum describes the available title roles. + */ + enum TitleRole + { + /** The name of the session. */ + NameRole, + /** The title of the session which is displayed in tabs etc. */ + DisplayedTitleRole + }; + + /** Sets the session's title for the specified @p role to @p title. */ + void setTitle(TitleRole role , const QString& title); + /** Returns the session's title for the specified @p role. */ + QString title(TitleRole role) const; + /** Convenience method used to read the name property. Returns title(Session::NameRole). */ + QString nameTitle() const { return title(Session::NameRole); } + + /** Sets the name of the icon associated with this session. */ + void setIconName(const QString& iconName); + /** Returns the name of the icon associated with this session. */ + QString iconName() const; + + /** Sets the text of the icon associated with this session. */ + void setIconText(const QString& iconText); + /** Returns the text of the icon associated with this session. */ + QString iconText() const; + + /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */ + void setAddToUtmp(bool); + + /** Sends the specified @p signal to the terminal process. */ + bool sendSignal(int signal); + + /** + * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal + * process terminates. + */ + void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; } + + /** + * Sets whether flow control is enabled for this terminal + * session. + */ + void setFlowControlEnabled(bool enabled); + + /** Returns whether flow control is enabled for this terminal session. */ + bool flowControlEnabled() const; + + /** + * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program. + */ + void sendText(const QString& text) const; + + /** + * Returns the process id of the terminal process. + * This is the id used by the system API to refer to the process. + */ + int processId() const; + + /** + * Returns the process id of the terminal's foreground process. + * This is initially the same as processId() but can change + * as the user starts other programs inside the terminal. + */ + int foregroundProcessId() const; + + /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */ + QSize size(); + /** + * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate + * the specified window size. + * + * @param size The size in lines and columns to request. + */ + void setSize(const QSize& size); + + /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */ + void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec); + + /** + * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not. The session + * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's + * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine + * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default. + * + * This has no effect once the session is running. + */ + void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground); + /** + * Returns true if the session has a dark background. + * See setDarkBackground() + */ + bool hasDarkBackground() const; + + /** + * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area. + * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the + * shell to redraw the prompt line. + */ + void refresh(); + +// void startZModem(const QString &rz, const QString &dir, const QStringList &list); +// void cancelZModem(); +// bool isZModemBusy() { return _zmodemBusy; } + +public slots: + + /** + * Starts the terminal session. + * + * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it. + */ + void run(); + + /** + * Closes the terminal session. This sends a hangup signal + * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*) + * signal to be emitted. + */ + void close(); + + /** + * Changes the session title or other customizable aspects of the terminal + * emulation display. For a list of what may be changed see the + * Emulation::titleChanged() signal. + */ + void setUserTitle( int, const QString &caption ); + +signals: + + /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */ + void started(); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal process exits. + */ + void finished(); + + /** + * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process. + */ + void receivedData( const QString& text ); + + /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */ + void titleChanged(); + + /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */ + void profileChanged(const QString& profile); + + /** + * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes. + * + * @param state The new state of the session. This may be one + * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY + */ + void stateChanged(int state); + + /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */ + void bellRequest( const QString& message ); + + /** + * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with + * this session should be changed; + * + * TODO: Document what the parameter does + */ + void changeTabTextColorRequest(int); + + /** + * Requests that the background color of views on this session + * should be changed. + */ + void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&); + + /** TODO: Document me. */ + void openUrlRequest(const QString& url); + + /** TODO: Document me. */ +// void zmodemDetected(); + + /** + * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change + * in the size of the terminal window. + * + * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns. + */ + void resizeRequest(const QSize& size); + + /** + * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal. + * + * @param text The text of the command. This is a string of the form + * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..." + */ + void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); + + /** + * Emitted when the flow control state changes. + * + * @param enabled True if flow control is enabled or false otherwise. + */ + void flowControlEnabledChanged(bool enabled); + +private slots: + void done(int); + +// void fireZModemDetected(); + + void onReceiveBlock( const char* buffer, int len ); + void monitorTimerDone(); + + void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width); + void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns); + + void activityStateSet(int); + + //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed + void viewDestroyed(QObject* view); + +// void zmodemReadStatus(); +// void zmodemReadAndSendBlock(); +// void zmodemRcvBlock(const char *data, int len); +// void zmodemFinished(); + +private: + + void updateTerminalSize(); + WId windowId() const; + + int _uniqueIdentifier; + + Pty* _shellProcess; + Emulation* _emulation; + + QList<TerminalDisplay*> _views; + + bool _monitorActivity; + bool _monitorSilence; + bool _notifiedActivity; + bool _masterMode; + bool _autoClose; + bool _wantedClose; + QTimer* _monitorTimer; + + int _silenceSeconds; + + QString _nameTitle; + QString _displayTitle; + QString _userTitle; + + QString _localTabTitleFormat; + QString _remoteTabTitleFormat; + + QString _iconName; + QString _iconText; // as set by: echo -en '\033]1;IconText\007 + bool _addToUtmp; + bool _flowControl; + bool _fullScripting; + + QString _program; + QStringList _arguments; + + QStringList _environment; + int _sessionId; + + QString _initialWorkingDir; + + // ZModem +// bool _zmodemBusy; +// KProcess* _zmodemProc; +// ZModemDialog* _zmodemProgress; + + // Color/Font Changes by ESC Sequences + + QColor _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007 + + QString _profileKey; + + bool _hasDarkBackground; + + static int lastSessionId; + +}; + +/** + * Provides a group of sessions which is divided into master and slave sessions. + * Activity in master sessions can be propagated to all sessions within the group. + * The type of activity which is propagated and method of propagation is controlled + * by the masterMode() flags. + */ +class SessionGroup : public QObject +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** Constructs an empty session group. */ + SessionGroup(); + /** Destroys the session group and removes all connections between master and slave sessions. */ + ~SessionGroup(); + + /** Adds a session to the group. */ + void addSession( Session* session ); + /** Removes a session from the group. */ + void removeSession( Session* session ); + + /** Returns the list of sessions currently in the group. */ + QList<Session*> sessions() const; + + /** + * Sets whether a particular session is a master within the group. + * Changes or activity in the group's master sessions may be propagated + * to all the sessions in the group, depending on the current masterMode() + * + * @param session The session whoose master status should be changed. + * @param master True to make this session a master or false otherwise + */ + void setMasterStatus( Session* session , bool master ); + /** Returns the master status of a session. See setMasterStatus() */ + bool masterStatus( Session* session ) const; + + /** + * This enum describes the options for propagating certain activity or + * changes in the group's master sessions to all sessions in the group. + */ + enum MasterMode + { + /** + * Any input key presses in the master sessions are sent to all + * sessions in the group. + */ + CopyInputToAll = 1 + }; + + /** + * Specifies which activity in the group's master sessions is propagated + * to all sessions in the group. + * + * @param mode A bitwise OR of MasterMode flags. + */ + void setMasterMode( int mode ); + /** + * Returns a bitwise OR of the active MasterMode flags for this group. + * See setMasterMode() + */ + int masterMode() const; + +private: + void connectPair(Session* master , Session* other); + void disconnectPair(Session* master , Session* other); + void connectAll(bool connect); + QList<Session*> masters() const; + + // maps sessions to their master status + QHash<Session*,bool> _sessions; + + int _masterMode; +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp b/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..764dd66 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,168 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "ShellCommand.h" + +//some versions of gcc(4.3) require explicit include +#include <cstdlib> + + +using namespace Konsole; + +// expands environment variables in 'text' +// function copied from kdelibs/kio/kio/kurlcompletion.cpp +static bool expandEnv(QString& text); + +ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand) +{ + bool inQuotes = false; + + QString builder; + + for ( int i = 0 ; i < fullCommand.count() ; i++ ) + { + QChar ch = fullCommand[i]; + + const bool isLastChar = ( i == fullCommand.count() - 1 ); + const bool isQuote = ( ch == '\'' || ch == '\"' ); + + if ( !isLastChar && isQuote ) + inQuotes = !inQuotes; + else + { + if ( (!ch.isSpace() || inQuotes) && !isQuote ) + builder.append(ch); + + if ( (ch.isSpace() && !inQuotes) || ( i == fullCommand.count()-1 ) ) + { + _arguments << builder; + builder.clear(); + } + } + } +} +ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments) +{ + _arguments = arguments; + + if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() ) + _arguments[0] == command; +} +QString ShellCommand::fullCommand() const +{ + return _arguments.join(QChar(' ')); +} +QString ShellCommand::command() const +{ + if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() ) + return _arguments[0]; + else + return QString(); +} +QStringList ShellCommand::arguments() const +{ + return _arguments; +} +bool ShellCommand::isRootCommand() const +{ + Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet + return false; +} +bool ShellCommand::isAvailable() const +{ + Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet + return false; +} +QStringList ShellCommand::expand(const QStringList& items) +{ + QStringList result; + + foreach( QString item , items ) + result << expand(item); + + return result; +} +QString ShellCommand::expand(const QString& text) +{ + QString result = text; + expandEnv(result); + return result; +} + +/* + * expandEnv + * + * Expand environment variables in text. Escaped '$' characters are ignored. + * Return true if any variables were expanded + */ +static bool expandEnv( QString &text ) +{ + // Find all environment variables beginning with '$' + // + int pos = 0; + + bool expanded = false; + + while ( (pos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('$'), pos)) != -1 ) { + + // Skip escaped '$' + // + if ( pos > 0 && text.at(pos-1) == QLatin1Char('\\') ) { + pos++; + } + // Variable found => expand + // + else { + // Find the end of the variable = next '/' or ' ' + // + int pos2 = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char(' '), pos+1 ); + int pos_tmp = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char('/'), pos+1 ); + + if ( pos2 == -1 || (pos_tmp != -1 && pos_tmp < pos2) ) + pos2 = pos_tmp; + + if ( pos2 == -1 ) + pos2 = text.length(); + + // Replace if the variable is terminated by '/' or ' ' + // and defined + // + if ( pos2 >= 0 ) { + int len = pos2 - pos; + QString key = text.mid( pos+1, len-1); + QString value = + QString::fromLocal8Bit( ::getenv(key.toLocal8Bit()) ); + + if ( !value.isEmpty() ) { + expanded = true; + text.replace( pos, len, value ); + pos = pos + value.length(); + } + else { + pos = pos2; + } + } + } + } + + return expanded; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h b/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44e0db8 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef SHELLCOMMAND_H +#define SHELLCOMMAND_H + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QStringList> + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * A class to parse and extract information about shell commands. + * + * ShellCommand can be used to: + * + * <ul> + * <li>Take a command-line (eg "/bin/sh -c /path/to/my/script") and split it + * into its component parts (eg. the command "/bin/sh" and the arguments + * "-c","/path/to/my/script") + * </li> + * <li>Take a command and a list of arguments and combine them to + * form a complete command line. + * </li> + * <li>Determine whether the binary specified by a command exists in the + * user's PATH. + * </li> + * <li>Determine whether a command-line specifies the execution of + * another command as the root user using su/sudo etc. + * </li> + * </ul> + */ +class ShellCommand +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs a ShellCommand from a command line. + * + * @param fullCommand The command line to parse. + */ + ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand); + /** + * Constructs a ShellCommand with the specified @p command and @p arguments. + */ + ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments); + + /** Returns the command. */ + QString command() const; + /** Returns the arguments. */ + QStringList arguments() const; + + /** + * Returns the full command line. + */ + QString fullCommand() const; + + /** Returns true if this is a root command. */ + bool isRootCommand() const; + /** Returns true if the program specified by @p command() exists. */ + bool isAvailable() const; + + /** Expands environment variables in @p text .*/ + static QString expand(const QString& text); + + /** Expands environment variables in each string in @p list. */ + static QStringList expand(const QStringList& items); + +private: + QStringList _arguments; +}; + +} + +#endif // SHELLCOMMAND_H + diff --git a/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp b/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18571d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QTextStream> + + +using namespace Konsole; + +PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder() + : _output(0) + , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true) +{ + +} +void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable) +{ + _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable; +} +bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const +{ + return _includeTrailingWhitespace; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) +{ + _output = output; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::end() +{ + _output = 0; +} +void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ + ) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + //TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property? + + //note: we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text + //stream a character at a time because it is more efficient. + //(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway) + QString plainText; + plainText.reserve(count); + + int outputCount = count; + + // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the + // line + if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace ) + { + for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--) + { + if ( characters[i].character != ' ' ) + break; + else + outputCount--; + } + } + + for (int i=0;i<outputCount;i++) + { + plainText.append( QChar(characters[i].character) ); + } + + *_output << plainText; +} + +HTMLDecoder::HTMLDecoder() : + _output(0) + ,_colorTable(base_color_table) + ,_innerSpanOpen(false) + ,_lastRendition(DEFAULT_RENDITION) +{ + +} + +void HTMLDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) +{ + _output = output; + + QString text; + + //open monospace span + openSpan(text,"font-family:monospace"); + + *output << text; +} + +void HTMLDecoder::end() +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + QString text; + + closeSpan(text); + + *_output << text; + + _output = 0; + +} + +//TODO: Support for LineProperty (mainly double width , double height) +void HTMLDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ + ) +{ + Q_ASSERT( _output ); + + QString text; + + int spaceCount = 0; + + for (int i=0;i<count;i++) + { + QChar ch(characters[i].character); + + //check if appearance of character is different from previous char + if ( characters[i].rendition != _lastRendition || + characters[i].foregroundColor != _lastForeColor || + characters[i].backgroundColor != _lastBackColor ) + { + if ( _innerSpanOpen ) + closeSpan(text); + + _lastRendition = characters[i].rendition; + _lastForeColor = characters[i].foregroundColor; + _lastBackColor = characters[i].backgroundColor; + + //build up style string + QString style; + + if ( _lastRendition & RE_BOLD || + (_colorTable && characters[i].isBold(_colorTable)) ) + style.append("font-weight:bold;"); + + + if ( _lastRendition & RE_UNDERLINE ) + style.append("font-decoration:underline;"); + + //colours - a colour table must have been defined first + if ( _colorTable ) + { + style.append( QString("color:%1;").arg(_lastForeColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); + + if (!characters[i].isTransparent(_colorTable)) + { + style.append( QString("background-color:%1;").arg(_lastBackColor.color(_colorTable).name() ) ); + } + } + + //open the span with the current style + openSpan(text,style); + _innerSpanOpen = true; + } + + //handle whitespace + if (ch.isSpace()) + spaceCount++; + else + spaceCount = 0; + + + //output current character + if (spaceCount < 2) + { + //escape HTML tag characters and just display others as they are + if ( ch == '<' ) + text.append("<"); + else if (ch == '>') + text.append(">"); + else + text.append(ch); + } + else + { + text.append(" "); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead + } + + } + + //close any remaining open inner spans + if ( _innerSpanOpen ) + closeSpan(text); + + //start new line + text.append("<br>"); + + *_output << text; +} + +void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style) +{ + text.append( QString("<span style=\"%1\">").arg(style) ); +} + +void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text) +{ + text.append("</span>"); +} + +void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table) +{ + _colorTable = table; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h b/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5d97fc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H +#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H + +#include "Character.h" + +class QTextStream; + +namespace Konsole +{ + +/** + * Base class for terminal character decoders + * + * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground + * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings. + * + * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or + * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. + */ +class TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {} + + /** Begin decoding characters. The resulting text is appended to @p output. */ + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0; + /** End decoding. */ + virtual void end() = 0; + + /** + * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string + * and writes the string into an output QTextStream. + * + * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count. + * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line + * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text + */ + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties) = 0; +}; + +/** + * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related + * properties of the original characters. + */ +class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + PlainTextDecoder(); + + /** + * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included + * in the output. + * Defaults to true. + */ + void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable); + /** + * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included + * in the output. + */ + bool trailingWhitespace() const; + + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); + virtual void end(); + + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties); + + +private: + QTextStream* _output; + bool _includeTrailingWhitespace; +}; + +/** + * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup + */ +class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder +{ +public: + /** + * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme. + */ + HTMLDecoder(); + + /** + * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its + * output + */ + void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table ); + + virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, + int count, + LineProperty properties); + + virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); + virtual void end(); + +private: + void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style); + void closeSpan(QString& text); + + QTextStream* _output; + const ColorEntry* _colorTable; + bool _innerSpanOpen; + quint8 _lastRendition; + CharacterColor _lastForeColor; + CharacterColor _lastBackColor; + +}; + +} + +#endif diff --git a/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp b/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1fcbd09 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,2724 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE. + + Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "TerminalDisplay.h" + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QBoxLayout> +#include <QtGui/QClipboard> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QEvent> +#include <QtCore/QTime> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtGui/QGridLayout> +#include <QtGui/QLabel> +#include <QtGui/QLayout> +#include <QtGui/QPainter> +#include <QtGui/QPixmap> +#include <QtGui/QScrollBar> +#include <QtGui/QStyle> +#include <QtCore> +#include <QtGui> + +#include "Filter.h" +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" +#include "ScreenWindow.h" +#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" +#include "ColorTables.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +#ifndef loc +#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X)) +#endif + +#define yMouseScroll 1 + +#define REPCHAR "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \ + "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \ + "0123456789./+@" + +// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window. + +// static +bool TerminalDisplay::_antialiasText = true; +bool TerminalDisplay::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false; + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Colors */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb) + + Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 + ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- + ANSI (bgr) Black Red Green Yellow Blue Magenta Cyan White + IBMPC (rgb) Black Blue Green Cyan Red Magenta Yellow White +*/ + +ScreenWindow* TerminalDisplay::screenWindow() const +{ + return _screenWindow; +} +void TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window) +{ + // disconnect existing screen window if any + if ( _screenWindow ) + { + disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 ); + } + + _screenWindow = window; + + if ( window ) + { +//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?" + connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) ); + connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) ); + window->setWindowLines(_lines); + } +} + +const ColorEntry* TerminalDisplay::colorTable() const +{ + return _colorTable; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) + _colorTable[i] = table[i]; + + QPalette p = palette(); + p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color ); + setPalette( p ); + + // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar + _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() ); + + update(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Font */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended + xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f. + + QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals + come in here as proper unicode characters. + + We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping + from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the + QCodec. +*/ + +static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);} +static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string) +{ + return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode())); +} + + +// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i. + +unsigned short Konsole::vt100_graphics[32] = +{ // 0/8 1/9 2/10 3/11 4/12 5/13 6/14 7/15 + 0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0, + 0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c, + 0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534, + 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7 +}; + +void TerminalDisplay::fontChange(const QFont&) +{ + QFontMetrics fm(font()); + _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing; + + + // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123: + // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide + // characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters." + // Get the width from representative normal width characters + _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR)); + + _fixedFont = true; + + int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]); + for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++) + { + if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i])) + { + _fixedFont = false; + break; + } + } + + if (_fontWidth < 1) + _fontWidth=1; + + _fontAscent = fm.ascent(); + + emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth ); + propagateSize(); + update(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setVTFont(const QFont& f) +{ + QFont font = f; + + QFontMetrics metrics(font); + + if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() ) + { + // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing. + // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected + if (!_antialiasText) + font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias ); + + // experimental optimization. Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a + // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect. + // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. + font.setKerning(false); + + QWidget::setFont(font); + fontChange(font); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setFont(const QFont &) +{ + // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Constructor / Destructor */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +TerminalDisplay::TerminalDisplay(QWidget *parent) +:QWidget(parent) +,_screenWindow(0) +,_allowBell(true) +,_gridLayout(0) +,_fontHeight(1) +,_fontWidth(1) +,_fontAscent(1) +,_lines(1) +,_columns(1) +,_usedLines(1) +,_usedColumns(1) +,_contentHeight(1) +,_contentWidth(1) +,_image(0) +,_randomSeed(0) +,_resizing(false) +,_terminalSizeHint(false) +,_terminalSizeStartup(true) +,_bidiEnabled(false) +,_actSel(0) +,_wordSelectionMode(false) +,_lineSelectionMode(false) +,_preserveLineBreaks(false) +,_columnSelectionMode(false) +,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar) +,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~") +,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell) +,_blinking(false) +,_cursorBlinking(false) +,_hasBlinkingCursor(false) +,_ctrlDrag(false) +,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine) +,_isFixedSize(false) +,_possibleTripleClick(false) +,_resizeWidget(0) +,_resizeTimer(0) +,_flowControlWarningEnabled(false) +,_outputSuspendedLabel(0) +,_lineSpacing(0) +,_colorsInverted(false) +,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff)) +,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain()) +,_cursorShape(BlockCursor) +{ + // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind, + // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right + setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight); + + // The offsets are not yet calculated. + // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing + // konsole in opaque mode. + _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + + // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down + // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially + _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this); + setScroll(0,0); + _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor ); + connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, + SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); + + // setup timers for blinking cursor and text + _blinkTimer = new QTimer(this); + connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent())); + _blinkCursorTimer = new QTimer(this); + connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent())); + +// QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true ); + + setUsesMouse(true); + setColorTable(whiteonblack_color_table); +// setColorTable(blackonlightyellow_color_table); + setMouseTracking(true); + + // Enable drag and drop + setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt + dragInfo.state = diNone; + + setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus ); + + // enable input method support + setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true); + + // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt + // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area. + setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); + + _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this); + _gridLayout->setMargin(0); + + setLayout( _gridLayout ); + + //set up a warning message when the user presses Ctrl+S to avoid confusion + connect( this,SIGNAL(flowControlKeyPressed(bool)),this,SLOT(outputSuspended(bool)) ); +} + +TerminalDisplay::~TerminalDisplay() +{ + qApp->removeEventFilter( this ); + + delete[] _image; + + delete _gridLayout; + delete _outputSuspendedLabel; + delete _filterChain; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Display Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/** + A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars. + It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it. + if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered + 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit. + + Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation: + _|||_ + -...- + -...- + -...- + _|||_ + +where _ = none + | = vertical line. + - = horizontal line. + */ + + +enum LineEncode +{ + TopL = (1<<1), + TopC = (1<<2), + TopR = (1<<3), + + LeftT = (1<<5), + Int11 = (1<<6), + Int12 = (1<<7), + Int13 = (1<<8), + RightT = (1<<9), + + LeftC = (1<<10), + Int21 = (1<<11), + Int22 = (1<<12), + Int23 = (1<<13), + RightC = (1<<14), + + LeftB = (1<<15), + Int31 = (1<<16), + Int32 = (1<<17), + Int33 = (1<<18), + RightB = (1<<19), + + BotL = (1<<21), + BotC = (1<<22), + BotR = (1<<23) +}; + +#include "LineFont.h" + +static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code) +{ + //Calculate cell midpoints, end points. + int cx = x + w/2; + int cy = y + h/2; + int ex = x + w - 1; + int ey = y + h - 1; + + quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code]; + + //Top _lines: + if (toDraw & TopL) + paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2); + if (toDraw & TopC) + paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2); + if (toDraw & TopR) + paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2); + + //Bot _lines: + if (toDraw & BotL) + paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey); + if (toDraw & BotC) + paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey); + if (toDraw & BotR) + paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey); + + //Left _lines: + if (toDraw & LeftT) + paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1); + if (toDraw & LeftC) + paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy); + if (toDraw & LeftB) + paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1); + + //Right _lines: + if (toDraw & RightT) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1); + if (toDraw & RightC) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy); + if (toDraw & RightB) + paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1); + + //Intersection points. + if (toDraw & Int11) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1); + if (toDraw & Int12) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1); + if (toDraw & Int13) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1); + + if (toDraw & Int21) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy); + if (toDraw & Int22) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy); + if (toDraw & Int23) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy); + + if (toDraw & Int31) + paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1); + if (toDraw & Int32) + paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1); + if (toDraw & Int33) + paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1); + +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawLineCharString( QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str, + const Character* attributes) +{ + const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen(); + + if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD ) + { + QPen boldPen(currentPen); + boldPen.setWidth(3); + painter.setPen( boldPen ); + } + + for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++) + { + uchar code = str[i].cell(); + if (LineChars[code]) + drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code); + } + + painter.setPen( currentPen ); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape) +{ + _cursorShape = shape; +} +TerminalDisplay::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalDisplay::keyboardCursorShape() const +{ + return _cursorShape; +} +void TerminalDisplay::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color) +{ + if (useForegroundColor) + _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that + // the foreground color of the + // current character should + // be used + + else + _cursorColor = color; +} +QColor TerminalDisplay::keyboardCursorColor() const +{ + return _cursorColor; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setOpacity(qreal opacity) +{ + QColor color(_blendColor); + color.setAlphaF(opacity); + + // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display + // flickering if there is no transparency + if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) + { + setAutoFillBackground(true); + } + else + { + setAutoFillBackground(false); + } + + _blendColor = color.rgba(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting ) +{ + // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn + // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable() + // + // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background + // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar + // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE + // applications. + // + QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? + rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) : + QRect(); + QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea); + QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect(); + + if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) + { + QColor color(backgroundColor); + color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor)); + + painter.save(); + painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); + painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color); + painter.restore(); + } + else { + painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor); + } + + painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background()); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawCursor(QPainter& painter, + const QRect& rect, + const QColor& foregroundColor, + const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/, + bool& invertCharacterColor) +{ + QRect cursorRect = rect; + cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1); + + if (!_cursorBlinking) + { + if ( _cursorColor.isValid() ) + painter.setPen(_cursorColor); + else { + painter.setPen(foregroundColor); + } + + if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor ) + { + // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that + // it is draw entirely inside 'rect' + int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width()); + + painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2, + penWidth/2, + - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2, + - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2)); + if ( hasFocus() ) + { + painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor); + + if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() ) + { + // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at + // the cursor position is readable + invertCharacterColor = true; + } + } + } + else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor ) + painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.bottom(), + cursorRect.right(), + cursorRect.bottom()); + else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor ) + painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.top(), + cursorRect.left(), + cursorRect.bottom()); + + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, + const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, + const Character* style, + bool invertCharacterColor) +{ + // don't draw text which is currently blinking + if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) ) + return; + + // setup bold and underline + bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold(); + bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline(); + + QFont font = painter.font(); + if ( font.bold() != useBold + || font.underline() != useUnderline ) + { + font.setBold(useBold); + font.setUnderline(useUnderline); + painter.setFont(font); + } + + const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor ); + const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable); + + QPen pen = painter.pen(); + if ( pen.color() != color ) + { + pen.setColor(color); + painter.setPen(color); + } + // draw text + if ( isLineCharString(text) ) { + drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style); + } + else + { + // the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags + // instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes + // the application's default layout direction to be used instead of + // the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be + // Qt::LeftToRight for this widget + painter.drawText(rect,0,text); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter , + const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, + const Character* style) +{ + painter.save(); + + // setup painter + const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable); + const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable); + + // draw background if different from the display's background color + if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() ) + drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */); + + // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor + // this may alter the foreground and background colors + bool invertCharacterColor = false; + + if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR ) + drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor); + // draw text + drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor); + + painter.restore(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; } +uint TerminalDisplay::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; } + +#if 0 +/*! + Set XIM Position +*/ +void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury) +{ + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + + int xpos, ypos; + ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent; + xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx; + //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ??? + // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos); + _cursorLine = cury; + _cursorCol = curx; +} +#endif + +// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise. +// +// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character +// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() +// with the final scroll amount. this improves performance because scrolling the +// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the +// part of the image which has moved up or down. +// Instead only new lines have to be drawn +// +// note: it is important that the area of the display which is +// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - +// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , +// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight). +void TerminalDisplay::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion) +{ + // if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the + // scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts. the simple solution here + // is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible + if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) { + return; + } + + // constrain the region to the display + // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's + // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less + // than the height of the internal image. + QRect region = screenWindowRegion; + region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); + + if ( lines == 0 + || _image == 0 + || !region.isValid() + || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() + || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return; + + QRect scrollRect; + + void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ]; + void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ]; + + int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight); + int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines); + int bytesToMove = linesToMove * + this->_columns * + sizeof(Character); + + Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 ); + + //scroll internal image + if ( lines > 0 ) + { + // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid + Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < + (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); + + Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); + + //scroll internal image down + memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); + + //set region of display to scroll, making sure that + //the region aligns correctly to the character grid + scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, + this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , + linesToMove * _fontHeight ); + } + else + { + // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid + Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < + (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); + + //scroll internal image up + memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); + + //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that + //the region aligns correctly to the character grid + QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight ); + + scrollRect = QRect( topPoint , + QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , + linesToMove * _fontHeight )); + } + + //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image + scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect ); +} + +QRegion TerminalDisplay::hotSpotRegion() const +{ + QRegion region; + foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() ) + { + QRect rect; + rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn()); + rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine()); + rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn()); + rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine()); + + region |= imageToWidget(rect); + } + return region; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::processFilters() +{ + if (!_screenWindow) + return; + + QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); + + // use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because + // other classes may call processFilters() when this display's + // ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before + // updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is + // out of date at this point + _filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(), + _screenWindow->windowLines(), + _screenWindow->windowColumns(), + _screenWindow->getLineProperties() ); + _filterChain->process(); + + QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); + + update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots ); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::updateImage() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and + // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that + // can simply be moved up or down + scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() , + _screenWindow->scrollRegion() ); + _screenWindow->resetScrollCount(); + + Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage(); + int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines(); + int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns(); + + setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() ); + + if (!_image) + updateImageSize(); // Create _image + + Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines ); + Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns ); + + int y,x,len; + + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + _hasBlinker = false; + + CharacterColor cf; // undefined + CharacterColor _clipboard; // undefined + int cr = -1; // undefined + + const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines )); + const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns)); + + QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate]; + char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; + QRegion dirtyRegion; + + // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to + // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and + // which therefore need to be repainted + int dirtyLineCount = 0; + + for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++) + { + const Character* currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns]; + const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns]; + + bool updateLine = false; + + // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also + // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds + // its cell boundaries + memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2); + + for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++) + { + if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) + { + dirtyMask[x] = true; + } + } + + if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent + for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++) + { + _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK); + + // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs. + // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation + // where characters exceed their cell width. + if (dirtyMask[x]) + { + quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character; + if ( !c ) + continue; + int p = 0; + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); + bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0); + cr = newLine[x].rendition; + _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor; + if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor; + int lln = columnsToUpdate - x; + for (len = 1; len < lln; len++) + { + const Character& ch = newLine[x+len]; + + if (!ch.character) + continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars. + + bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0); + + if ( ch.foregroundColor != cf || + ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || + ch.rendition != cr || + !dirtyMask[x+len] || + isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || + nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth ) + break; + + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + } + + QString unistr(disstrU, p); + + bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont; + if (lineDraw) + _fixedFont = false; + if (doubleWidth) + _fixedFont = false; + + updateLine = true; + + _fixedFont = saveFixedFont; + x += len - 1; + } + + } + + //both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn + //although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only + //the top one is actually + //drawn. + if (_lineProperties.count() > y) + updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT); + + // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image + // then this line must be repainted. + if (updateLine) + { + dirtyLineCount++; + + // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be + // repainted + QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , + _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , + _fontHeight ); + + dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect; + } + + // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the + // current line of the new _image + memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character)); + } + + // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area + // outside the new _image is cleared + if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines ) + { + dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , + _fontWidth * this->_columns , + _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) ); + } + _usedLines = linesToUpdate; + + if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns ) + { + dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , + _topMargin+tLy , + _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , + _fontHeight * this->_lines ); + } + _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate; + + dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect; + + // update the parts of the display which have changed + update(dirtyRegion); + + if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); + if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; } + delete[] dirtyMask; + delete[] disstrU; + +} + +void TerminalDisplay::showResizeNotification() +{ + if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible()) + { + if (_terminalSizeStartup) { + _terminalSizeStartup=false; + return; + } + if (!_resizeWidget) + { + _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this); + _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX"))); + _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height()); + _resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); + + _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)"); + + _resizeTimer = new QTimer(this); + _resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true); + connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide())); + + } + QString sizeStr; + sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines); + _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr); + _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2, + (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20); + _resizeWidget->show(); + _resizeTimer->start(1000); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink) +{ + _hasBlinkingCursor=blink; + + if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) + _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); + + if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) + { + _blinkCursorTimer->stop(); + if (_cursorBlinking) + blinkCursorEvent(); + else + _cursorBlinking = false; + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe ) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__); + QPainter paint(this); + + foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects()) + { + drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); + drawContents(paint, rect); + } +// drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); +// drawContents(paint, contentsRect()); + drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect()); + paintFilters(paint); + + paint.end(); +} + +QPoint TerminalDisplay::cursorPosition() const +{ + if (_screenWindow) + return _screenWindow->cursorPosition(); + else + return QPoint(0,0); +} + +QRect TerminalDisplay::preeditRect() const +{ + const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString); + + if ( preeditLength == 0 ) + return QRect(); + + return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(), + _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(), + _fontWidth*preeditLength, + _fontHeight); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect) +{ + if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) { + return; + } + const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); + + bool invertColors = false; + const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color; + const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color; + const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())]; + + drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true); + drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors); + drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors); + + _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; +} + +FilterChain* TerminalDisplay::filterChain() const +{ + return _filterChain; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::paintFilters(QPainter& painter) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__); + + // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw + // lines for filters + QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()); + int cursorLine; + int cursorColumn; + getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn ); + Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)]; + + painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) ); + + // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters + // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot + + QList<Filter::HotSpot*> spots = _filterChain->hotSpots(); + QListIterator<Filter::HotSpot*> iter(spots); + while (iter.hasNext()) + { + Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next(); + + for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ ) + { + int startColumn = 0; + int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually + // occupied on this line rather than the width of the + // display in _columns + + // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines + while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 ) + endColumn--; + + // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to + // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line + endColumn++; + + if ( line == spot->startLine() ) + startColumn = spot->startColumn(); + if ( line == spot->endLine() ) + endColumn = spot->endColumn(); + + // subtract one pixel from + // the right and bottom so that + // we do not overdraw adjacent + // hotspots + // + // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where + // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined + // because the check below for the position of the cursor + // finds it on the border of the target area + QRect r; + r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1, + endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); + + // Underline link hotspots + if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link ) + { + QFontMetrics metrics(font()); + + // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on, + // with some having tails dangling below) + int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent(); + // find the position of the underline below that + int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos(); + + if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) ) + painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , + r.right() , underlinePos ); + } + // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape + // drawn on top of them + else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker ) + { + //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this + painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120))); + } + } + } +} +void TerminalDisplay::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height()); + + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); +// int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + + int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2; +// int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; +//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth); + + int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); + int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.top() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); + int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); + int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); + + const int bufferSize = _usedColumns; + QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize]; + for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++) + { + quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character; + int x = lux; + if(!c && x) + x--; // Search for start of multi-column character + for (; x <= rlx; x++) + { + int len = 1; + int p = 0; + + // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ? + if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR ) + { + // sequence of characters + ushort extendedCharLength = 0; + ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance + .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength); + for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) + { + Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); + disstrU[p++] = chars[index]; + } + } + else + { + // single character + c = _image[loc(x,y)].character; + if (c) + { + Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + } + } + + bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); + bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0); + CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor; + CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor; + quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition; + + while (x+len <= rlx && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground && + _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition && + (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth && + isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment! + { + if (c) + disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); + if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition + len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character + len++; + } + if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character)) + len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character + + bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont; + if (lineDraw) + _fixedFont = false; + if (doubleWidth) + _fixedFont = false; + QString unistr(disstrU,p); + + if (y < _lineProperties.size()) + { + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) { + paint.scale(2,1); + } + + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) { + paint.scale(1,2); + } + } + + //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn + QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , + _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , + _fontWidth*len, + _fontHeight); + + //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter. + //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled + //by the opposite of whatever + //transformation has been applied to the painter. this ensures that + //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() + //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale) + QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted(); +// textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) ); + textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) ); + + + //paint text fragment + drawTextFragment( paint, + textArea, + unistr, + &_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, + //0, + //!_isPrinting ); + + _fixedFont = save__fixedFont; + + //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines + paint.resetMatrix(); + + if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1) + { + //double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines + //containing the same characters + //both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. + //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, + //we can therefore skip the next line + if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) + y++; + } + + x += len - 1; + } + } + delete [] disstrU; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::blinkEvent() +{ + _blinking = !_blinking; + + //TODO: Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget + // where there is blinking text + // rather than repainting the whole widget. + update(); +} + +QRect TerminalDisplay::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const +{ +//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__); + QRect result; + result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() ); + result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() ); + result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() ); + result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() ); + + return result; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::blinkCursorEvent() +{ + _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking; + + QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); + + update(cursorRect); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Resizing */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalDisplay::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) +{ + updateImageSize(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::propagateSize() +{ + if (_isFixedSize) + { + setSize(_columns, _lines); + QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint()); + parentWidget()->adjustSize(); + parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint()); + return; + } + if (_image) + updateImageSize(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::updateImageSize() +{ +//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); + Character* oldimg = _image; + int oldlin = _lines; + int oldcol = _columns; + + makeImage(); + + + // copy the old image to reduce flicker + int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines); + int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns); + + if (oldimg) + { + for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) + { + memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line], + (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character)); + } + delete[] oldimg; + } + + if (_screenWindow) + _screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines); + + _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns); + + if ( _resizing ) + { + showResizeNotification(); + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent + } + + _resizing = false; +} + +//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the +//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown. +// +//this allows +//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using +//the same signal as the one for a content size change +void TerminalDisplay::showEvent(QShowEvent*) +{ + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); +} +void TerminalDisplay::hideEvent(QHideEvent*) +{ + emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Scrollbar */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalDisplay::scrollBarPositionChanged(int) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() ); + + // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set + // the display to automatically track new output, + // that is, scroll down automatically + // to how new _lines as they are added + const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum()); + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput ); + + updateImage(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setScroll(int cursor, int slines) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__); + // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed, + // otherwise return + // + // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger + // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary + if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0 && + _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) && + _scrollBar->value() == cursor ) + { + return; + } + + disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); + _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines); + _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1); + _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines); + _scrollBar->setValue(cursor); + connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position) +{ + if (_scrollbarLocation == position) { +// return; + } + + if ( position == NoScrollBar ) + _scrollBar->hide(); + else + _scrollBar->show(); + + _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1; + _scrollbarLocation = position; + + propagateSize(); + update(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) { + mouseTripleClickEvent(ev); + return; + } + + if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; + + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); + + if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + _lineSelectionMode = false; + _wordSelectionMode = false; + + emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... + // Drag only when the Control key is hold + bool selected = false; + + // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust + // 'selected' accordingly. + //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected); + + selected = _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y()); + + if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) { + // The user clicked inside selected text + dragInfo.state = diPending; + dragInfo.start = ev->pos(); + } + else { + // No reason to ever start a drag event + dragInfo.state = diNone; + + _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) ); + _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); + + if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + + //emit clearSelectionSignal(); + pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos; + _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet. + + } + else + { + emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + } + } + else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton ) + { + if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) ) + emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); + else + emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ) + { + if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + emit configureRequest( this, + ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), + ev->pos() + ); + } + else + emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } +} + +QList<QAction*> TerminalDisplay::filterActions(const QPoint& position) +{ + int charLine, charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn); + + Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); + + return spot ? spot->actions() : QList<QAction*>(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + int charLine = 0; + int charColumn = 0; + + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + // handle filters + // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over + Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); + if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link) + { + QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea; + _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth, + spot->startLine() * _fontHeight, + qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight, + (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight ); + + // display tooltips when mousing over links + // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links + const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip(); + if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() ) + { + QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea ); + } + + update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea ); + } + else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() ) + { + update( _mouseOverHotspotArea ); + // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle + _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect(); + } + + // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking + if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return; + + // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements + // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift + // key is being held down, which overrides this. + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + int button = 3; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) + button = 0; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) + button = 1; + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton) + button = 2; + + + emit mouseSignal( button, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), + 1 ); + + return; + } + + if (dragInfo.state == diPending) + { + // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet + // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm + + int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay(); + if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance || + ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) + { + // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now + emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again. + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + doDrag(); + } + return; + } + else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) + { + // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during + // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent + return; + } + + if (_actSel == 0) return; + + // don't extend selection while pasting + if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return; + + extendSelection( ev->pos() ); +} + +#if 0 +void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd() +{ + extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint ); +} +#endif + +void TerminalDisplay::extendSelection( const QPoint& position ) +{ + QPoint pos = position; + + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + //if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; + QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); + int tLx = tL.x(); + int tLy = tL.y(); + int scroll = _scrollBar->value(); + + // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed + // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in + // this widget. + + // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above. + QPoint oldpos = pos; + if ( pos.x() < tLx+_leftMargin ) + pos.setX( tLx+_leftMargin ); + if ( pos.x() > tLx+_leftMargin+_usedColumns*_fontWidth-1 ) + pos.setX( tLx+_leftMargin+_usedColumns*_fontWidth ); + if ( pos.y() < tLy+_topMargin ) + pos.setY( tLy+_topMargin ); + if ( pos.y() > tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ) + pos.setY( tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ); + + if ( pos.y() == tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ) + { + _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value()+yMouseScroll); // scrollforward + } + if ( pos.y() == tLy+_topMargin ) + { + _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value()-yMouseScroll); // scrollback + } + + int charColumn = 0; + int charLine = 0; + getCharacterPosition(pos,charLine,charColumn); + + QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); //QPoint((pos.x()-tLx-_leftMargin+(_fontWidth/2))/_fontWidth,(pos.y()-tLy-_topMargin)/_fontHeight); + QPoint ohere; + QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel; + _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); + QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel; + _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); + bool swapping = false; + + if ( _wordSelectionMode ) + { + // Extend to word boundaries + int i; + int selClass; + + bool left_not_right = ( here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x() ); + bool old_left_not_right = ( _pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + _pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x() ); + swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) + QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + i = loc(left.x(),left.y()); + if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + while ( ((left.x()>0) || (left.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[left.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) + { i--; if (left.x()>0) left.rx()--; else {left.rx()=_usedColumns-1; left.ry()--;} } + } + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) + QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + i = loc(right.x(),right.y()); + if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + while( ((right.x()<_usedColumns-1) || (right.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) + { i++; if (right.x()<_usedColumns-1) right.rx()++; else {right.rx()=0; right.ry()++; } } + } + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if ( left_not_right ) + { + here = left; ohere = right; + } + else + { + here = right; ohere = left; + } + ohere.rx()++; + } + + if ( _lineSelectionMode ) + { + // Extend to complete line + bool above_not_below = ( here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ); + + QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + + while (above.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[above.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + above.ry()--; + while (below.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + below.ry()++; + + above.setX(0); + below.setX(_usedColumns-1); + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if ( above_not_below ) + { + here = above; ohere = below; + } + else + { + here = below; ohere = above; + } + + QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint( ohere.x(), ohere.y() ); + swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin==newSelBegin); + _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin; + + ohere.rx()++; + } + + int offset = 0; + if ( !_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode ) + { + int i; + int selClass; + + bool left_not_right = ( here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x() ); + bool old_left_not_right = ( _pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() || + _pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y() && _pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x() ); + swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) + QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; + + // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) + QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + if ( right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode ) + { + i = loc(right.x(),right.y()); + if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { + selClass = charClass(_image[i-1].character); + if (selClass == ' ') + { + while ( right.x() < _usedColumns-1 && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass && (right.y()<_usedLines-1) && + !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) + { i++; right.rx()++; } + if (right.x() < _usedColumns-1) + right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; + else + right.rx()++; // will be balanced later because of offset=-1; + } + } + } + + // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) + if ( left_not_right ) + { + here = left; ohere = right; offset = 0; + } + else + { + here = right; ohere = left; offset = -1; + } + } + + if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) return; // not moved + + if (here == ohere) return; // It's not left, it's not right. + + if ( _actSel < 2 || swapping ) + { + if ( _columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode ) + { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( ohere.x() , ohere.y() , true ); + } + else + { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( ohere.x()-1-offset , ohere.y() , false ); + } + + } + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + _pntSel = here; + _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + + if ( _columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode ) + { + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( here.x() , here.y() ); + } + else + { + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( here.x()+offset , here.y() ); + } + +} + +void TerminalDisplay::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) + { + emit isBusySelecting(false); + if(dragInfo.state == diPending) + { + // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed. Kill selection + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + //emit clearSelectionSignal(); + } + else + { + if ( _actSel > 1 ) + { + setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); + } + + _actSel = 0; + + //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is + // outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent' + // applies here, too. + + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + emit mouseSignal( 3, // release + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); + } + dragInfo.state = diNone; + } + + + if ( !_mouseMarks && + ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) + { + emit mouseSignal( 3, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , + 0); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const +{ + + column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth; + line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight; + + if ( line < 0 ) + line = 0; + if ( column < 0 ) + column = 0; + + if ( line >= _usedLines ) + line = _usedLines-1; + + // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which + // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line. + // + // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most + // column (or left-most for right-to-left input) + if ( column > _usedColumns ) + column = _usedColumns; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::updateLineProperties() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return; + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine = 0; + int charColumn = 0; + + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + + QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine); + + // pass on double click as two clicks. + if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) + { + // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click + // was already sent by the click handler + emit mouseSignal( 0, + pos.x()+1, + pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), + 0 ); // left button + return; + } + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + QPoint bgnSel = pos; + QPoint endSel = pos; + int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y()); + _iPntSel = bgnSel; + _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); + + _wordSelectionMode = true; + + // find word boundaries... + int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + { + // find the start of the word + int x = bgnSel.x(); + while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) + { + i--; + if (x>0) + x--; + else + { + x=_usedColumns-1; + bgnSel.ry()--; + } + } + + bgnSel.setX(x); + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false ); + + // find the end of the word + i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() ); + x = endSel.x(); + while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) + && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) + { + i++; + if (x<_usedColumns-1) + x++; + else + { + x=0; + endSel.ry()++; + } + } + + endSel.setX(x); + + // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word. + if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) ) + endSel.setX( x - 1 ); + + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() ); + + setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); + } + + _possibleTripleClick=true; + + QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this, + SLOT(tripleClickTimeout())); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev ) +{ + if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical) + return; + + if ( _mouseMarks ) + _scrollBar->event(ev); + else + { + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn ); + + emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, + charColumn + 1, + charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , + 0); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::tripleClickTimeout() +{ + _possibleTripleClick=false; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) return; + + int charLine; + int charColumn; + getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); + _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + + _lineSelectionMode = true; + _wordSelectionMode = false; + + _actSel = 2; // within selection + emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... + + while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + _iPntSel.ry()--; + + if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) { + // find word boundary start + int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y()); + int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); + int x = _iPntSel.x(); + + while ( ((x>0) || + (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + ) + && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) + { + i--; + if (x>0) + x--; + else + { + x=_columns-1; + _iPntSel.ry()--; + } + } + + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false ); + _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() ); + } + else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) { + _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false ); + _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() ); + } + + while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) + _iPntSel.ry()++; + + _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() ); + + setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)); + + _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); +} + + +bool TerminalDisplay::focusNextPrevChild( bool next ) +{ + if (next) + return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror + // when pressing Tab + return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next ); +} + + +int TerminalDisplay::charClass(quint16 ch) const +{ + QChar qch=QChar(ch); + if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' '; + + if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) ) + return 'a'; + + // Everything else is weird + return 1; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc) +{ + _wordCharacters = wc; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setUsesMouse(bool on) +{ + _mouseMarks = on; + setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor ); +} +bool TerminalDisplay::usesMouse() const +{ + return _mouseMarks; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Clipboard */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +#undef KeyPress + +void TerminalDisplay::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn) +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events + QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection : + QClipboard::Clipboard); + if(appendReturn) + text.append("\r"); + if ( ! text.isEmpty() ) + { + text.replace("\n", "\r"); + QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text); + emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event + + _screenWindow->clearSelection(); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setSelection(const QString& t) +{ + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::copyClipboard() +{ + if ( !_screenWindow ) + return; + + QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks); + QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::pasteClipboard() +{ + emitSelection(false,false); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::pasteSelection() +{ + emitSelection(true,false); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Keyboard */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalDisplay::setFlowControlWarningEnabled( bool enable ) +{ + _flowControlWarningEnabled = enable; + + // if the dialog is currently visible and the flow control warning has + // been disabled then hide the dialog + if (!enable) + outputSuspended(false); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) +{ +//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key()); + + bool emitKeyPressSignal = true; + + // XonXoff flow control + if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier && _flowControlWarningEnabled) + { + if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_S ) { + //qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent, output suspended", __FILE__, __LINE__); + emit flowControlKeyPressed(true /*output suspended*/); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Q ) { + //qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent, output enabled", __FILE__, __LINE__); + emit flowControlKeyPressed(false /*output enabled*/); + } + } + + // Keyboard-based navigation + if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier ) + { + bool update = true; + + if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 ); + } + else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 ); + } + else { + update = false; + } + + if ( update ) + { + //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__); + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() ); + + updateLineProperties(); + updateImage(); + + // do not send key press to terminal + emitKeyPressSignal = false; + } + } + + _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true ); + + _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't + // know where the current selection is. + + if (_hasBlinkingCursor) + { + _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); + if (_cursorBlinking) + blinkCursorEvent(); + else + _cursorBlinking = false; + } + + if ( emitKeyPressSignal ) + emit keyPressedSignal(event); + + event->accept(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event ) +{ + QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString()); + emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent); + + _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString(); + update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect); + + event->accept(); +} +QVariant TerminalDisplay::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const +{ + const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0); + switch ( query ) + { + case Qt::ImMicroFocus: + return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1)); + break; + case Qt::ImFont: + return font(); + break; + case Qt::ImCursorPosition: + // return the cursor position within the current line + return cursorPos.x(); + break; + case Qt::ImSurroundingText: + { + // return the text from the current line + QString lineText; + QTextStream stream(&lineText); + PlainTextDecoder decoder; + decoder.begin(&stream); + decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]); + decoder.end(); + return lineText; + } + break; + case Qt::ImCurrentSelection: + return QString(); + break; + } + + return QVariant(); +} + +bool TerminalDisplay::event( QEvent *e ) +{ + if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride ) + { + QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast<QKeyEvent *>( e ); + + // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used + // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own. + // + // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key + // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to + // work with the menu without using the mouse + if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && + !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() ) + { + keyEvent->accept(); + return true; + } + + // Override any of the following shortcuts because + // they are needed by the terminal + int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers(); + switch ( keyCode ) + { + // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code + case Qt::Key_Tab: + case Qt::Key_Delete: + case Qt::Key_Home: + case Qt::Key_End: + case Qt::Key_Backspace: + case Qt::Key_Left: + case Qt::Key_Right: + keyEvent->accept(); + return true; + } + } + return QWidget::event( e ); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setBellMode(int mode) +{ + _bellMode=mode; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::enableBell() +{ + _allowBell = true; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::bell(const QString&) +{ + if (_bellMode==NoBell) return; + + //limit the rate at which bells can occur + //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence + //produce a horrible noise + if ( _allowBell ) + { + _allowBell = false; + QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell())); + + if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) + { +// KNotification::beep(); + } + else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) + { +// KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this); + } + else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) + { + swapColorTable(); + QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable())); + } + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::swapColorTable() +{ + ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1]; + _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0]; + _colorTable[0]= color; + _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted; + update(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::clearImage() +{ + // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage() + for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++) + { + _image[i].character = ' '; + _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, + DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); + _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, + DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); + _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION; + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::calcGeometry() +{ + _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent), + contentsRect().height()); + switch(_scrollbarLocation) + { + case NoScrollBar : + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + break; + case ScrollBarLeft : + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width(); + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); + _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft()); + break; + case ScrollBarRight: + _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; + _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); + _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0)); + break; + } + + _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; + _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1; + + if (!_isFixedSize) + { + // ensure that display is always at least one column wide + _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth); + _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); + + // ensure that display is always at least one line high + _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight); + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::makeImage() +{ +//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__); + calcGeometry(); + + // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code + // assumes a non-zero array length + Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 ); + Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns ); + + _imageSize=_lines*_columns; + + // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with + // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position + _image = new Character[_imageSize+1]; + + clearImage(); +} + +// calculate the needed size +void TerminalDisplay::setSize(int columns, int lines) +{ + //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space + // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc. + // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow + // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit + + QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth , + lines * _fontHeight ); + + if ( newSize != size() ) + { + _size = newSize; + updateGeometry(); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins) +{ + _isFixedSize = true; + + //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size + _columns = qMax(1,cols); + _lines = qMax(1,lins); + _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); + _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); + + if (_image) + { + delete[] _image; + makeImage(); + } + setSize(cols, lins); + QWidget::setFixedSize(_size); +} + +QSize TerminalDisplay::sizeHint() const +{ + return _size; +} + + +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Drag & Drop */ +/* */ +/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +void TerminalDisplay::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) +{ + if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) + event->acceptProposedAction(); +} + +void TerminalDisplay::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) +{ +// KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData()); + + QString dropText; +/* if (!urls.isEmpty()) + { + for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) + { + KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 ); + QString urlText; + + if (url.isLocalFile()) + urlText = url.path(); + else + urlText = url.url(); + + // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop + // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) + urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText); + + dropText += urlText; + + if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) + dropText += ' '; + } + } + else + { + dropText = event->mimeData()->text(); + } +*/ + if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) + { + emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit()); + } +} + +void TerminalDisplay::doDrag() +{ + dragInfo.state = diDragging; + dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this); + QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData; + mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection)); + dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData); + dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction); + // Don't delete the QTextDrag object. Qt will delete it when it's done with it. +} + +void TerminalDisplay::outputSuspended(bool suspended) +{ + //create the label when this function is first called + if (!_outputSuspendedLabel) + { + //This label includes a link to an English language website + //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost + //all terminal emulators. + //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link + //can simply be removed. + _outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("<qt>Output has been " + "<a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/XON\">suspended</a>" + " by pressing Ctrl+S." + " Press <b>Ctrl+Q</b> to resume.</qt>"), + this ); + + QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette()); + + palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white)); + palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black)); +// KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText); +// KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font()); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5); + + //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label + _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | + Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true); + _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false); + + _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel); + _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding, + QSizePolicy::Expanding), + 1,0); + + } + + _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended); +} + +uint TerminalDisplay::lineSpacing() const +{ + return _lineSpacing; +} + +void TerminalDisplay::setLineSpacing(uint i) +{ + _lineSpacing = i; + setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update. +} + +//#include "moc_TerminalDisplay.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h b/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b3c6d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h @@ -0,0 +1,754 @@ +/* + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef TERMINALDISPLAY_H +#define TERMINALDISPLAY_H + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QColor> +#include <QtCore/QPointer> +#include <QtGui/QWidget> + +// Konsole +#include "Filter.h" +#include "Character.h" +#include "ColorTables.h" + +class QDrag; +class QDragEnterEvent; +class QDropEvent; +class QLabel; +class QTimer; +class QEvent; +class QFrame; +class QGridLayout; +class QKeyEvent; +class QScrollBar; +class QShowEvent; +class QHideEvent; +class QWidget; + +//class KMenu; + +namespace Konsole +{ + +extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; + +class ScreenWindow; + +/** + * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity + * to the terminal. + * + * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, + * it will update the display by calling updateImage(). + * + * TODO More documentation + */ +class TerminalDisplay : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */ + TerminalDisplay(QWidget *parent=0); + virtual ~TerminalDisplay(); + + /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */ + const ColorEntry* colorTable() const; + /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */ + void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]); + /** + * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display + * (in color schemes that support them). + */ + void setRandomSeed(uint seed); + /** + * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display + * (in color schemes that support them). + */ + uint randomSeed() const; + + /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */ + void setOpacity(qreal opacity); + + /** + * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget. + */ + enum ScrollBarPosition + { + /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ + NoScrollBar=0, + /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ + ScrollBarLeft=1, + /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ + ScrollBarRight=2 + }; + /** + * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it + * is shown on the left or right side of the display. + */ + void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position); + + /** + * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar. + * + * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb. + * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar. + */ + void setScroll(int cursor, int lines); + + /** + * Returns the display's filter chain. When the image for the display is updated, + * the text is passed through each filter in the chain. Each filter can define + * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words). + * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() ) + * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent + * rectangles for markers. + * + * To add a new filter to the view, call: + * viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject ); + */ + FilterChain* filterChain() const; + + /** + * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain. This will cause + * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image. + * + * WARNING: This function can be expensive depending on the + * image size and number of filters in the filterChain() + * + * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage. Revise it so + * that the processing can be done in a better way. + * + * eg: + * - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering + * over an area ) + */ + void processFilters(); + + /** + * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content + * at the given @p position. + */ + QList<QAction*> filterActions(const QPoint& position); + + /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */ + bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; } + /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */ + void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink); + + void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; } + bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; } + + /** + * This enum describes the methods for selecting text when + * the user triple-clicks within the display. + */ + enum TripleClickMode + { + /** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */ + SelectWholeLine, + /** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ + SelectForwardsFromCursor + }; + /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */ + void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; } + /** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */ + TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; } + + void setLineSpacing(uint); + uint lineSpacing() const; + + void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn); + + /** + * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor. + * See setKeyboardCursorShape() + */ + enum KeyboardCursorShape + { + /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */ + BlockCursor, + /** + * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor + * character's area. + */ + UnderlineCursor, + /** + * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam + * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors. + */ + IBeamCursor + }; + /** + * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor. This is the cursor drawn + * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear. + * + * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for + * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor() + * method. + * + * Defaults to BlockCursor + */ + void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape); + /** + * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor. See setKeyboardCursorShape() + */ + KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const; + + /** + * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor. + * + * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character + * underneath it. + * + * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match + * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this + * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character + * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable. + * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor. This is only taken into + * account if @p useForegroundColor is false. + */ + void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color); + + /** + * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard + * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character + * underneath it. + */ + QColor keyboardCursorColor() const; + + /** + * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget. + * + * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font. + * See fontHeight() + */ + int lines() { return _lines; } + /** + * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on + * each line in the widget. + * + * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font. + * See fontWidth() + */ + int columns() { return _columns; } + + /** + * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display. + */ + int fontHeight() { return _fontHeight; } + /** + * Returns the width of the characters in the display. + * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font. + */ + int fontWidth() { return _fontWidth; } + + void setSize(int cols, int lins); + void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins); + + // reimplemented + QSize sizeHint() const; + + /** + * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, + * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes + * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them. + * + * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which + * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc + * + * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts + * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ). + */ + void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc); + /** + * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the + * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse. + * + * @see setWordCharacters() + */ + QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; } + + /** + * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the + * terminal session. + * + * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with + * the alert message. + */ + void setBellMode(int mode); + /** + * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in + * the terminal session. + * + * See setBellMode() + */ + int bellMode() { return _bellMode; } + + /** + * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which + * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal + * session. + */ + enum BellMode + { + /** A system beep. */ + SystemBeepBell=0, + /** + * KDE notification. This may play a sound, show a passive popup + * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings. + */ + NotifyBell=1, + /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */ + VisualBell=2, + /** No bell effects */ + NoBell=3 + }; + + void setSelection(const QString &t); + + /** + * Reimplemented. Has no effect. Use setVTFont() to change the font + * used to draw characters in the display. + */ + virtual void setFont(const QFont &); + + /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */ + QFont getVTFont() { return font(); } + + /** + * Sets the font used to draw the display. Has no effect if @p font + * is larger than the size of the display itself. + */ + void setVTFont(const QFont& font); + + /** + * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display + * is enabled or not. Defaults to enabled. + */ + static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; } + /** + * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled. + */ + static bool antialias() { return _antialiasText; } + + /** + * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the + * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget + * is being resized. + */ + void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; } + /** + * Returns whether or not the current height and width of + * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget + * is being resized. + */ + bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; } + /** + * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly + * after the widget is first shown. + * + * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint() + */ + void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; } + + void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; } + bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; } + + /** + * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. + * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the + * the associated terminal screen window. + * + * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered + * by the TerminalDisplay. + */ + void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window ); + /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. See setScreenWindow() */ + ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const; + + static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY; + +public slots: + + /** + * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated + * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display. + */ + void updateImage(); + /** + * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the + * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ). + */ + void updateLineProperties(); + + /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */ + void copyClipboard(); + /** + * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the + * display. + */ + void pasteClipboard(); + /** + * Pastes the content of the selection into the + * display. + */ + void pasteSelection(); + + /** + * Changes whether the flow control warning box should be shown when the flow control + * stop key (Ctrl+S) are pressed. + */ + void setFlowControlWarningEnabled(bool enabled); + + /** + * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal + * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S) + * + * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should + * be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that + * the warning message should disappear. + */ + void outputSuspended(bool suspended); + + /** + * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view + * is interested in mouse events. + * + * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags + * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view. + * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required + * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the + * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse + * events itself. + * + * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events + * or false otherwise. + */ + void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse); + + /** See setUsesMouse() */ + bool usesMouse() const; + + /** + * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal. + * TODO: More documentation here + */ + void bell(const QString& message); + +signals: + + /** + * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus. + */ + void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e); + + /** + * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations + * + * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or + * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination) + */ + void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend); + + /** + * A mouse event occurred. + * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release) + * @param column The character column where the event occurred + * @param line The character row where the event occurred + * @param eventType The type of event. 0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion + */ + void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType); + void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width); + void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width); + + /** + * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift + * key held down if usesMouse() is true. + * + * This can be used to display a context menu. + */ + void configureRequest( TerminalDisplay*, int state, const QPoint& position ); + + void isBusySelecting(bool); + void sendStringToEmu(const char*); + +protected: + virtual bool event( QEvent * ); + + virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); + + virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*); + virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*); + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*); + + virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font); + + virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event); + virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); + virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* ); + virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos ); + virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ); + + virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next ); + + // drag and drop + virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event); + virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event); + void doDrag(); + enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging }; + + struct _dragInfo { + DragState state; + QPoint start; + QDrag *dragObject; + } dragInfo; + + virtual int charClass(quint16) const; + + void clearImage(); + + void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); + + // reimplemented + virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event ); + virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const; + +protected slots: + + void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value); + void blinkEvent(); + void blinkCursorEvent(); + + //Renables bell noises and visuals. Used to disable further bells for a short period of time + //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events. + void enableBell(); + +private slots: + + void swapColorTable(); + void tripleClickTimeout(); // resets possibleTripleClick + +private: + + // -- Drawing helpers -- + + // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into + // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls + // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments + void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect); + // draws a section of text, all the text in this section + // has a common color and style + void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, + const QString& text, const Character* style); + // draws the background for a text fragment + // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to + // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background + // will be drawn fully opaque + void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color, + bool useOpacitySetting); + // draws the cursor character + void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, + const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors); + // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment + void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QString& text, + const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor); + // draws a string of line graphics + void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, + const QString& str, const Character* attributes); + + // draws the preedit string for input methods + void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect); + + // -- + + // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget + QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const; + + // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) + // of the character at that point. + void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const; + + // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw + QRect preeditRect() const; + + // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's + // current size in columns and lines + void showResizeNotification(); + + // scrolls the image by a number of lines. + // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) + // or negative ( to scroll the image up ) + // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only + // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account, + // the left and right are ignored. + void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region); + + void calcGeometry(); + void propagateSize(); + void updateImageSize(); + void makeImage(); + + void paintFilters(QPainter& painter); + + // returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain + // a hotspot + QRegion hotSpotRegion() const; + + // returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines + QPoint cursorPosition() const; + + // the window onto the terminal screen which this display + // is currently showing. + QPointer<ScreenWindow> _screenWindow; + + bool _allowBell; + + QGridLayout* _gridLayout; + + bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch + int _fontHeight; // height + int _fontWidth; // width + int _fontAscent; // ascend + + int _leftMargin; // offset + int _topMargin; // offset + + int _lines; // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget + int _columns; // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget + + int _usedLines; // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less + // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller + // than the maximum image size which can be displayed + + int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less + // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller + // than the maximum image size which can be displayed + + int _contentHeight; + int _contentWidth; + Character* _image; // [lines][columns] + // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data + + int _imageSize; + QVector<LineProperty> _lineProperties; + + ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS]; + uint _randomSeed; + + bool _resizing; + bool _terminalSizeHint; + bool _terminalSizeStartup; + bool _bidiEnabled; + bool _mouseMarks; + + QPoint _iPntSel; // initial selection point + QPoint _pntSel; // current selection point + QPoint _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker + int _actSel; // selection state + bool _wordSelectionMode; + bool _lineSelectionMode; + bool _preserveLineBreaks; + bool _columnSelectionMode; + + QClipboard* _clipboard; + QScrollBar* _scrollBar; + ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation; + QString _wordCharacters; + int _bellMode; + + bool _blinking; // hide text in paintEvent + bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink + bool _cursorBlinking; // hide cursor in paintEvent + bool _hasBlinkingCursor; // has blinking cursor enabled + bool _ctrlDrag; // require Ctrl key for drag + TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode; + bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked. + QTimer* _blinkTimer; // active when hasBlinker + QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer; // active when hasBlinkingCursor + +// KMenu* _drop; + QString _dropText; + int _dndFileCount; + + bool _possibleTripleClick; // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted + // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay + + + QLabel* _resizeWidget; + QTimer* _resizeTimer; + + bool _flowControlWarningEnabled; + + //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend + //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output + QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; + + uint _lineSpacing; + + bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell + + QSize _size; + + QRgb _blendColor; + + // list of filters currently applied to the display. used for links and + // search highlight + TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain; + QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea; + + KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape; + + // custom cursor color. if this is invalid then the foreground + // color of the character under the cursor is used + QColor _cursorColor; + + + struct InputMethodData + { + QString preeditString; + QRect previousPreeditRect; + }; + InputMethodData _inputMethodData; + + static bool _antialiasText; // do we antialias or not + + //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text + static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500; + static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1; + static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1; + +public: + static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable) + { + HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable; + } +}; + +} + +#endif // TERMINALDISPLAY_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp b/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ed912f --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1266 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +// Own +#include "Vt102Emulation.h" + +//#include <config-konsole.h> + + +#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__) +#define AVOID_XKB +#endif + +// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions +// even though it might be available on a particular system. +#if defined(AVOID_XKB) +#undef HAVE_XKB +#endif + +// Standard +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <assert.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QEvent> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QByteRef> + +// KDE +//#include <kdebug.h> +//#include <klocale.h> + +// Konsole +#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" +#include "Screen.h" + +#if defined(HAVE_XKB) +void scrolllock_set_off(); +void scrolllock_set_on(); +#endif + +using namespace Konsole; + +/* VT102 Terminal Emulation + + This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a + complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it + handles the emulations's protocol. + + This module consists of the following sections: + + - Constructor/Destructor + - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline + - Outgoing Bytes + - Mouse Events + - Keyboard Events + - Modes and Charset State + - Diagnostics +*/ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Constructor / Destructor */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + + +Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() + : Emulation(), + _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this)) +{ + _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true); + + QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle())); + + initTokenizer(); + reset(); +} + +Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation() +{ +} + +void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen() +{ + _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen(); + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reset() +{ + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()"; + resetToken(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()"; + resetModes(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; + resetCharset(0); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()"; + _screen[0]->reset(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; + resetCharset(1); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1"; + _screen[1]->reset(); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()"; + setCodec(LocaleCodec); + //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done"; + + bufferedUpdate(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Processing the incoming byte stream */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline + + This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. + Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' + which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the + `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself. + + The pipeline proceeds as follows: + + - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar) + - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset) + - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau) + + The escape codes and their meaning are described in the + technical reference of this program. +*/ + +// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- + +/* + Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them + in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the + terminals operations as byte sequences. + + They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later + switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional + argument variables are filled with parameter values. + + The tokens are defined below: + + - CHR - Printable characters (32..255 but DEL (=127)) + - CTL - Control characters (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL) + - ESC - Escape codes of the form <ESC><CHR but `[]()+*#'> + - ESC_DE - Escape codes of the form <ESC><any of `()+*#%'> C + - CSI_PN - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' {Pn} C + - CSI_PS - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' {Pn} ';' ... C + - CSI_PR - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '?' {Pn} ';' ... C + - CSI_PE - Escape codes of the form <ESC>'[' '!' {Pn} ';' ... C + - VT52 - VT52 escape codes + - <ESC><Chr> + - <ESC>'Y'{Pc}{Pc} + - XTE_HA - Xterm hacks <ESC>`]' {Pn} `;' {Text} <BEL> + note that this is handled differently + + The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of + the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed + as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the + meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers), + they are includes within the token ('N'). + +*/ + +#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) ) + +#define TY_CHR( ) TY_CONSTR(0,0,0) +#define TY_CTL(A ) TY_CONSTR(1,A,0) +#define TY_ESC(A ) TY_CONSTR(2,A,0) +#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B) TY_CONSTR(3,A,B) +#define TY_ESC_DE(A ) TY_CONSTR(4,A,0) +#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N) TY_CONSTR(5,A,N) +#define TY_CSI_PN(A ) TY_CONSTR(6,A,0) +#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N) TY_CONSTR(7,A,N) + +#define TY_VT52(A ) TY_CONSTR(8,A,0) + +#define TY_CSI_PG(A ) TY_CONSTR(9,A,0) + +#define TY_CSI_PE(A ) TY_CONSTR(10,A,0) + +// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +/* The tokenizers state + + The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos), + and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc). + Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::resetToken() +{ + ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig) +{ + argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::addArgument() +{ + argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1); + argv[argc] = 0; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc) +{ + pbuf[ppos] = cc; + ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1); +} + +// Character Classes used while decoding + +#define CTL 1 +#define CHR 2 +#define CPN 4 +#define DIG 8 +#define SCS 16 +#define GRP 32 +#define CPS 64 + +void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer() +{ int i; quint8* s; + for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] = 0; + for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL; + for(i = 32; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR; + for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN; +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS; + for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG; + for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS; + for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP; + resetToken(); +} + +/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder. + + Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the + token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with + the current character to form a scanning decision. + + This is done by the following defines. + + - P is the length of the token scanned so far. + - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision. + - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl'). + + Note that they need to applied in proper order. +*/ + +#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[(L)] == (C)) +#define lun( ) (p == 1 && cc >= 32 ) +#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256 && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C)) +#define eec(C) (p >= 3 && cc == (C)) +#define ees(C) (p >= 3 && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) +#define eps(C) (p >= 3 && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) +#define epp( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '?' ) +#define epe( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '!' ) +#define egt( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '>' ) +#define Xpe (ppos>=2 && pbuf[1] == ']' ) +#define Xte (Xpe && cc == 7 ) +#define ces(C) ( cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte) + +#define ESC 27 +#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') + +// process an incoming unicode character + +void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc) +{ + int i; + if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore. + + if (ces( CTL)) + { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100 + // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do + // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on + // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level. + if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB + if (cc != ESC) { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ), 0, 0); return; } + } + + pushToToken(cc); // advance the state + + int* s = pbuf; + int p = ppos; + + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action + { + if (lec(1,0,ESC)) { return; } + if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('['); return; } + if (les(2,1,GRP)) { return; } + if (Xte ) { XtermHack(); resetToken(); return; } + if (Xpe ) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'?')) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'>')) { return; } + if (lec(3,2,'!')) { return; } + if (lun( )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (eps( CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]); resetToken(); return; } + +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + if (eps( CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]); resetToken(); return; } + + if (epe( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (ees( DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0'); return; } + if (eec( ';')) { addArgument(); return; } + for (i=0;i<=argc;i++) + if ( epp( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } + else if(egt( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc ), 0, 0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c + else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2) + { // ESC[ ... 48;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;<red>;<green>;<blue> ... m + i += 2; + tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]); + i += 2; + } + else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5) + { // ESC[ ... 48;5;<index> ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5;<index> ... m + i += 2; + tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]); + } + else { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } + resetToken(); + } + else // mode VT52 + { + if (lec(1,0,ESC)) return; + if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR( ), s[0], 0); resetToken(); return; } + if (lec(2,1,'Y')) return; + if (lec(3,1,'Y')) return; + if (p < 4) { tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } + tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return; + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack() +{ int i,arg = 0; + for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++) + arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0'); + if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; } + QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2]; + for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j]; + QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2); + + // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name + // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title +// emit changeTitle(arg,unistr); + _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr; + _titleUpdateTimer->start(20); + + delete [] str; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle() +{ + QListIterator<int> iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() ); + while (iter.hasNext()) { + int arg = iter.next(); + emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] ); + } + + _pendingTitleUpdates.clear(); +} + +// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- + +/* + Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized, + meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of + the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself. + + The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word + possibly accompanied by two parameters. + + Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two + arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table + from the function below. + + The technical reference manual provides more information + about this mapping. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q ) +{ +#if 0 +int N = (token>>0)&0xff; +int A = (token>>8)&0xff; +switch( N ) +{ + case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?'); + break; + case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r"); + else if (A == 'M') printf("\n"); + else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff); + break; + case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); + break; + case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p); + break; + case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); + break; + case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; + case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); + break; +} +#endif + + switch (token) + { + + case TY_CHR( ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter (p ); break; //UTF16 + + // 127 DEL : ignored on input + + case TY_CTL('@' ) : /* NUL: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('A' ) : /* SOH: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('B' ) : /* STX: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('C' ) : /* ETX: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('D' ) : /* EOT: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('E' ) : reportAnswerBack ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('F' ) : /* ACK: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('G' ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); + break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('H' ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('J' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('K' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('L' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('M' ) : _currentScreen->Return ( ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CTL('N' ) : useCharset ( 1); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('O' ) : useCharset ( 0); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CTL('P' ) : /* DLE: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('Q' ) : /* DC1: XON continue */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('R' ) : /* DC2: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('S' ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('T' ) : /* DC4: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('U' ) : /* NAK: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('V' ) : /* SYN: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('W' ) : /* ETB: ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('X' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('Y' ) : /* EM : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('Z' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 + case TY_CTL('[' ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here. */ break; + case TY_CTL('\\' ) : /* FS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL(']' ) : /* GS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('^' ) : /* RS : ignored */ break; + case TY_CTL('_' ) : /* US : ignored */ break; + + case TY_ESC('D' ) : _currentScreen->index ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('E' ) : _currentScreen->NextLine ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('H' ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (true ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('M' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; + case TY_ESC('c' ) : reset ( ); break; + + case TY_ESC('n' ) : useCharset ( 2); break; + case TY_ESC('o' ) : useCharset ( 3); break; + case TY_ESC('7' ) : saveCursor ( ); break; + case TY_ESC('8' ) : restoreCursor ( ); break; + + case TY_ESC('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; + case TY_ESC('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; + case TY_ESC('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') : setCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') : setCharset (0, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') : setCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') : setCharset (1, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') : setCharset (1, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') : setCharset (1, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') : setCharset (2, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') : setCharset (2, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') : setCharset (2, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') : setCharset (3, '0'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') : setCharset (3, 'A'); break; //VT100 + case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') : setCharset (3, 'B'); break; //VT100 + + case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') : setCodec (Utf8Codec ); break; //LINUX + case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') : setCodec (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX + + case TY_ESC_DE('3' ) : /* Double height line, top half */ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('4' ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('5' ) : /* Single width, single height line*/ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('6' ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true); + _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); + break; + case TY_ESC_DE('8' ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign ( ); break; + +// resize = \e[8;<row>;<col>t + case TY_CSI_PS('t', 8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ ); break; + +// change tab text color : \e[28;<color>t color: 0-16,777,215 + case TY_CSI_PS('t', 28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest ( p ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('K', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('J', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('g', 0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (false ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('g', 3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('h', 4) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Insert ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('h', 20) : setMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('i', 0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('l', 4) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Insert ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('l', 20) : resetMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('s', 0) : saveCursor ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('u', 0) : restoreCursor ( ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 1) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 4) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 5) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 7) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (p, q); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 0); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (p, q); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 1); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('m', 107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; + + case TY_CSI_PS('n', 5) : reportStatus ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('n', 6) : reportCursorPosition ( ); break; + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('q', 4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('x', 0) : reportTerminalParms ( 2); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PS('x', 1) : reportTerminalParms ( 3); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PN('@' ) : _currentScreen->insertChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft (p ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('G' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX (p ); break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PN('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('L' ) : _currentScreen->insertLines (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('M' ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('P' ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('S' ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('T' ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('X' ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('Z' ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate (p ); break; + case TY_CSI_PN('c' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('d' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY (p ); break; //LINUX + case TY_CSI_PN('f' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('r' ) : setMargins (p, q); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PN('y' ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1) : setMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1) : resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1) : saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1) : restoreMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 2) : resetMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 5) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 5) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 6) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 6) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 6) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 7) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 7) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 7) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 25) : setMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 25) : resetMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 25) : saveMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 25) : restoreMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 47) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 47) : resetMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 47) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 47) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM + + // XTerm defines the following modes: + // SET_VT200_MOUSE 1000 + // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE 1001 + // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE 1002 + // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE 1003 + // + + //Note about mouse modes: + //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003 + //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse). + //TODO: Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and + //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse) + // + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM + + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm. + // Here's a guess of what they could mean. + case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM + case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM + + //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence + case TY_CSI_PE('p' ) : /* IGNORED: reset ( ) */ break; + + //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting. + case TY_VT52('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight ( 1); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft ( 1); break; //VT52 + + case TY_VT52('F' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('G' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT52 + + case TY_VT52('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (1,1 ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('I' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('J' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('K' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('Y' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 + case TY_VT52('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 + + case TY_CSI_PG('c' ) : reportSecondaryAttributes( ); break; //VT100 + + default : ReportErrorToken(); break; + }; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount) +{ + setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); + clearEntireScreen(); + setDefaultMargins(); + _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Terminal to Host protocol */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Outgoing bytes originate from several sources: + + - Replies to Enquieries. + - Mouse Events + - Keyboard Events +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length) +{ + if ( length >= 0 ) + emit sendData(s,length); + else + emit sendData(s,strlen(s)); +} + +// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- -- + +// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code. + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition() +{ char tmp[20]; + sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1); + sendString(tmp); +} + +/* + What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff. + The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued. +*/ + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType() +{ + // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide)) + // VT220: ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c (list deps on emul. capabilities) + // VT100: ^[[?1;2c + // VT101: ^[[?1;0c + // VT102: ^[[?6v + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) + sendString("\033[?1;2c"); // I'm a VT100 + else + sendString("\033/Z"); // I'm a VT52 +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes() +{ + // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c) + if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) + sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115? ;) + else + sendString("\033/Z"); // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for + // konsoles backward compatibility. +} + +void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p) +// DECREPTPARM +{ char tmp[100]; + sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true. + sendString(tmp); +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus() +{ + sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready. +} + +/*! +*/ + +#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff. + +void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack() +{ + sendString(ANSWER_BACK); +} + +// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- -- + +/*! + Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client + application if it has issued interest in them. + They are normally consumed by the widget for copy + and paste, but may be propagated from the widget + when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000). + + `x',`y' are 1-based. + `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2) + or a general mouse release (3). + + eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred: + 0 = Mouse button press or release + 1 = Mouse drag +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType ) +{ char tmp[20]; + if ( cx<1 || cy<1 ) return; + // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button, + // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button + if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c; + + //Mouse motion handling + if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 ) + cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event + + sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20); + sendString(tmp); +} + +// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- -- + +#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M)) +#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M))) + +void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text ) +{ + if (!text.isEmpty()) { + QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, + 0, + Qt::NoModifier, + text); + sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event + } + +} + +void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) +{ + Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers(); + KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; + + // get current states + if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; + if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; + if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; + if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; + + // lookup key binding + if ( _keyTranslator ) + { + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( + event->key() , + modifiers, + states ); + + // send result to terminal + QByteArray textToSend; + + // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier. pressing + // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent + // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination + // in the keyboard modifier) + bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier; + bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; + + if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) + && !event->text().isEmpty() ) + { + textToSend.prepend("\033"); + } + + if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) + { + if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand) + textToSend += getErase(); + // TODO command handling + } + else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) + { + textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers)); + } + else + textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text()); + + sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() ); + } + else + { + // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been + // set + QString translatorError = ("No keyboard translator available. " + "The information needed to convert key presses " + "into characters to send to the terminal " + "is missing."); + + reset(); + receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() ); + } +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* VT100 Charsets */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ -- + +/* + The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer. + It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics. + + These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe) + normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also + appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion + does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it + in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent + plain characters. + + This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since + it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these + particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page. +*/ + +#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]] + +// Apply current character map. + +unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c) +{ + if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f]; + if (CHARSET.pound && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete + return c; +} + +/* + "Charset" related part of the emulation state. + This configures the VT100 _charset filter. + + While most operation work on the current _screen, + the following two are different. +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno) +{ + _charset[scrno].cu_cs = 0; + strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4); + _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false; + _charset[scrno].sa_pound = false; + _charset[scrno].graphic = false; + _charset[scrno].pound = false; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens. +{ + _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs); + _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs) +{ + CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs; + useCharset(n&3); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n) +{ + CHARSET.cu_cs = n&3; + CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0'); + CHARSET.pound = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins() +{ + _screen[0]->setDefaultMargins(); + _screen[1]->setDefaultMargins(); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b) +{ + _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b); + _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b); +} + +/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ + +void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor() +{ + CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic; + CHARSET.sa_pound = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete + // we are not clear about these + //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset]; + //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset; + _currentScreen->saveCursor(); +} + +/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ + +void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor() +{ + CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic; + CHARSET.pound = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete + _currentScreen->restoreCursor(); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Mode Operations */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/* + Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens. + + This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to + located the mode either to the current _screen or to both. + + For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over + all screens and not over the actual _screen. + + We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow. +*/ + +// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans. + +void Vt102Emulation::resetModes() +{ + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002); + resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003); + + resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen); + // here come obsolete modes + resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); + resetMode(MODE_NewLine ); + setMode(MODE_Ansi ); +} + +void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m) +{ + _currParm.mode[m] = true; + switch (m) + { + case MODE_Mouse1000: + case MODE_Mouse1001: + case MODE_Mouse1002: + case MODE_Mouse1003: + emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); + break; + + case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection(); + setScreen(1); + break; + } + if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) + { + _screen[0]->setMode(m); + _screen[1]->setMode(m); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m) +{ + _currParm.mode[m] = false; + switch (m) + { + case MODE_Mouse1000 : + case MODE_Mouse1001 : + case MODE_Mouse1002 : + case MODE_Mouse1003 : + emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); + break; + + case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection(); + setScreen(0); + break; + } + if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) + { + _screen[0]->resetMode(m); + _screen[1]->resetMode(m); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m) +{ + _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m]; +} + +void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m) +{ + if (_saveParm.mode[m]) + setMode(m); + else + resetMode(m); +} + +bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m) +{ + return _currParm.mode[m]; +} + +char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const +{ + KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( + Qt::Key_Backspace, + 0, + 0); + if ( entry.text().count() > 0 ) + return entry.text()[0]; + else + return '\b'; +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ +/* */ +/* Diagnostic */ +/* */ +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ + +/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer. + + This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken + to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation. + + \sa ReportErrorToken +*/ + +static void hexdump(int* s, int len) +{ int i; + for (i = 0; i < len; i++) + { + if (s[i] == '\\') + printf("\\\\"); + else + if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127) + printf("%c",s[i]); + else + printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]); + } +} + +void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() +{ + if (ppos == 0 || ppos == 1 && (pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32) return; + printf("token: "); hexdump(pbuf,ppos); printf("\n"); +} + +/*! +*/ + +void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken() +{ +#ifndef NDEBUG + printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report(); +#endif +} + +//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp" + diff --git a/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h b/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4554c1b --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* + This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. + + Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight <robertknight@gmail.com> + Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle <lars.doelle@on-line.de> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or + (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA + 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H +#define VT102EMULATION_H + +// Standard Library +#include <stdio.h> + +// Qt +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtCore/QHash> +#include <QtCore/QTimer> + +// Konsole +#include "Emulation.h" +#include "Screen.h" + +#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0) +#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1) +#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2) +#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3) +#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4) +#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5) +#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6) +#define MODE_Ansi (MODES_SCREEN+7) +#define MODE_total (MODES_SCREEN+8) + +namespace Konsole +{ + +struct DECpar +{ + bool mode[MODE_total]; +}; + +struct CharCodes +{ + // coding info + char charset[4]; // + int cu_cs; // actual charset. + bool graphic; // Some VT100 tricks + bool pound ; // Some VT100 tricks + bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic + bool sa_pound; // saved pound +}; + +/** + * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal. + * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/ + * + * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide + * features such as mouse input handling. + * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape + * sequences. + * + */ +class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation +{ +Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** Constructs a new emulation */ + Vt102Emulation(); + ~Vt102Emulation(); + + // reimplemented + virtual void clearEntireScreen(); + virtual void reset(); + + // reimplemented + virtual char getErase() const; + +public slots: + + // reimplemented + virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1); + virtual void sendText(const QString& text); + virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); + virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType ); + +protected: + // reimplemented + virtual void setMode (int mode); + virtual void resetMode (int mode); + + // reimplemented + virtual void receiveChar(int cc); + + +private slots: + + //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates + //used to buffer multiple title updates + void updateTitle(); + + +private: + unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c); + void setCharset(int n, int cs); + void useCharset(int n); + void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs); + void saveCursor(); + void restoreCursor(); + void resetCharset(int scrno); + + void setMargins(int top, int bottom); + //set margins for all screens back to their defaults + void setDefaultMargins(); + + // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise + bool getMode (int mode); + // saves the current boolean value of 'mode' + void saveMode (int mode); + // restores the boolean value of 'mode' + void restoreMode(int mode); + // resets all modes + void resetModes(); + + void resetToken(); +#define MAXPBUF 80 + void pushToToken(int cc); + int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow? + int ppos; +#define MAXARGS 15 + void addDigit(int dig); + void addArgument(); + int argv[MAXARGS]; + int argc; + void initTokenizer(); + int tbl[256]; + + void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename + void ReportErrorToken(); //FIXME: rename + + void tau(int code, int p, int q); + void XtermHack(); + + void reportTerminalType(); + void reportSecondaryAttributes(); + void reportStatus(); + void reportAnswerBack(); + void reportCursorPosition(); + void reportTerminalParms(int p); + + void onScrollLock(); + void scrollLock(const bool lock); + + // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified + // number of columns + void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount); + + CharCodes _charset[2]; + + DECpar _currParm; + DECpar _saveParm; + + //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance + //to update the name of the session + //or window title. + //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the + //output from the terminal + QHash<int,QString> _pendingTitleUpdates; + QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer; + +}; + +} + +#endif // VT102EMULATION_H diff --git a/qtermwidget/default.keytab b/qtermwidget/default.keytab new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f84293d --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/default.keytab @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table +# +# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something +# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs. +# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard +# in this case. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +keyboard "Default (XFree 4)" + +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to +# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details. +# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +# common keys + +key Escape : "\E" + +key Tab -Shift : "\t" +key Tab +Shift+Ansi : "\E[Z" +key Tab +Shift-Ansi : "\t" +key Backtab +Ansi : "\E[Z" +key Backtab -Ansi : "\t" + +key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r" +key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n" + +key Return+Shift : "\EOM" + +# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H. + +key Backspace : "\x7f" + +# Arrow keys in VT52 mode +# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling. +# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded). + +key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" +key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" +key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" +key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" + +# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode) + +key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" +key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" +key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" +key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" + +key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" +key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" +key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" +key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" + +key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*A" +key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*B" +key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*C" +key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*D" + +# other grey PC keys + +key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" +key Enter-NewLine : "\r" + +key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[H" +key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[F" +key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOH" +key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOF" +key Home +AnyMod : "\E[1;*H" +key End +AnyMod : "\E[1;*F" + +key Insert -AnyMod : "\E[2~" +key Delete -AnyMod : "\E[3~" +key Insert +AnyMod : "\E[2;*~" +key Delete +AnyMod : "\E[3;*~" + +key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[5~" +key Next -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[6~" +key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[5;*~" +key Next -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[6;*~" + +# Function keys +key F1 -AnyMod : "\EOP" +key F2 -AnyMod : "\EOQ" +key F3 -AnyMod : "\EOR" +key F4 -AnyMod : "\EOS" +key F5 -AnyMod : "\E[15~" +key F6 -AnyMod : "\E[17~" +key F7 -AnyMod : "\E[18~" +key F8 -AnyMod : "\E[19~" +key F9 -AnyMod : "\E[20~" +key F10 -AnyMod : "\E[21~" +key F11 -AnyMod : "\E[23~" +key F12 -AnyMod : "\E[24~" + +key F1 +AnyMod : "\EO*P" +key F2 +AnyMod : "\EO*Q" +key F3 +AnyMod : "\EO*R" +key F4 +AnyMod : "\EO*S" +key F5 +AnyMod : "\E[15;*~" +key F6 +AnyMod : "\E[17;*~" +key F7 +AnyMod : "\E[18;*~" +key F8 +AnyMod : "\E[19;*~" +key F9 +AnyMod : "\E[20;*~" +key F10 +AnyMod : "\E[21;*~" +key F11 +AnyMod : "\E[23;*~" +key F12 +AnyMod : "\E[24;*~" + +# Work around dead keys + +key Space +Control : "\x00" + +# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations. +# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer. + +key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp +key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp +key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown +key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown + +key ScrollLock : scrollLock + +# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt. diff --git a/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp b/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..de91d57 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,1053 @@ +/* + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezatke (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + + +#include "k3process.h" +//#include <config.h> + +#include "k3processcontroller.h" +#include "kpty.h" + +#ifdef __osf__ +#define _OSF_SOURCE +#include <float.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _AIX +#define _ALL_SOURCE +#endif + +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H +#include <sys/select.h> +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#include <assert.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <pwd.h> +#include <grp.h> + +#include <QtCore/QMap> +#include <QtCore/QFile> +#include <QtCore/QSocketNotifier> + +//#include <kdebug.h> +//#include <kstandarddirs.h> +//#include <kuser.h> + + +////////////////// +// private data // +////////////////// + +class K3ProcessPrivate { +public: + K3ProcessPrivate() : + usePty(K3Process::NoCommunication), + addUtmp(false), useShell(false), + pty(0), + priority(0) + { + } + + K3Process::Communication usePty; + bool addUtmp : 1; + bool useShell : 1; + + KPty *pty; + + int priority; + + QMap<QString,QString> env; + QString wd; + QByteArray shell; + QByteArray executable; +}; + +///////////////////////////// +// public member functions // +///////////////////////////// + +K3Process::K3Process( QObject* parent ) + : QObject( parent ), + run_mode(NotifyOnExit), + runs(false), + pid_(0), + status(0), + keepPrivs(false), + innot(0), + outnot(0), + errnot(0), + communication(NoCommunication), + input_data(0), + input_sent(0), + input_total(0), + d(new K3ProcessPrivate) +{ + K3ProcessController::ref(); + K3ProcessController::instance()->addKProcess(this); + + + out[0] = out[1] = -1; + in[0] = in[1] = -1; + err[0] = err[1] = -1; +} + +void +K3Process::setEnvironment(const QString &name, const QString &value) +{ + d->env.insert(name, value); +} + +void +K3Process::setWorkingDirectory(const QString &dir) +{ + d->wd = dir; +} + +void +K3Process::setupEnvironment() +{ + QMap<QString,QString>::Iterator it; + for(it = d->env.begin(); it != d->env.end(); ++it) + { + setenv(QFile::encodeName(it.key()).data(), + QFile::encodeName(it.value()).data(), 1); + } + if (!d->wd.isEmpty()) + { + chdir(QFile::encodeName(d->wd).data()); + } +} + +void +K3Process::setRunPrivileged(bool keepPrivileges) +{ + keepPrivs = keepPrivileges; +} + +bool +K3Process::runPrivileged() const +{ + return keepPrivs; +} + +bool +K3Process::setPriority(int prio) +{ + if (runs) { + if (setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, pid_, prio)) + return false; + } else { + if (prio > 19 || prio < (geteuid() ? getpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0) : -20)) + return false; + } + d->priority = prio; + return true; +} + +K3Process::~K3Process() +{ + if (run_mode != DontCare) + kill(SIGKILL); + detach(); + + delete d->pty; + delete d; + + K3ProcessController::instance()->removeKProcess(this); + K3ProcessController::deref(); +} + +void K3Process::detach() +{ + if (runs) { + K3ProcessController::instance()->addProcess(pid_); + runs = false; + pid_ = 0; // close without draining + commClose(); // Clean up open fd's and socket notifiers. + } +} + +void K3Process::setBinaryExecutable(const char *filename) +{ + d->executable = filename; +} + +K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QStringList& args) +{ + QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin(); + for ( ; it != args.end() ; ++it ) + arguments.append(QFile::encodeName(*it)); + return *this; +} + +K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QByteArray& arg) +{ + return operator<< (arg.data()); +} + +K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const char* arg) +{ + arguments.append(arg); + return *this; +} + +K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QString& arg) +{ + arguments.append(QFile::encodeName(arg)); + return *this; +} + +void K3Process::clearArguments() +{ + arguments.clear(); +} + +bool K3Process::start(RunMode runmode, Communication comm) +{ + if (runs) { + qDebug() << "Attempted to start an already running process" << endl; + return false; + } + + uint n = arguments.count(); + if (n == 0) { + qDebug() << "Attempted to start a process without arguments" << endl; + return false; + } + char **arglist; + QByteArray shellCmd; + if (d->useShell) + { + if (d->shell.isEmpty()) { + qDebug() << "Invalid shell specified" << endl; + return false; + } + + for (uint i = 0; i < n; i++) { + shellCmd += arguments[i]; + shellCmd += ' '; // CC: to separate the arguments + } + + arglist = static_cast<char **>(malloc( 4 * sizeof(char *))); + arglist[0] = d->shell.data(); + arglist[1] = (char *) "-c"; + arglist[2] = shellCmd.data(); + arglist[3] = 0; + } + else + { + arglist = static_cast<char **>(malloc( (n + 1) * sizeof(char *))); + for (uint i = 0; i < n; i++) + arglist[i] = arguments[i].data(); + arglist[n] = 0; + } + + run_mode = runmode; + + if (!setupCommunication(comm)) + { + qDebug() << "Could not setup Communication!" << endl; + free(arglist); + return false; + } + + // We do this in the parent because if we do it in the child process + // gdb gets confused when the application runs from gdb. +#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS + struct passwd *pw = geteuid() ? 0 : getpwuid(getuid()); +#endif + + int fd[2]; + if (pipe(fd)) + fd[0] = fd[1] = -1; // Pipe failed.. continue + + // we don't use vfork() because + // - it has unclear semantics and is not standardized + // - we do way too much magic in the child + pid_ = fork(); + if (pid_ == 0) { + // The child process + + close(fd[0]); + // Closing of fd[1] indicates that the execvp() succeeded! + fcntl(fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + + if (!commSetupDoneC()) + qDebug() << "Could not finish comm setup in child!" << endl; + + // reset all signal handlers + struct sigaction act; + sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); + act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; + act.sa_flags = 0; + for (int sig = 1; sig < NSIG; sig++) + sigaction(sig, &act, 0L); + + if (d->priority) + setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, d->priority); + + if (!runPrivileged()) + { + setgid(getgid()); +#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS + if (pw) + initgroups(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid); +#endif + if (geteuid() != getuid()) + setuid(getuid()); + if (geteuid() != getuid()) + _exit(1); + } + + setupEnvironment(); + + if (runmode == DontCare || runmode == OwnGroup) + setsid(); + + const char *executable = arglist[0]; + if (!d->executable.isEmpty()) + executable = d->executable.data(); + execvp(executable, arglist); + + char resultByte = 1; + write(fd[1], &resultByte, 1); + _exit(-1); + } else if (pid_ == -1) { + // forking failed + + // commAbort(); + pid_ = 0; + free(arglist); + return false; + } + // the parent continues here + free(arglist); + + if (!commSetupDoneP()) + qDebug() << "Could not finish comm setup in parent!" << endl; + + // Check whether client could be started. + close(fd[1]); + for(;;) + { + char resultByte; + int n = ::read(fd[0], &resultByte, 1); + if (n == 1) + { + // exec() failed + close(fd[0]); + waitpid(pid_, 0, 0); + pid_ = 0; + commClose(); + return false; + } + if (n == -1) + { + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; // Ignore + } + break; // success + } + close(fd[0]); + + runs = true; + switch (runmode) + { + case Block: + for (;;) + { + commClose(); // drain only, unless obsolete reimplementation + if (!runs) + { + // commClose detected data on the process exit notifification pipe + K3ProcessController::instance()->unscheduleCheck(); + if (waitpid(pid_, &status, WNOHANG) != 0) // error finishes, too + { + commClose(); // this time for real (runs is false) + K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); + break; + } + runs = true; // for next commClose() iteration + } + else + { + // commClose is an obsolete reimplementation and waited until + // all output channels were closed (or it was interrupted). + // there is a chance that it never gets here ... + waitpid(pid_, &status, 0); + runs = false; + break; + } + } + // why do we do this? i think this signal should be emitted _only_ + // after the process has successfully run _asynchronously_ --ossi + emit processExited(this); + break; + default: // NotifyOnExit & OwnGroup + input_data = 0; // Discard any data for stdin that might still be there + break; + } + return true; +} + + + +bool K3Process::kill(int signo) +{ + if (runs && pid_ > 0 && !::kill(run_mode == OwnGroup ? -pid_ : pid_, signo)) + return true; + return false; +} + + + +bool K3Process::isRunning() const +{ + return runs; +} + + + +pid_t K3Process::pid() const +{ + return pid_; +} + +#ifndef timersub +# define timersub(a, b, result) \ + do { \ + (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec - (b)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec - (b)->tv_usec; \ + if ((result)->tv_usec < 0) { \ + --(result)->tv_sec; \ + (result)->tv_usec += 1000000; \ + } \ + } while (0) +#endif + +bool K3Process::wait(int timeout) +{ + if (!runs) + return true; + +#ifndef __linux__ + struct timeval etv; +#endif + struct timeval tv, *tvp; + if (timeout < 0) + tvp = 0; + else + { +#ifndef __linux__ + gettimeofday(&etv, 0); + etv.tv_sec += timeout; +#else + tv.tv_sec = timeout; + tv.tv_usec = 0; +#endif + tvp = &tv; + } + + int fd = K3ProcessController::instance()->notifierFd(); + for(;;) + { + fd_set fds; + FD_ZERO( &fds ); + FD_SET( fd, &fds ); + +#ifndef __linux__ + if (tvp) + { + gettimeofday(&tv, 0); + timersub(&etv, &tv, &tv); + if (tv.tv_sec < 0) + tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_usec = 0; + } +#endif + + switch( select( fd+1, &fds, 0, 0, tvp ) ) + { + case -1: + if( errno == EINTR ) + break; + // fall through; should happen if tvp->tv_sec < 0 + case 0: + K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); + return false; + default: + K3ProcessController::instance()->unscheduleCheck(); + if (waitpid(pid_, &status, WNOHANG) != 0) // error finishes, too + { + processHasExited(status); + K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); + return true; + } + } + } + return false; +} + + + +bool K3Process::normalExit() const +{ + return (pid_ != 0) && !runs && WIFEXITED(status); +} + + +bool K3Process::signalled() const +{ + return (pid_ != 0) && !runs && WIFSIGNALED(status); +} + + +bool K3Process::coreDumped() const +{ +#ifdef WCOREDUMP + return signalled() && WCOREDUMP(status); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + + +int K3Process::exitStatus() const +{ + return WEXITSTATUS(status); +} + + +int K3Process::exitSignal() const +{ + return WTERMSIG(status); +} + + +bool K3Process::writeStdin(const char *buffer, int buflen) +{ + // if there is still data pending, writing new data + // to stdout is not allowed (since it could also confuse + // kprocess ...) + if (input_data != 0) + return false; + + if (communication & Stdin) { + input_data = buffer; + input_sent = 0; + input_total = buflen; + innot->setEnabled(true); + if (input_total) + slotSendData(0); + return true; + } else + return false; +} + +void K3Process::suspend() +{ + if (outnot) + outnot->setEnabled(false); +} + +void K3Process::resume() +{ + if (outnot) + outnot->setEnabled(true); +} + +bool K3Process::closeStdin() +{ + if (communication & Stdin) { + communication = communication & ~Stdin; + delete innot; + innot = 0; + if (!(d->usePty & Stdin)) + close(in[1]); + in[1] = -1; + return true; + } else + return false; +} + +bool K3Process::closeStdout() +{ + if (communication & Stdout) { + communication = communication & ~Stdout; + delete outnot; + outnot = 0; + if (!(d->usePty & Stdout)) + close(out[0]); + out[0] = -1; + return true; + } else + return false; +} + +bool K3Process::closeStderr() +{ + if (communication & Stderr) { + communication = communication & ~Stderr; + delete errnot; + errnot = 0; + if (!(d->usePty & Stderr)) + close(err[0]); + err[0] = -1; + return true; + } else + return false; +} + +bool K3Process::closePty() +{ + if (d->pty && d->pty->masterFd() >= 0) { + if (d->addUtmp) + d->pty->logout(); + d->pty->close(); + return true; + } else + return false; +} + +void K3Process::closeAll() +{ + closeStdin(); + closeStdout(); + closeStderr(); + closePty(); +} + +///////////////////////////// +// protected slots // +///////////////////////////// + + + +void K3Process::slotChildOutput(int fdno) +{ + if (!childOutput(fdno)) + closeStdout(); +} + + +void K3Process::slotChildError(int fdno) +{ + if (!childError(fdno)) + closeStderr(); +} + + +void K3Process::slotSendData(int) +{ + if (input_sent == input_total) { + innot->setEnabled(false); + input_data = 0; + emit wroteStdin(this); + } else { + int result = ::write(in[1], input_data+input_sent, input_total-input_sent); + if (result >= 0) + { + input_sent += result; + } + else if ((errno != EAGAIN) && (errno != EINTR)) + { + qDebug() << "Error writing to stdin of child process" << endl; + closeStdin(); + } + } +} + +void K3Process::setUseShell(bool useShell, const char *shell) +{ + d->useShell = useShell; + if (shell && *shell) + d->shell = shell; + else +// #ifdef NON_FREE // ... as they ship non-POSIX /bin/sh +#if !defined(__linux__) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__GNU__) && !defined(__DragonFly__) + // Solaris POSIX ... + if (!access( "/usr/xpg4/bin/sh", X_OK )) + d->shell = "/usr/xpg4/bin/sh"; + else + // ... which links here anyway + if (!access( "/bin/ksh", X_OK )) + d->shell = "/bin/ksh"; + else + // dunno, maybe superfluous? + if (!access( "/usr/ucb/sh", X_OK )) + d->shell = "/usr/ucb/sh"; + else +#endif + d->shell = "/bin/sh"; +} + +void K3Process::setUsePty(Communication usePty, bool addUtmp) +{ + d->usePty = usePty; + d->addUtmp = addUtmp; + if (usePty) { + if (!d->pty) + d->pty = new KPty; + } else { + delete d->pty; + d->pty = 0; + } +} + +KPty *K3Process::pty() const +{ + return d->pty; +} + +QString K3Process::quote(const QString &arg) +{ + QChar q('\''); + return QString(arg).replace(q, "'\\''").prepend(q).append(q); +} + + +////////////////////////////// +// private member functions // +////////////////////////////// + + +void K3Process::processHasExited(int state) +{ + // only successfully run NotifyOnExit processes ever get here + + status = state; + runs = false; // do this before commClose, so it knows we're dead + + commClose(); // cleanup communication sockets + + if (run_mode != DontCare) + emit processExited(this); +} + + + +int K3Process::childOutput(int fdno) +{ + if (communication & NoRead) { + int len = -1; + emit receivedStdout(fdno, len); + errno = 0; // Make sure errno doesn't read "EAGAIN" + return len; + } + else + { + char buffer[1025]; + int len; + + len = ::read(fdno, buffer, 1024); + + if (len > 0) { + buffer[len] = 0; // Just in case. + emit receivedStdout(this, buffer, len); + } + return len; + } +} + +int K3Process::childError(int fdno) +{ + char buffer[1025]; + int len; + + len = ::read(fdno, buffer, 1024); + + if (len > 0) { + buffer[len] = 0; // Just in case. + emit receivedStderr(this, buffer, len); + } + return len; +} + + +int K3Process::setupCommunication(Communication comm) +{ + // PTY stuff // + if (d->usePty) + { + // cannot communicate on both stderr and stdout if they are both on the pty + if (!(~(comm & d->usePty) & (Stdout | Stderr))) { + qWarning() << "Invalid usePty/communication combination (" << d->usePty << "/" << comm << ")" << endl; + return 0; + } + if (!d->pty->open()) + return 0; + + int rcomm = comm & d->usePty; + int mfd = d->pty->masterFd(); + if (rcomm & Stdin) + in[1] = mfd; + if (rcomm & Stdout) + out[0] = mfd; + if (rcomm & Stderr) + err[0] = mfd; + } + + communication = comm; + + comm = comm & ~d->usePty; + if (comm & Stdin) { + if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, in)) + goto fail0; + fcntl(in[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + fcntl(in[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + } + if (comm & Stdout) { + if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, out)) + goto fail1; + fcntl(out[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + fcntl(out[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + } + if (comm & Stderr) { + if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, err)) + goto fail2; + fcntl(err[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + fcntl(err[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + } + return 1; // Ok + fail2: + if (comm & Stdout) + { + close(out[0]); + close(out[1]); + out[0] = out[1] = -1; + } + fail1: + if (comm & Stdin) + { + close(in[0]); + close(in[1]); + in[0] = in[1] = -1; + } + fail0: + communication = NoCommunication; + return 0; // Error +} + + + +int K3Process::commSetupDoneP() +{ + int rcomm = communication & ~d->usePty; + if (rcomm & Stdin) + close(in[0]); + if (rcomm & Stdout) + close(out[1]); + if (rcomm & Stderr) + close(err[1]); + in[0] = out[1] = err[1] = -1; + + // Don't create socket notifiers if no interactive comm is to be expected + if (run_mode != NotifyOnExit && run_mode != OwnGroup) + return 1; + + if (communication & Stdin) { + fcntl(in[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK | fcntl(in[1], F_GETFL)); + innot = new QSocketNotifier(in[1], QSocketNotifier::Write, this); + Q_CHECK_PTR(innot); + innot->setEnabled(false); // will be enabled when data has to be sent + QObject::connect(innot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), + this, SLOT(slotSendData(int))); + } + + if (communication & Stdout) { + outnot = new QSocketNotifier(out[0], QSocketNotifier::Read, this); + Q_CHECK_PTR(outnot); + QObject::connect(outnot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), + this, SLOT(slotChildOutput(int))); + if (communication & NoRead) + suspend(); + } + + if (communication & Stderr) { + errnot = new QSocketNotifier(err[0], QSocketNotifier::Read, this ); + Q_CHECK_PTR(errnot); + QObject::connect(errnot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), + this, SLOT(slotChildError(int))); + } + + return 1; +} + + + +int K3Process::commSetupDoneC() +{ + int ok = 1; + if (d->usePty & Stdin) { + if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDIN_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; + } else if (communication & Stdin) { + if (dup2(in[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; + } else { + int null_fd = open( "/dev/null", O_RDONLY ); + if (dup2( null_fd, STDIN_FILENO ) < 0) ok = 0; + close( null_fd ); + } + struct linger so; + memset(&so, 0, sizeof(so)); + if (d->usePty & Stdout) { + if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; + } else if (communication & Stdout) { + if (dup2(out[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0 || + setsockopt(out[1], SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, (char *)&so, sizeof(so))) + ok = 0; + if (communication & MergedStderr) { + if (dup2(out[1], STDERR_FILENO) < 0) + ok = 0; + } + } + if (d->usePty & Stderr) { + if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDERR_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; + } else if (communication & Stderr) { + if (dup2(err[1], STDERR_FILENO) < 0 || + setsockopt(err[1], SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, (char *)&so, sizeof(so))) + ok = 0; + } + + // don't even think about closing all open fds here or anywhere else + + // PTY stuff // + if (d->usePty) { + d->pty->setCTty(); + if (d->addUtmp) + d->pty->login(getenv("USER"), getenv("DISPLAY")); + } + + return ok; +} + + + +void K3Process::commClose() +{ + closeStdin(); + + if (pid_) { // detached, failed, and killed processes have no output. basta. :) + // If both channels are being read we need to make sure that one socket + // buffer doesn't fill up whilst we are waiting for data on the other + // (causing a deadlock). Hence we need to use select. + + int notfd = K3ProcessController::instance()->notifierFd(); + + while ((communication & (Stdout | Stderr)) || runs) { + fd_set rfds; + FD_ZERO(&rfds); + struct timeval timeout, *p_timeout; + + int max_fd = 0; + if (communication & Stdout) { + FD_SET(out[0], &rfds); + max_fd = out[0]; + } + if (communication & Stderr) { + FD_SET(err[0], &rfds); + if (err[0] > max_fd) + max_fd = err[0]; + } + if (runs) { + FD_SET(notfd, &rfds); + if (notfd > max_fd) + max_fd = notfd; + // If the process is still running we block until we + // receive data or the process exits. + p_timeout = 0; // no timeout + } else { + // If the process has already exited, we only check + // the available data, we don't wait for more. + timeout.tv_sec = timeout.tv_usec = 0; // timeout immediately + p_timeout = &timeout; + } + + int fds_ready = select(max_fd+1, &rfds, 0, 0, p_timeout); + if (fds_ready < 0) { + if (errno == EINTR) + continue; + break; + } else if (!fds_ready) + break; + + if ((communication & Stdout) && FD_ISSET(out[0], &rfds)) + slotChildOutput(out[0]); + + if ((communication & Stderr) && FD_ISSET(err[0], &rfds)) + slotChildError(err[0]); + + if (runs && FD_ISSET(notfd, &rfds)) { + runs = false; // hack: signal potential exit + return; // don't close anything, we will be called again + } + } + } + + closeStdout(); + closeStderr(); + + closePty(); +} + + + +/////////////////////////// +// CC: Class K3ShellProcess +/////////////////////////// + +K3ShellProcess::K3ShellProcess(const char *shellname): + K3Process(), d(0) +{ + setUseShell( true, shellname ? shellname : getenv("SHELL") ); +} + +K3ShellProcess::~K3ShellProcess() { +} + +QString K3ShellProcess::quote(const QString &arg) +{ + return K3Process::quote(arg); +} + +bool K3ShellProcess::start(RunMode runmode, Communication comm) +{ + return K3Process::start(runmode, comm); +} + + +//#include "moc_k3process.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/k3process.h b/qtermwidget/k3process.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8388ea --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/k3process.h @@ -0,0 +1,890 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef K3PROCESS_H +#define K3PROCESS_H + +#include <QtCore/QObject> + +#include <sys/types.h> // for pid_t +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <signal.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +class QSocketNotifier; +class K3ProcessPrivate; +class KPty; + +/** + * @obsolete Use KProcess and KPtyProcess instead. + * + * Child process invocation, monitoring and control. + * This class works only in the application's main thread. + * + * <b>General usage and features:</b>\n + * + * This class allows a KDE application to start child processes without having + * to worry about UN*X signal handling issues and zombie process reaping. + * + * @see K3ProcIO + * + * Basically, this class distinguishes three different ways of running + * child processes: + * + * @li DontCare -- The child process is invoked and both the child + * process and the parent process continue concurrently. + * + * The process is started in an own session (see setsid(2)). + * + * @li NotifyOnExit -- The child process is invoked and both the + * child and the parent process run concurrently. + * + * When the child process exits, the K3Process instance + * corresponding to it emits the Qt signal processExited(). + * Since this signal is @em not emitted from within a UN*X + * signal handler, arbitrary function calls can be made. + * + * Be aware: When the K3Process object gets destructed, the child + * process will be killed if it is still running! + * This means in particular, that it usually makes no sense to use + * a K3Process on the stack with NotifyOnExit. + * + * @li OwnGroup -- like NotifyOnExit, but the child process is started + * in an own process group (and an own session, FWIW). The behavior of + * kill() changes to killing the whole process group - this makes + * this mode useful for implementing primitive job management. It can be + * used to work around broken wrapper scripts that don't propagate signals + * to the "real" program. However, use this with care, as you disturb the + * shell's job management if your program is started from the command line. + * + * @li Block -- The child process starts and the parent process + * is suspended until the child process exits. (@em Really not recommended + * for programs with a GUI.) + * In this mode the parent can read the child's output, but can't send it any + * input. + * + * K3Process also provides several functions for determining the exit status + * and the pid of the child process it represents. + * + * Furthermore it is possible to supply command-line arguments to the process + * in a clean fashion (no null-terminated stringlists and such...) + * + * A small usage example: + * \code + * K3Process *proc = new K3Process; + * + * *proc << "my_executable"; + * *proc << "These" << "are" << "the" << "command" << "line" << "args"; + * QApplication::connect(proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)), + * pointer_to_my_object, SLOT(my_objects_slot(K3Process *))); + * proc->start(); + * \endcode + * + * This will start "my_executable" with the commandline arguments "These"... + * + * When the child process exits, the slot will be invoked. + * + * <b>Communication with the child process:</b>\n + * + * K3Process supports communication with the child process through + * stdin/stdout/stderr. + * + * The following functions are provided for getting data from the child + * process or sending data to the child's stdin (For more information, + * have a look at the documentation of each function): + * + * @li writeStdin() + * -- Transmit data to the child process' stdin. When all data was sent, the + * signal wroteStdin() is emitted. + * + * @li When data arrives at stdout or stderr, the signal receivedStdout() + * resp. receivedStderr() is emitted. + * + * @li You can shut down individual communication channels with + * closeStdin(), closeStdout(), and closeStderr(), resp. + * + * @author Christian Czezatke e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at + * + **/ +class K3Process : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** + * Modes in which the communication channels can be opened. + * + * If communication for more than one channel is required, + * the values should be or'ed together, for example to get + * communication with stdout as well as with stdin, you would + * specify @p Stdin | @p Stdout + * + */ + enum CommunicationFlag { + NoCommunication = 0, /**< No communication with the process. */ + Stdin = 1, /**< Connect to write to the process with writeStdin(). */ + Stdout = 2, /**< Connect to read from the process' output. */ + Stderr = 4, /**< Connect to read from the process' stderr. */ + AllOutput = 6, /**< Connects to all output channels. */ + All = 7, /**< Connects to all channels. */ + NoRead = 8, /**< If specified with Stdout, no data is actually read from stdout, + * only the signal receivedStdout(int fd, int &len) is emitted. */ + CTtyOnly = NoRead, /**< Tells setUsePty() to create a PTY for the process + * and make it the process' controlling TTY, but does not + * redirect any I/O channel to the PTY. */ + MergedStderr = 16 /**< If specified with Stdout, the process' stderr will be + * redirected onto the same file handle as its stdout, i.e., + * all error output will be signalled with receivedStdout(). + * Don't specify Stderr if you specify MergedStderr. */ + }; + + Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Communication, CommunicationFlag) + + /** + * Run-modes for a child process. + */ + enum RunMode { + /** + * The application does not receive notifications from the subprocess when + * it is finished or aborted. + */ + DontCare, + /** + * The application is notified when the subprocess dies. + */ + NotifyOnExit, + /** + * The application is suspended until the started process is finished. + */ + Block, + /** + * Same as NotifyOnExit, but the process is run in an own session, + * just like with DontCare. + */ + OwnGroup + }; + + /** + * Constructor + */ + explicit K3Process( QObject* parent=0L ); + + /** + *Destructor: + * + * If the process is running when the destructor for this class + * is called, the child process is killed with a SIGKILL, but + * only if the run mode is not of type @p DontCare. + * Processes started as @p DontCare keep running anyway. + */ + virtual ~K3Process(); + + /** + * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process. + * + * For example, doing an "ls -l /usr/local/bin" can be achieved by: + * \code + * K3Process p; + * ... + * p << "ls" << "-l" << "/usr/local/bin" + * \endcode + * + * @param arg the argument to add + * @return a reference to this K3Process + **/ + K3Process &operator<<(const QString& arg); + /** + * Similar to previous method, takes a char *, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already. + */ + K3Process &operator<<(const char * arg); + /** + * Similar to previous method, takes a QByteArray, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already. + * @param arg the argument to add + * @return a reference to this K3Process + */ + K3Process &operator<<(const QByteArray & arg); + + /** + * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process, + * in a single method call, or add a list of arguments. + * @param args the arguments to add + * @return a reference to this K3Process + **/ + K3Process &operator<<(const QStringList& args); + + /** + * Clear a command line argument list that has been set by using + * operator<<. + */ + void clearArguments(); + + /** + * Starts the process. + * For a detailed description of the + * various run modes and communication semantics, have a look at the + * general description of the K3Process class. Note that if you use + * setUsePty( Stdout | Stderr, \<bool\> ), you cannot use Stdout | Stderr + * here - instead, use Stdout only to receive the mixed output. + * + * The following problems could cause this function to + * return false: + * + * @li The process is already running. + * @li The command line argument list is empty. + * @li The the @p comm parameter is incompatible with the selected pty usage. + * @li The starting of the process failed (could not fork). + * @li The executable was not found. + * + * @param runmode The Run-mode for the process. + * @param comm Specifies which communication channels should be + * established to the child process (stdin/stdout/stderr). By default, + * no communication takes place and the respective communication + * signals will never get emitted. + * + * @return true on success, false on error + * (see above for error conditions) + **/ + virtual bool start(RunMode runmode = NotifyOnExit, + Communication comm = NoCommunication); + + /** + * Stop the process (by sending it a signal). + * + * @param signo The signal to send. The default is SIGTERM. + * @return true if the signal was delivered successfully. + */ + virtual bool kill(int signo = SIGTERM); + + /** + * Checks whether the process is running. + * @return true if the process is (still) considered to be running + */ + bool isRunning() const; + + /** Returns the process id of the process. + * + * If it is called after + * the process has exited, it returns the process id of the last + * child process that was created by this instance of K3Process. + * + * Calling it before any child process has been started by this + * K3Process instance causes pid() to return 0. + * @return the pid of the process or 0 if no process has been started yet. + **/ + pid_t pid() const; + + /** + * Suspend processing of data from stdout of the child process. + */ + void suspend(); + + /** + * Resume processing of data from stdout of the child process. + */ + void resume(); + + /** + * Suspend execution of the current thread until the child process dies + * or the timeout hits. This function is not recommended for programs + * with a GUI. + * @param timeout timeout in seconds. -1 means wait indefinitely. + * @return true if the process exited, false if the timeout hit. + */ + bool wait(int timeout = -1); + + /** + * Checks whether the process exited cleanly. + * + * @return true if the process has already finished and has exited + * "voluntarily", ie: it has not been killed by a signal. + */ + bool normalExit() const; + + /** + * Checks whether the process was killed by a signal. + * + * @return true if the process has already finished and has not exited + * "voluntarily", ie: it has been killed by a signal. + */ + bool signalled() const; + + /** + * Checks whether a killed process dumped core. + * + * @return true if signalled() returns true and the process + * dumped core. Note that on systems that don't define the + * WCOREDUMP macro, the return value is always false. + */ + bool coreDumped() const; + + /** + * Returns the exit status of the process. + * + * @return the exit status of the process. Note that this value + * is not valid if normalExit() returns false. + */ + int exitStatus() const; + + /** + * Returns the signal the process was killed by. + * + * @return the signal number that caused the process to exit. + * Note that this value is not valid if signalled() returns false. + */ + int exitSignal() const; + + /** + * Transmit data to the child process' stdin. + * + * This function may return false in the following cases: + * + * @li The process is not currently running. + * This implies that you cannot use this function in Block mode. + * + * @li Communication to stdin has not been requested in the start() call. + * + * @li Transmission of data to the child process by a previous call to + * writeStdin() is still in progress. + * + * Please note that the data is sent to the client asynchronously, + * so when this function returns, the data might not have been + * processed by the child process. + * That means that you must not free @p buffer or call writeStdin() + * again until either a wroteStdin() signal indicates that the + * data has been sent or a processExited() signal shows that + * the child process is no longer alive. + * + * If all the data has been sent to the client, the signal + * wroteStdin() will be emitted. + * + * This function does not work when the process is start()ed in Block mode. + * + * @param buffer the buffer to write + * @param buflen the length of the buffer + * @return false if an error has occurred + **/ + bool writeStdin(const char *buffer, int buflen); + + /** + * Shuts down the Stdin communication link. If no pty is used, this + * causes "EOF" to be indicated on the child's stdin file descriptor. + * + * @return false if no Stdin communication link exists (any more). + */ + bool closeStdin(); + + /** + * Shuts down the Stdout communication link. If no pty is used, any further + * attempts by the child to write to its stdout file descriptor will cause + * it to receive a SIGPIPE. + * + * @return false if no Stdout communication link exists (any more). + */ + bool closeStdout(); + + /** + * Shuts down the Stderr communication link. If no pty is used, any further + * attempts by the child to write to its stderr file descriptor will cause + * it to receive a SIGPIPE. + * + * @return false if no Stderr communication link exists (any more). + */ + bool closeStderr(); + + /** + * Deletes the optional utmp entry and closes the pty. + * + * Make sure to shut down any communication links that are using the pty + * before calling this function. + * + * @return false if the pty is not open (any more). + */ + bool closePty(); + + /** + * @brief Close stdin, stdout, stderr and the pty + * + * This is the same that calling all close* functions in a row: + * @see closeStdin, @see closeStdout, @see closeStderr and @see closePty + */ + void closeAll(); + + /** + * Lets you see what your arguments are for debugging. + * @return the list of arguments + */ + const QList<QByteArray> &args() /* const */ { return arguments; } + + /** + * Controls whether the started process should drop any + * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it should keep them. + * Note that this function is mostly a dummy, as the KDE libraries + * currently refuse to run with setuid/setgid privileges. + * + * The default is false: drop privileges + * @param keepPrivileges true to keep the privileges + */ + void setRunPrivileged(bool keepPrivileges); + + /** + * Returns whether the started process will drop any + * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it will keep them. + * @return true if the process runs privileged + */ + bool runPrivileged() const; + + /** + * Adds the variable @p name to the process' environment. + * This function must be called before starting the process. + * @param name the name of the environment variable + * @param value the new value for the environment variable + */ + void setEnvironment(const QString &name, const QString &value); + + /** + * Changes the current working directory (CWD) of the process + * to be started. + * This function must be called before starting the process. + * @param dir the new directory + */ + void setWorkingDirectory(const QString &dir); + + /** + * Specify whether to start the command via a shell or directly. + * The default is to start the command directly. + * If @p useShell is true @p shell will be used as shell, or + * if shell is empty, /bin/sh will be used. + * + * When using a shell, the caller should make sure that all filenames etc. + * are properly quoted when passed as argument. + * @see quote() + * @param useShell true if the command should be started via a shell + * @param shell the path to the shell that will execute the process, or + * 0 to use /bin/sh. Use getenv("SHELL") to use the user's + * default shell, but note that doing so is usually a bad idea + * for shell compatibility reasons. + */ + void setUseShell(bool useShell, const char *shell = 0); + + /** + * This function can be used to quote an argument string such that + * the shell processes it properly. This is e. g. necessary for + * user-provided file names which may contain spaces or quotes. + * It also prevents expansion of wild cards and environment variables. + * @param arg the argument to quote + * @return the quoted argument + */ + static QString quote(const QString &arg); + + /** + * Detaches K3Process from child process. All communication is closed. + * No exit notification is emitted any more for the child process. + * Deleting the K3Process will no longer kill the child process. + * Note that the current process remains the parent process of the + * child process. + */ + void detach(); + + /** + * Specify whether to create a pty (pseudo-terminal) for running the + * command. + * This function should be called before starting the process. + * + * @param comm for which stdio handles to use a pty. Note that it is not + * allowed to specify Stdout and Stderr at the same time both here and to + * start (there is only one pty, so they cannot be distinguished). + * @param addUtmp true if a utmp entry should be created for the pty + */ + void setUsePty(Communication comm, bool addUtmp); + + /** + * Obtains the pty object used by this process. The return value is + * valid only after setUsePty() was used with a non-zero argument. + * The pty is open only while the process is running. + * @return a pointer to the pty object + */ + KPty *pty() const; + + /** + * More or less intuitive constants for use with setPriority(). + */ + enum { PrioLowest = 20, PrioLow = 10, PrioLower = 5, PrioNormal = 0, + PrioHigher = -5, PrioHigh = -10, PrioHighest = -19 }; + + /** + * Sets the scheduling priority of the process. + * @param prio the new priority in the range -20 (high) to 19 (low). + * @return false on error; see setpriority(2) for possible reasons. + */ + bool setPriority(int prio); + +Q_SIGNALS: + /** + * Emitted after the process has terminated when + * the process was run in the @p NotifyOnExit (==default option to + * start() ) or the Block mode. + * @param proc a pointer to the process that has exited + **/ + void processExited(K3Process *proc); + + + /** + * Emitted, when output from the child process has + * been received on stdout. + * + * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link + * has to be turned on in start(). + * + * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the output + * @param buffer The data received. + * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available. + * + * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private + * data structures before returning from the slot. + * Example: + * \code + * QString myBuf = QLatin1String(buffer, buflen); + * \endcode + **/ + void receivedStdout(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen); + + /** + * Emitted when output from the child process has + * been received on stdout. + * + * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link + * has to be turned on in start() and the + * NoRead flag must have been passed. + * + * You will need to explicitly call resume() after your call to start() + * to begin processing data from the child process' stdout. This is + * to ensure that this signal is not emitted when no one is connected + * to it, otherwise this signal will not be emitted. + * + * The data still has to be read from file descriptor @p fd. + * @param fd the file descriptor that provides the data + * @param len the number of bytes that have been read from @p fd must + * be written here + **/ + void receivedStdout(int fd, int &len); // KDE4: change, broken API + + + /** + * Emitted, when output from the child process has + * been received on stderr. + * + * To actually get this signal, the Stderr communication link + * has to be turned on in start(). + * + * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private + * data structures before returning from the slot. + * + * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the data + * @param buffer The data received. + * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available. + **/ + void receivedStderr(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen); + + /** + * Emitted after all the data that has been + * specified by a prior call to writeStdin() has actually been + * written to the child process. + * @param proc a pointer to the process + **/ + void wroteStdin(K3Process *proc); + + +protected Q_SLOTS: + + /** + * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stdout arrives. + * It usually calls childOutput(). + * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output + */ + void slotChildOutput(int fdno); + + /** + * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stderr arrives. + * It usually calls childError(). + * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output + */ + void slotChildError(int fdno); + + /** + * Called when another bulk of data can be sent to the child's + * stdin. If there is no more data to be sent to stdin currently + * available, this function must disable the QSocketNotifier innot. + * @param dummy ignore this argument + */ + void slotSendData(int dummy); // KDE 4: remove dummy + +protected: + + /** + * Sets up the environment according to the data passed via + * setEnvironment() + */ + void setupEnvironment(); + + /** + * The list of the process' command line arguments. The first entry + * in this list is the executable itself. + */ + QList<QByteArray> arguments; + /** + * How to run the process (Block, NotifyOnExit, DontCare). You should + * not modify this data member directly from derived classes. + */ + RunMode run_mode; + /** + * true if the process is currently running. You should not + * modify this data member directly from derived classes. Please use + * isRunning() for reading the value of this data member since it + * will probably be made private in later versions of K3Process. + */ + bool runs; + + /** + * The PID of the currently running process. + * You should not modify this data member in derived classes. + * Please use pid() instead of directly accessing this + * member since it will probably be made private in + * later versions of K3Process. + */ + pid_t pid_; + + /** + * The process' exit status as returned by waitpid(). You should not + * modify the value of this data member from derived classes. You should + * rather use exitStatus() than accessing this data member directly + * since it will probably be made private in further versions of + * K3Process. + */ + int status; + + + /** + * If false, the child process' effective uid & gid will be reset to the + * real values. + * @see setRunPrivileged() + */ + bool keepPrivs; + + /** + * This function is called from start() right before a fork() takes + * place. According to the @p comm parameter this function has to initialize + * the in, out and err data members of K3Process. + * + * This function should return 1 if setting the needed communication channels + * was successful. + * + * The default implementation is to create UNIX STREAM sockets for the + * communication, but you could reimplement this function to establish a + * TCP/IP communication for network communication, for example. + */ + virtual int setupCommunication(Communication comm); + + /** + * Called right after a (successful) fork() on the parent side. This function + * will usually do some communications cleanup, like closing in[0], + * out[1] and out[1]. + * + * Furthermore, it must also create the QSocketNotifiers innot, + * outnot and errnot and connect their Qt signals to the respective + * K3Process slots. + * + * For a more detailed explanation, it is best to have a look at the default + * implementation in kprocess.cpp. + */ + virtual int commSetupDoneP(); + + /** + * Called right after a (successful) fork(), but before an exec() on the child + * process' side. It usually duplicates the in[0], out[1] and + * err[1] file handles to the respective standard I/O handles. + */ + virtual int commSetupDoneC(); + + + /** + * Immediately called after a successfully started process in NotifyOnExit + * mode has exited. This function normally calls commClose() + * and emits the processExited() signal. + * @param state the exit code of the process as returned by waitpid() + */ + virtual void processHasExited(int state); + + /** + * Cleans up the communication links to the child after it has exited. + * This function should act upon the values of pid() and runs. + * See the kprocess.cpp source for details. + * @li If pid() returns zero, the communication links should be closed + * only. + * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is false, all data + * immediately available from the communication links should be processed + * before closing them. + * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is true, the communication + * links should be monitored for data until the file handle returned by + * K3ProcessController::theKProcessController->notifierFd() becomes ready + * for reading - when it triggers, runs should be reset to false, and + * the function should be immediately left without closing anything. + * + * The previous semantics of this function are forward-compatible, but should + * be avoided, as they are prone to race conditions and can cause K3Process + * (and thus the whole program) to lock up under certain circumstances. At the + * end the function closes the communication links in any case. Additionally + * @li if runs is true, the communication links are monitored for data + * until all of them have returned EOF. Note that if any system function is + * interrupted (errno == EINTR) the polling loop should be aborted. + * @li if runs is false, all data immediately available from the + * communication links is processed. + */ + virtual void commClose(); + + /* KDE 4 - commClose will be changed to perform cleanup only in all cases * + * If @p notfd is -1, all data immediately available from the + * communication links should be processed. + * If @p notfd is not -1, the communication links should be monitored + * for data until the file handle @p notfd becomes ready for reading. + */ +// virtual void commDrain(int notfd); + + /** + * Specify the actual executable that should be started (first argument to execve) + * Normally the the first argument is the executable but you can + * override that with this function. + */ + void setBinaryExecutable(const char *filename); + + /** + * The socket descriptors for stdout. + */ + int out[2]; + /** + * The socket descriptors for stdin. + */ + int in[2]; + /** + * The socket descriptors for stderr. + */ + int err[2]; + + /** + * The socket notifier for in[1]. + */ + QSocketNotifier *innot; + /** + * The socket notifier for out[0]. + */ + QSocketNotifier *outnot; + /** + * The socket notifier for err[0]. + */ + QSocketNotifier *errnot; + + /** + * Lists the communication links that are activated for the child + * process. Should not be modified from derived classes. + */ + Communication communication; + + /** + * Called by slotChildOutput() this function copies data arriving from + * the child process' stdout to the respective buffer and emits the signal + * receivedStdout(). + */ + int childOutput(int fdno); + + /** + * Called by slotChildError() this function copies data arriving from + * the child process' stderr to the respective buffer and emits the signal + * receivedStderr(). + */ + int childError(int fdno); + + /** + * The buffer holding the data that has to be sent to the child + */ + const char *input_data; + /** + * The number of bytes already transmitted + */ + int input_sent; + /** + * The total length of input_data + */ + int input_total; + + /** + * K3ProcessController is a friend of K3Process because it has to have + * access to various data members. + */ + friend class K3ProcessController; + +private: + K3ProcessPrivate* const d; +}; + +Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(K3Process::Communication) + +class K3ShellProcessPrivate; + +/** +* @obsolete +* +* Use K3Process and K3Process::setUseShell(true) instead. +* +* @short A class derived from K3Process to start child +* processes through a shell. +* @author Christian Czezatke <e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at> +*/ +class K3ShellProcess : public K3Process +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + + /** + * Constructor + * + * If no shellname is specified, the user's default shell is used. + */ + explicit K3ShellProcess(const char *shellname=0); + + /** + * Destructor. + */ + ~K3ShellProcess(); + + virtual bool start(RunMode runmode = NotifyOnExit, + Communication comm = NoCommunication); + + static QString quote(const QString &arg); + +private: + K3ShellProcessPrivate* const d; +}; + + + +#endif + diff --git a/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp b/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ccc53c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,334 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include "k3processcontroller.h" +#include "k3process.h" + +//#include <config.h> + +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/wait.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include <QtCore/QSocketNotifier> + +class K3ProcessController::Private +{ +public: + Private() + : needcheck( false ), + notifier( 0 ) + { + } + + ~Private() + { + delete notifier; + } + + int fd[2]; + bool needcheck; + QSocketNotifier *notifier; + QList<K3Process*> kProcessList; + QList<int> unixProcessList; + static struct sigaction oldChildHandlerData; + static bool handlerSet; + static int refCount; + static K3ProcessController* instance; +}; + +K3ProcessController *K3ProcessController::Private::instance = 0; +int K3ProcessController::Private::refCount = 0; + +void K3ProcessController::ref() +{ + if ( !Private::refCount ) { + Private::instance = new K3ProcessController; + setupHandlers(); + } + Private::refCount++; +} + +void K3ProcessController::deref() +{ + Private::refCount--; + if( !Private::refCount ) { + resetHandlers(); + delete Private::instance; + Private::instance = 0; + } +} + +K3ProcessController* K3ProcessController::instance() +{ + /* + * there were no safety guards in previous revisions, is that ok? + if ( !Private::instance ) { + ref(); + } + */ + + return Private::instance; +} + +K3ProcessController::K3ProcessController() + : d( new Private ) +{ + if( pipe( d->fd ) ) + { + perror( "pipe" ); + abort(); + } + + fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case slotDoHousekeeping is called without polling first + fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case it fills up + fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC ); + fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC ); + + d->notifier = new QSocketNotifier( d->fd[0], QSocketNotifier::Read ); + d->notifier->setEnabled( true ); + QObject::connect( d->notifier, SIGNAL(activated(int)), + SLOT(slotDoHousekeeping())); +} + +K3ProcessController::~K3ProcessController() +{ +#ifndef Q_OS_MAC +/* not sure why, but this is causing lockups */ + close( d->fd[0] ); + close( d->fd[1] ); +#else +#warning FIXME: why does close() freeze up destruction? +#endif + + delete d; +} + + +extern "C" { +static void theReaper( int num ) +{ + K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( num ); +} +} + +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX +struct sigaction K3ProcessController::Private::oldChildHandlerData; +#endif +bool K3ProcessController::Private::handlerSet = false; + +void K3ProcessController::setupHandlers() +{ + if( Private::handlerSet ) + return; + Private::handlerSet = true; + +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX + struct sigaction act; + sigemptyset( &act.sa_mask ); + + act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; + act.sa_flags = 0; + sigaction( SIGPIPE, &act, 0L ); + + act.sa_handler = theReaper; + act.sa_flags = SA_NOCLDSTOP; + // CC: take care of SunOS which automatically restarts interrupted system + // calls (and thus does not have SA_RESTART) +#ifdef SA_RESTART + act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; +#endif + sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, &Private::oldChildHandlerData ); + + sigaddset( &act.sa_mask, SIGCHLD ); + // Make sure we don't block this signal. gdb tends to do that :-( + sigprocmask( SIG_UNBLOCK, &act.sa_mask, 0 ); +#else + //TODO: win32 +#endif +} + +void K3ProcessController::resetHandlers() +{ + if( !Private::handlerSet ) + return; + Private::handlerSet = false; + +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX + sigset_t mask, omask; + sigemptyset( &mask ); + sigaddset( &mask, SIGCHLD ); + sigprocmask( SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask ); + + struct sigaction act; + sigaction( SIGCHLD, &Private::oldChildHandlerData, &act ); + if (act.sa_handler != theReaper) { + sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, 0 ); + Private::handlerSet = true; + } + + sigprocmask( SIG_SETMASK, &omask, 0 ); +#else + //TODO: win32 +#endif + // there should be no problem with SIGPIPE staying SIG_IGN +} + +// the pipe is needed to sync the child reaping with our event processing, +// as otherwise there are race conditions, locking requirements, and things +// generally get harder +void K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( int arg ) +{ + int saved_errno = errno; + + char dummy = 0; + ::write( instance()->d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 ); + +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX + if ( Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_IGN && + Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_DFL ) { + Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler( arg ); // call the old handler + } +#else + //TODO: win32 +#endif + + errno = saved_errno; +} + +int K3ProcessController::notifierFd() const +{ + return d->fd[0]; +} + +void K3ProcessController::unscheduleCheck() +{ + char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up + if( ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) ) > 0 ) + d->needcheck = true; +} + +void +K3ProcessController::rescheduleCheck() +{ + if( d->needcheck ) + { + d->needcheck = false; + char dummy = 0; + ::write( d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 ); + } +} + +void K3ProcessController::slotDoHousekeeping() +{ + char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up + ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) ); + + int status; + again: + QList<K3Process*>::iterator it( d->kProcessList.begin() ); + QList<K3Process*>::iterator eit( d->kProcessList.end() ); + while( it != eit ) + { + K3Process *prc = *it; + if( prc->runs && waitpid( prc->pid_, &status, WNOHANG ) > 0 ) + { + prc->processHasExited( status ); + // the callback can nuke the whole process list and even 'this' + if (!instance()) + return; + goto again; + } + ++it; + } + QList<int>::iterator uit( d->unixProcessList.begin() ); + QList<int>::iterator ueit( d->unixProcessList.end() ); + while( uit != ueit ) + { + if( waitpid( *uit, 0, WNOHANG ) > 0 ) + { + uit = d->unixProcessList.erase( uit ); + deref(); // counterpart to addProcess, can invalidate 'this' + } else + ++uit; + } +} + +bool K3ProcessController::waitForProcessExit( int timeout ) +{ +#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX + for(;;) + { + struct timeval tv, *tvp; + if (timeout < 0) + tvp = 0; + else + { + tv.tv_sec = timeout; + tv.tv_usec = 0; + tvp = &tv; + } + + fd_set fds; + FD_ZERO( &fds ); + FD_SET( d->fd[0], &fds ); + + switch( select( d->fd[0]+1, &fds, 0, 0, tvp ) ) + { + case -1: + if( errno == EINTR ) + continue; + // fall through; should never happen + case 0: + return false; + default: + slotDoHousekeeping(); + return true; + } + } +#else + //TODO: win32 + return false; +#endif +} + +void K3ProcessController::addKProcess( K3Process* p ) +{ + d->kProcessList.append( p ); +} + +void K3ProcessController::removeKProcess( K3Process* p ) +{ + d->kProcessList.removeAll( p ); +} + +void K3ProcessController::addProcess( int pid ) +{ + d->unixProcessList.append( pid ); + ref(); // make sure we stay around when the K3Process goes away +} + +//#include "moc_k3processcontroller.cpp" diff --git a/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h b/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c077af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h @@ -0,0 +1,137 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef K3PROCCTRL_H +#define K3PROCCTRL_H + +#include <QtCore/QList> +#include <k3process.h> + + +/** + * @short Used internally by K3Process + * @internal + * @author Christian Czezatke <e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at> + * + * A class for internal use by K3Process only. -- Exactly one instance + * of this class is created by KApplication. + * + * This class takes care of the actual (UN*X) signal handling. + */ +class K3ProcessController : public QObject +{ + Q_OBJECT + +public: + /** + * Create an instance if none exists yet. + * Called by KApplication::KApplication() + */ + static void ref(); + + /** + * Destroy the instance if one exists and it is not referenced any more. + * Called by KApplication::~KApplication() + */ + static void deref(); + + /** + * Only a single instance of this class is allowed at a time. + * This method provides access to that instance. + */ + static K3ProcessController *instance(); + + /** + * Automatically called upon SIGCHLD. Never call it directly. + * If your application (or some library it uses) redirects SIGCHLD, + * the new signal handler (and only it) should call the old handler + * returned by sigaction(). + * @internal + */ + static void theSigCHLDHandler(int signal); // KDE4: private + + /** + * Wait for any process to exit and handle their exit without + * starting an event loop. + * This function may cause K3Process to emit any of its signals. + * + * @param timeout the timeout in seconds. -1 means no timeout. + * @return true if a process exited, false + * if no process exited within @p timeout seconds. + */ + bool waitForProcessExit(int timeout); + + /** + * Call this function to defer processing of the data that became available + * on notifierFd(). + */ + void unscheduleCheck(); + + /** + * This function @em must be called at some point after calling + * unscheduleCheck(). + */ + void rescheduleCheck(); + + /* + * Obtain the file descriptor K3ProcessController uses to get notified + * about process exits. select() or poll() on it if you create a custom + * event loop that needs to act upon SIGCHLD. + * @return the file descriptor of the reading end of the notification pipe + */ + int notifierFd() const; + + /** + * @internal + */ + void addKProcess( K3Process* ); + /** + * @internal + */ + void removeKProcess( K3Process* ); + /** + * @internal + */ + void addProcess( int pid ); + +private Q_SLOTS: + void slotDoHousekeeping(); + +private: + friend class I_just_love_gcc; + + static void setupHandlers(); + static void resetHandlers(); + + // Disallow instantiation + K3ProcessController(); + ~K3ProcessController(); + + // Disallow assignment and copy-construction + K3ProcessController( const K3ProcessController& ); + K3ProcessController& operator= ( const K3ProcessController& ); + + class Private; + Private * const d; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab new file mode 100644 index 0000000..76362cd --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table +# +# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something +# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs. +# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard +# in this case. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +keyboard "Default (XFree 4)" + +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to +# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details. +# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +# common keys + +key Escape : "\E" + +key Tab -Shift : "\t" +key Tab +Shift+Ansi : "\E[Z" +key Tab +Shift-Ansi : "\t" +key Backtab +Ansi : "\E[Z" +key Backtab -Ansi : "\t" + +key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r" +key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n" + +key Return+Shift : "\EOM" + +# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H. + +key Backspace : "\x7f" + +# Arrow keys in VT52 mode +# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling. +# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded). + +key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" +key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" +key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" +key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" + +# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode) + +key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" +key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" +key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" +key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" + +key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" +key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" +key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" +key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" + +key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*A" +key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*B" +key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*C" +key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*D" + +# other grey PC keys + +key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" +key Enter-NewLine : "\r" + +key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[H" +key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[F" +key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOH" +key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOF" +key Home +AnyMod : "\E[1;*H" +key End +AnyMod : "\E[1;*F" + +key Insert -AnyMod : "\E[2~" +key Delete -AnyMod : "\E[3~" +key Insert +AnyMod : "\E[2;*~" +key Delete +AnyMod : "\E[3;*~" + +key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[5~" +key Next -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[6~" +key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[5;*~" +key Next -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[6;*~" + +# Function keys +key F1 -AnyMod : "\EOP" +key F2 -AnyMod : "\EOQ" +key F3 -AnyMod : "\EOR" +key F4 -AnyMod : "\EOS" +key F5 -AnyMod : "\E[15~" +key F6 -AnyMod : "\E[17~" +key F7 -AnyMod : "\E[18~" +key F8 -AnyMod : "\E[19~" +key F9 -AnyMod : "\E[20~" +key F10 -AnyMod : "\E[21~" +key F11 -AnyMod : "\E[23~" +key F12 -AnyMod : "\E[24~" + +key F1 +AnyMod : "\EO*P" +key F2 +AnyMod : "\EO*Q" +key F3 +AnyMod : "\EO*R" +key F4 +AnyMod : "\EO*S" +key F5 +AnyMod : "\E[15;*~" +key F6 +AnyMod : "\E[17;*~" +key F7 +AnyMod : "\E[18;*~" +key F8 +AnyMod : "\E[19;*~" +key F9 +AnyMod : "\E[20;*~" +key F10 +AnyMod : "\E[21;*~" +key F11 +AnyMod : "\E[23;*~" +key F12 +AnyMod : "\E[24;*~" + +# Work around dead keys + +key Space +Control : "\x00" + +# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations. +# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer. + +key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp +key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp +key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown +key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown + +#key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp +#key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp +#key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown +#key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown + +key ScrollLock : scrollLock + +# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt. diff --git a/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0fe444 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +# [linux.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (Linux console keys) +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +# NOT TESTED, MAY NEED SOME CLEANUPS +keyboard "Linux console" + +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# This configuration table allows to customize the +# meaning of the keys. +# +# The syntax is that each entry has the form : +# +# "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation) +# +# Keynames are those defined in <qnamespace.h> with the +# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here) +# +# Mode names are : +# +# - Shift +# - Alt +# - Control +# +# The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the +# sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are +# under control of the client program. +# +# - Newline : effects Return and Enter key. +# - Application : effects Up and Down key. +# +# - Ansi : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really). +# +# Operations are +# +# - scrollUpLine +# - scrollUpPage +# - scrollDownLine +# - scrollDownPage +# +# - emitSelection +# +# If the key is not found here, the text of the +# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly +# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +key Escape : "\E" +key Tab : "\t" + +# VT100 can add an extra \n after return. +# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence. + +key Return-NewLine : "\r" +key Return+NewLine : "\r\n" + +# Some desperately try to save the ^H. + +key Backspace : "\x7f" +key Delete : "\E[3~" + +# These codes are for the VT52 mode of VT100 +# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by +# an escape sequence + +key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" +key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" +key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" +key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" + +# VT100 emits a mode bit together +# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys +# mode is set by an escape sequence. + +key Up -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" +key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" +key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" +key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" + +key Up -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" +key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" +key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" +key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" + +# linux functions keys F1-F5 differ from xterm + +key F1 : "\E[[A" +key F2 : "\E[[B" +key F3 : "\E[[C" +key F4 : "\E[[D" +key F5 : "\E[[E" + +key F6 : "\E[17~" +key F7 : "\E[18~" +key F8 : "\E[19~" +key F9 : "\E[20~" +key F10 : "\E[21~" +key F11 : "\E[23~" +key F12 : "\E[24~" + +key Home : "\E[1~" +key End : "\E[4~" + +key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~" +key Next -Shift : "\E[6~" +key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~" + +# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above. + +key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" +key Enter-NewLine : "\r" + +key Space +Control : "\x00" + +# some of keys are used by konsole. + +key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp +key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp +key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown +key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown + +key ScrollLock : scrollLock + +#---------------------------------------------------------- + +# keypad characters as offered by Qt +# cannot be recognized as such. + +#---------------------------------------------------------- + +# Following other strings as emitted by konsole. diff --git a/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2b7102f --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +# [vt420pc.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (VT420pc keys) +# adapted by ferdinand gassauer f.gassauer@aon.at +# Nov 2000 +# +################################################################ +# +# The escape sequences emmited by the +# keys Shift+F1 to Shift+F12 might not fit your needs +# +################# IMPORTANT NOTICE ############################# +# the key bindings (Kcontrol -> look and feel -> keybindgs) +# overrule the settings in this file. The key bindings might be +# changed by the user WITHOUT notification of the maintainer of +# the keytab file. Konsole will not work as expected by +# the maintainer of the keytab file. +################################################################ +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +keyboard "DEC VT420 Terminal" + +# -------------------------------------------------------------- +# +# This configuration table allows to customize the +# meaning of the keys. +# +# The syntax is that each entry has the form : +# +# "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation) +# +# Keynames are those defined in <qnamespace.h> with the +# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here) +# +# Mode names are : +# +# - Shift +# - Alt +# - Control +# +# The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the +# sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are +# under control of the client program. +# +# - Newline : effects Return and Enter key. +# - Application : effects Up and Down key. +# +# - Ansi : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really). +# +# Operations are +# +# - scrollUpLine +# - scrollUpPage +# - scrollDownLine +# - scrollDownPage +# +# - emitSelection +# +# If the key is not found here, the text of the +# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly +# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed. +# +# -------------------------------------------------------------- + +key Escape : "\E" +key Tab : "\t" +key Backtab: "\E[Z" + +# VT100 can add an extra \n after return. +# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence. + +key Return-NewLine : "\r" +key Return+NewLine : "\r\n" + +# Some desperately try to save the ^H. +# may be not everyone wants this + +key Backspace : "\x08" # Control H +key Delete : "\x7f" + +# These codes are for the VT420pc +# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by +# an escape sequence + +key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" +key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" +key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" +key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" + +# VT100 emits a mode bit together +# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys +# mode is set by an escape sequence. + +key Up -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" +key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" +key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" +key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" + +key Up -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" +key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" +key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" +key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" + +# function keys + +key F1 -Shift : "\E[11~" +key F2 -Shift : "\E[12~" +key F3 -Shift : "\E[13~" +key F4 -Shift : "\E[14~" +key F5 -Shift : "\E[15~" +key F6 -Shift : "\E[17~" +key F7 -Shift : "\E[18~" +key F8 -Shift : "\E[19~" +key F9 -Shift : "\E[20~" +key F10-Shift : "\E[21~" +key F11-Shift : "\E[23~" +key F12-Shift : "\E[24~" +# +# Shift F1-F12 +# +key F1 +Shift : "\E[11;2~" +key F2 +Shift : "\E[12;2~" +key F3 +Shift : "\E[13;2~" +key F4 +Shift : "\E[14;2~" +key F5 +Shift : "\E[15;2~" +key F6 +Shift : "\E[17;2~" +key F7 +Shift : "\E[18;2~" +key F8 +Shift : "\E[19;2~" +key F9 +Shift : "\E[20;2~" +key F10+Shift : "\E[21;2~" +key F11+Shift : "\E[23;2~" +key F12+Shift : "\E[24;2~" + +key Home : "\E[H" +key End : "\E[F" + +key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~" +key Next -Shift : "\E[6~" +key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~" + +# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above. + +key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" +key Enter-NewLine : "\r" + +key Space +Control : "\x00" + +# some of keys are used by konsole. + +key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp +key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp +key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown +key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown + +key ScrollLock : scrollLock + +#---------------------------------------------------------- + +# keypad characters as offered by Qt +# cannot be recognized as such. + +#---------------------------------------------------------- + +# Following other strings as emitted by konsole. diff --git a/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp b/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4ef117 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */ +/* + * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in + * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997" + * <http://www.UNIX-systems.org/online.html> + * + * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain + */ + +#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" + +struct interval { + unsigned short first; + unsigned short last; +}; + +/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */ +static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) { + int min = 0; + int mid; + + if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last) + return 0; + while (max >= min) { + mid = (min + max) / 2; + if (ucs > table[mid].last) + min = mid + 1; + else if (ucs < table[mid].first) + max = mid - 1; + else + return 1; + } + + return 0; +} + + +/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646 + * character as follows: + * + * - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0. + * + * - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return + * value of -1. + * + * - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general + * category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a + * column width of 0. + * + * - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode + * database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0. + * + * - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF) + * have a column width of 0. + * + * - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian + * FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical + * Report #11 have a column width of 2. + * + * - All remaining characters (including all printable + * ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters, + * etc.) have a column width of 1. + * + * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded + * in ISO 10646. + */ + +int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs) +{ + /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */ + static const struct interval combining[] = { + { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 }, + { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 }, + { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 }, + { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 }, + { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED }, + { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A }, + { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C }, + { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 }, + { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC }, + { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 }, + { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 }, + { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 }, + { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 }, + { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 }, + { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 }, + { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 }, + { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 }, + { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 }, + { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD }, + { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA }, + { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 }, + { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 }, + { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD }, + { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 }, + { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 }, + { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC }, + { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 }, + { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 }, + { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 }, + { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 }, + { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F }, + { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A }, + { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF }, + { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB } + }; + + /* test for 8-bit control characters */ + if (ucs == 0) + return 0; + if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0)) + return -1; + + /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ + if (bisearch(ucs, combining, + sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) + return 0; + + /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */ + + return 1 + + (ucs >= 0x1100 && + (ucs <= 0x115f || /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */ + (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a && + ucs != 0x303f) || /* CJK ... Yi */ + (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */ + (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ + (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */ + (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 || + (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */)); +} + +#if 0 +/* + * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that + * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as + * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2. + * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy + * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise + * recommended for general use. + */ +int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs) +{ + /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous + * characters */ + static const struct interval ambiguous[] = { + { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 }, + { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 }, + { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 }, + { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 }, + { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED }, + { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA }, + { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 }, + { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B }, + { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 }, + { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 }, + { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 }, + { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE }, + { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 }, + { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA }, + { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 }, + { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD }, + { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD }, + { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 }, + { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F }, + { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 }, + { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 }, + { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 }, + { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 }, + { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC }, + { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 }, + { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 }, + { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B }, + { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 }, + { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 }, + { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 }, + { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 }, + { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 }, + { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C }, + { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D }, + { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 }, + { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B }, + { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 }, + { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 }, + { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF }, + { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 }, + { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 }, + { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 }, + { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 }, + { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 }, + { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 }, + { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E }, + { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 }, + { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D }, + { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B }, + { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } + }; + + /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ + if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous, + sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) + return 2; + + return konsole_wcwidth(ucs); +} +#endif + +// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2 +int string_width( const QString &txt ) +{ + int w = 0; + for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) + w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() ); + return w; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h b/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f4e46a --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */ + +/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */ +/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> */ +/* + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net> +*/ + + +#ifndef _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ +#define _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ + +// Qt +#include <QtCore/QBool> +#include <QtCore/QString> + +int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs); +#if 0 +int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs); +#endif + +int string_width( const QString &txt ); + +#endif diff --git a/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp b/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..953b956 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,624 @@ +/* + + This file is part of the KDE libraries + Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian <bastian@kde.org> + Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#include "kpty_p.h" + +#ifdef __sgi +#define __svr4__ +#endif + +#ifdef __osf__ +#define _OSF_SOURCE +#include <float.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _AIX +#define _ALL_SOURCE +#endif + +// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC +// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt()) +#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER +# ifndef __USE_XOPEN +# define __USE_XOPEN +# endif +#endif + +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/resource.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <time.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <grp.h> + +#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H) +# include <pty.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H +# include <libutil.h> +#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H) +# include <util.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER +extern "C" { +# include <utempter.h> +} +#else +# include <utmp.h> +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX +# include <utmpx.h> +# endif +# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE) +# define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE +# endif +# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE) +# define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE +# endif +#endif + +/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other + platforms it doesn't hurt */ +extern "C" { +#include <termios.h> +#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H) +# include <termio.h> // struct winsize on some systems +#endif +} + +#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE) +# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED +# include <bsdtty.h> +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H +# include <sys/stropts.h> // Defines I_PUSH +# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL +#endif + +#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode) +#else +# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) +# else +# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode) +#else +# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode) +# else +# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode) +# endif +#endif + +//#include <kdebug.h> +//#include <kstandarddirs.h> // findExe + +#include <QtCore> + +// not defined on HP-UX for example +#ifndef CTRL +# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037) +#endif + +#define TTY_GROUP "tty" + +/////////////////////// +// private functions // +/////////////////////// + +////////////////// +// private data // +////////////////// + +KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate() : + masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1) +{ +} + +bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool) +{ +// return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"), +// QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd)); + return true; +} + +///////////////////////////// +// public member functions // +///////////////////////////// + +KPty::KPty() : + d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate) +{ + d_ptr->q_ptr = this; +} + +KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) : + d_ptr(d) +{ + d_ptr->q_ptr = this; +} + +KPty::~KPty() +{ + close(); + delete d_ptr; +} + +bool KPty::open() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->masterFd >= 0) + return true; + + QByteArray ptyName; + + // Find a master pty that we can open //////////////////////////////// + + // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to + // be opened by several different methods. + + // We try, as we know them, one by one. + +#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY + + char ptsn[PATH_MAX]; + if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0)) + { + d->masterFd = -1; + d->slaveFd = -1; + kWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; + return false; + } + d->ttyName = ptsn; + +#else + +#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix + + char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0); + if (ptsn) { + d->ttyName = ptsn; + goto grantedpt; + } + +#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN) + +#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT + d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); +#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT) + d->masterFd = ::getpt(); +#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE) + d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); +#else +# error No method to open a PTY master detected. +#endif + + if (d->masterFd >= 0) + { + +#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME + char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd); + if (ptsn) { + d->ttyName = ptsn; +#else + int ptyno; + if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) { + d->ttyName = QByteArray("/dev/pts/") + QByteArray::number(ptyno); +#endif +#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT + if (!grantpt(d->masterFd)) + goto grantedpt; +#else + + goto gotpty; +#endif + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + } +#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN + + // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems? + for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++) + { + for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++) + { + ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); + d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); + + d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR); + if (d->masterFd >= 0) + { +#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS + /* Need to check the process group of the pty. + * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use, + * and we need to get another one. + */ + int pgrp_rtn; + if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) { + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + continue; + } +#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */ + if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits + { + if (!geteuid()) + { + struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP); + if (!p) + p = getgrnam("wheel"); + gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid (); + + chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid); + chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP); + } + goto gotpty; + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + } + } + } + + qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; + return false; + + gotpty: + struct stat st; + if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { + return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough* Yeah right, I just + // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated. I guess + // there was some sort of leak? I only had a few open. + } + if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) || + (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) && + !d->chownpty(true)) + { + qWarning() + << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName + << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl; + } + +#if defined (HAVE__GETPTY) || defined (HAVE_GRANTPT) + grantedpt: +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE + revoke(d->ttyName.data()); +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT + unlockpt(d->masterFd); +#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK) + int flag = 0; + ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag); +#endif + + d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY); + if (d->slaveFd < 0) + { + qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype"; + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; + return false; + } + +#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__)) + // Solaris + ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem"); + ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm"); +#endif + +#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */ + + fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); + + return true; +} + +void KPty::closeSlave() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->slaveFd < 0) + return; + ::close(d->slaveFd); + d->slaveFd = -1; +} + +void KPty::close() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + if (d->masterFd < 0) + return; + closeSlave(); + // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway. + if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) { + if (!geteuid()) { + struct stat st; + if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { + chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1); + chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); + } + } else { + fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0); + d->chownpty(false); + } + } + ::close(d->masterFd); + d->masterFd = -1; +} + +void KPty::setCTty() +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + // Setup job control ////////////////////////////////// + + // Become session leader, process group leader, + // and get rid of the old controlling terminal. + setsid(); + + // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal. +#ifdef TIOCSCTTY + ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0); +#else + // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty + ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0)); +#endif + + // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty + int pgrp = getpid(); +#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__) + tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp); +#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP) + ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp); +#endif +} + +void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost) +{ +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER + Q_D(KPty); + + addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd); + Q_UNUSED(user); +#else +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + struct utmpx l_struct; +# else + struct utmp l_struct; +# endif + memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); + // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp + + if (user) + strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name)); + + if (remotehost) { + strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN + l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); +# endif + } + +# ifndef __GLIBC__ + Q_D(KPty); + const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); + if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) + str_ptr += 5; + strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID + strncpy(l_struct.ut_id, + str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id), + sizeof(l_struct.ut_id)); +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0); +# else + l_struct.ut_time = time(0); +# endif + +# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN +# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX + ::loginx(&l_struct); +# else + ::login(&l_struct); +# endif +# else +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE + l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID + l_struct.ut_pid = getpid(); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION + l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0); +# endif +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); + setutxent(); + pututxline(&l_struct); + endutxent(); + updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct); +# else + utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); + setutent(); + pututline(&l_struct); + endutent(); + updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct); +# endif +# endif +#endif +} + +void KPty::logout() +{ +#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER + Q_D(KPty); + + removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd); +#else + Q_D(KPty); + + const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); + if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) + str_ptr += 5; +# ifdef __GLIBC__ + else { + const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/'); + if (sl_ptr) + str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1; + } +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN +# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX + ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS); +# else + ::logout(str_ptr); +# endif +# else +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + struct utmpx l_struct, *ut; +# else + struct utmp l_struct, *ut; +# endif + memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); + + strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); + +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); + setutxent(); + if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) { +# else + utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); + setutent(); + if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) { +# endif + memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name)); + memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host)); +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN + ut->ut_syslen = 0; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE + ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS; +# endif +# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX + gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0); + pututxline(ut); + } + endutxent(); +# else + ut->ut_time = time(0); + pututline(ut); + } + endutent(); +# endif +# endif +#endif +} + +// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris. +// Please verify. + +bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns) +{ + Q_D(KPty); + + struct winsize winSize; + memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize)); + winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines; + winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns; + return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0; +} + +bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo) +{ + struct ::termios ttmode; + if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode)) + return false; + if (!echo) + ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; + else + ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO; + return tcSetAttr(&ttmode); +} + +const char *KPty::ttyName() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->ttyName.data(); +} + +int KPty::masterFd() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->masterFd; +} + +int KPty::slaveFd() const +{ + Q_D(const KPty); + + return d->slaveFd; +} diff --git a/qtermwidget/kpty.h b/qtermwidget/kpty.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8286834 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kpty.h @@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + + Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef kpty_h +#define kpty_h + +#include <QtCore> + +struct KPtyPrivate; +struct termios; + +/** + * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the + * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes. + */ +class KPty { + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty) + +public: + + /** + * Constructor + */ + KPty(); + + /** + * Destructor: + * + * If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that + * an utmp registration is @em not undone. + */ + ~KPty(); + + /** + * Create a pty master/slave pair. + * + * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened + */ + bool open(); + + /** + * Close the pty master/slave pair. + */ + void close(); + + /** + * Close the pty slave descriptor. + * + * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open. + * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification. + * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be + * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases + * pipe-alike behavior might be desired. + * + * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be + * used. + */ + void closeSlave(); + + /** + * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the + * controlling tty. + */ + void setCTty(); + + /** + * Creates an utmp entry for the tty. + * This function must be called after calling setCTty and + * making this pty the stdin. + * @param user the user to be logged on + * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is + * @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname + * of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should + * be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty. + */ + void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0); + + /** + * Removes the utmp entry for this tty. + */ + void logout(); + + /** + * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3). + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * You will need an #include <termios.h> to do anything useful + * with it. + * + * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. + * Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used - + * without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares + * the struct in your class, in your method. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const; + + /** + * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means + * that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set. + */ + bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode); + + /** + * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty. + * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param lines the number of rows + * @param columns the number of columns + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns); + + /** + * Set whether the pty should echo input. + * + * Echo is on by default. + * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients + * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler. + * + * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. + * + * @param echo true if input should be echoed. + * @return @c true on success, false otherwise + */ + bool setEcho(bool echo); + + /** + * @return the name of the slave pty device. + * + * This function should be called only while the pty is open. + */ + const char *ttyName() const; + + /** + * @return the file descriptor of the master pty + * + * This function should be called only while the pty is open. + */ + int masterFd() const; + + /** + * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty + * + * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open. + */ + int slaveFd() const; + +protected: + /** + * @internal + */ + KPty(KPtyPrivate *d); + + /** + * @internal + */ + KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr; +}; + +#endif + diff --git a/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h b/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1702b44 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* This file is part of the KDE libraries + + Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen <ossi@kde.org> + + Rewritten for QT4 by e_k <e_k at users.sourceforge.net>, Copyright (C)2008 + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + +#ifndef kpty_p_h +#define kpty_p_h + +#include "kpty.h" + +#include <QtCore/QByteArray> + +struct KPtyPrivate { + Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty) + + KPtyPrivate(); + bool chownpty(bool grant); + + int masterFd; + int slaveFd; + + QByteArray ttyName; + + KPty *q_ptr; +}; + +#endif diff --git a/qtermwidget/lib.pro b/qtermwidget/lib.pro new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1290291 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/lib.pro @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +TEMPLATE = lib +VERSION = 0.1.0 +DESTDIR = .. + +TARGET = qtermwidget + +CONFIG += qt debug_and_release warn_on build_all staticlib dll + +QT += core gui + +MOC_DIR = ../.moc + +CONFIG(debug, debug|release) { + OBJECTS_DIR = ../.objs_d + TARGET = qtermwidget_d +} else { + OBJECTS_DIR = ../.objs + TARGET = qtermwidget +} + +DEFINES += HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT +#or DEFINES += HAVE_GETPT + +HEADERS = TerminalCharacterDecoder.h Character.h CharacterColor.h \ + KeyboardTranslator.h \ + ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h \ + Screen.h History.h BlockArray.h konsole_wcwidth.h \ + ScreenWindow.h \ + Emulation.h \ + Vt102Emulation.h TerminalDisplay.h Filter.h LineFont.h \ + Pty.h kpty.h kpty_p.h k3process.h k3processcontroller.h \ + Session.h ShellCommand.h \ + qtermwidget.h + +SOURCES = TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp \ + KeyboardTranslator.cpp \ + Screen.cpp History.cpp BlockArray.cpp konsole_wcwidth.cpp \ + ScreenWindow.cpp \ + Emulation.cpp \ + Vt102Emulation.cpp TerminalDisplay.cpp Filter.cpp \ + Pty.cpp kpty.cpp k3process.cpp k3processcontroller.cpp \ + Session.cpp ShellCommand.cpp \ + qtermwidget.cpp + + + + + diff --git a/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp b/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8b53a6f --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + + +#include "qtermwidget.h" + +#include "Session.h" +#include "TerminalDisplay.h" + +using namespace Konsole; + +void *createTermWidget(void *parent, int startnow) +{ + return (void*) new QTermWidget((QWidget*)parent, startnow); +} + +struct TermWidgetImpl +{ + TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent = 0); + + TerminalDisplay *m_terminalDisplay; + Session *m_session; + + Session* createSession(); + TerminalDisplay* createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent); +}; + +TermWidgetImpl::TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent) +{ + this->m_session = createSession(); + this->m_terminalDisplay = createTerminalDisplay(this->m_session, parent); +} + + +Session *TermWidgetImpl::createSession() +{ + Session *session = new Session(); + + session->setTitle(Session::NameRole, "QTermWidget"); + session->setProgram("/bin/bash"); + QStringList args(""); + session->setArguments(args); + session->setAutoClose(true); + + session->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); + + session->setFlowControlEnabled(true); + session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000)); + + session->setDarkBackground(true); + + session->setKeyBindings(""); + return session; +} + +TerminalDisplay *TermWidgetImpl::createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent) +{ +// TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(this); + TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(parent); + + display->setBellMode(TerminalDisplay::NotifyBell); + display->setTerminalSizeHint(true); + display->setTripleClickMode(TerminalDisplay::SelectWholeLine); + display->setTerminalSizeStartup(true); + + display->setRandomSeed(session->sessionId() * 31); + + return display; +} + + +QTermWidget::QTermWidget(QWidget *parent, int startnow) +:QWidget(parent) +{ + m_impl = new TermWidgetImpl(this); + + init(); + + if (startnow && m_impl->m_session) { + m_impl->m_session->run(); + } + + this->setFocus( Qt::OtherFocusReason ); + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size()); + + this->setFocusProxy(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay); +} + +void QTermWidget::startShellProgram() +{ + if ( m_impl->m_session->isRunning() ) + return; + + m_impl->m_session->run(); +} + +void QTermWidget::init() +{ + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(80, 40); + + QFont font = QApplication::font(); + font.setFamily("Monospace"); + font.setPointSize(10); + font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter); + setTerminalFont(font); + setScrollBarPosition(NoScrollBar); + + m_impl->m_session->addView(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay); + + connect(m_impl->m_session, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished())); +} + + +QTermWidget::~QTermWidget() +{ + emit destroyed(); +} + + +void QTermWidget::setTerminalFont(QFont &font) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) + return; + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setVTFont(font); +} + +void QTermWidget::setShellProgram(QString &progname) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_session) + return; + m_impl->m_session->setProgram(progname); +} + +void QTermWidget::setArgs(QStringList &args) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_session) + return; + m_impl->m_session->setArguments(args); +} + +void QTermWidget::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_session) + return; + m_impl->m_session->setCodec(codec); +} + +void QTermWidget::setColorScheme(int scheme) +{ + switch(scheme) { + case COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK: + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(whiteonblack_color_table); + break; + case COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK: + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(greenonblack_color_table); + break; + case COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW: + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(blackonlightyellow_color_table); + break; + default: //do nothing + break; + }; +} + +void QTermWidget::setSize(int h, int v) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) + return; + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(h, v); +} + +void QTermWidget::setHistorySize(int lines) +{ + if (lines < 0) + m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile()); + else + m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines)); +} + +void QTermWidget::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition pos) +{ + if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) + return; + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setScrollBarPosition((TerminalDisplay::ScrollBarPosition)pos); +} + +void QTermWidget::sendText(QString &text) +{ + m_impl->m_session->sendText(text); +} + +void QTermWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) +{ +//qDebug("global window resizing...with %d %d", this->size().width(), this->size().height()); + m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size()); +} + + + +void QTermWidget::sessionFinished() +{ + emit finished(); +} + + +//#include "moc_consoleq.cpp" + diff --git a/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h b/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..42e8763 --- /dev/null +++ b/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) + + This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public + License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either + version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License + along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to + the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, + Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. +*/ + + +#ifndef _Q_TERM_WIDGET +#define _Q_TERM_WIDGET + +#include <QtGui> + +struct TermWidgetImpl; + +enum COLOR_SCHEME { COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK = 1, + COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK, + COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW }; + +class QTermWidget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + + enum ScrollBarPosition + { + /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ + NoScrollBar=0, + /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ + ScrollBarLeft=1, + /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ + ScrollBarRight=2 + }; + + + //Creation of widget + QTermWidget(QWidget *parent = 0, + int startnow = 0); // don't start shell programm immediatelly + + ~QTermWidget(); + + //start shell program if it was not started in constructor + void startShellProgram(); + + //look-n-feel, if you don`t like defaults + + // Terminal font + // Default is application font with family Monospace, size 10 + void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); + + // Shell program, default is /bin/bash + void setShellProgram(QString &progname); + + // Shell program args, default is none + void setArgs(QStringList &args); + + //Text codec, default is UTF-8 + void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec); + + //Color scheme, default is white on black + void setColorScheme(int scheme); + + //set size + void setSize(int h, int v); + + // History size for scrolling + void setHistorySize(int lines); //infinite if lines < 0 + + // Presence of scrollbar + void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition); + + // Send some text to terminal + void sendText(QString &text); + +signals: + void finished(); + +protected: + virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *); + +protected slots: + void sessionFinished(); + +private: + void init(); + TermWidgetImpl *m_impl; +}; + + +//Maybe useful, maybe not + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" +#endif +void *createTermWidget(int startnow, void *parent); + +#endif + diff --git a/wizard/bootloader.cpp b/wizard/bootloader.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a066d05 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/bootloader.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "bootloader.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpBootloader::wpBootloader(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedDataLine(QString,QString)), this, SLOT(receivedDataLine(QString,QString))); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(finishedCommand(QString)), this, SLOT(backendFinishedCommand(QString))); + connect(bootloader, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); + connect(bootloaderTarget, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); + //bootloader->setItemDelegate(new ListDelegate(this)); +} + +void wpBootloader::initializePage() +{ + clearPage(); +} + +void wpBootloader::clearPage() +{ + backend->exec("send_bootloaders"); + bootloader->clear(); + backend->exec("send_bootloader_targets"); + bootloaderTarget->clear(); +} + +void wpBootloader::receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line) +{ + if(data == "bootloaders") + { + QListWidgetItem *item = new QListWidgetItem(QIcon::fromTheme("system-run"), line); + bootloader->addItem(item); + } + if(data == "bootloader_targets") + { + QListWidgetItem *item = new QListWidgetItem(QIcon::fromTheme("drive-harddisk"), line); + bootloaderTarget->addItem(item); + } +} + +void wpBootloader::backendFinishedCommand(QString command) +{ + if(command == "send_bootloaders") + { + bootloader->setCurrentRow(0); + } + if(command == "send_bootloader_targets") + { + bootloaderTarget->setCurrentRow(0); + } +} + +void wpBootloader::updateComplete() +{ + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpBootloader::isComplete() const +{ + if(!bootloader->currentItem()) return false; + if(!bootloaderTarget->currentItem()) return false; + return true; +} + +bool wpBootloader::validatePage() +{ + if(!isComplete()) return false; + backend->cfg("bootloader", bootloader->currentItem()->text().section(" ",0,0).toLower()); + backend->cfg("bootloader_target", bootloaderTarget->currentItem()->text().section(" ",0,0).toLower()); + return true; +} diff --git a/wizard/bootloader.h b/wizard/bootloader.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87bcd4f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/bootloader.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#ifndef bootloader_H +#define bootloader_H + +#include "ui_bootloader.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpBootloader : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpBootloader +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpBootloader(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void clearPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + + private slots: + void receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line); + void backendFinishedCommand(QString command); + void updateComplete(); + +}; + +#endif // bootloader_H diff --git a/wizard/bootloader.ui b/wizard/bootloader.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7b39b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/bootloader.ui @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpBootloader</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpBootloader"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>540</width> + <height>400</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Bootloader</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Select a bootloader and its installation target</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="bootloader"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>3</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="1" column="0" colspan="2"> + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="2" column="0" rowspan="2"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText_2"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="2" column="1"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="bootloaderTarget"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>2</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="3" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/installation.cpp b/wizard/installation.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..452273f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/installation.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "installation.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpInstallation::wpInstallation(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setComplete(false); + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); +// connect(backend, SIGNAL(processExited()), this, SLOT(WeAreDone())); + listWidget->setItemDelegate(new ListDelegate(this)); + setCommitPage(true); +// QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem("Start", "Let's go!", "dialog-ok"); +// listWidget->addItem(item); +} + +void wpInstallation::initializePage() +{ + listWidget->clear(); + progressCompleted->setRange(0,12); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedProgress(int)), this, SLOT(setProgress(int))); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedCommand(QString,QString)), this, SLOT(receivedCommand(QString,QString))); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(finishedCommand(QString)), this, SLOT(finishedCommand(QString))); + backend->exec("do_install"); +} + +void wpInstallation::cleanupPage() +{ + initializePage(); +} + +void wpInstallation::setProgress(int percent) +{ + progressCurrent->setRange(0, 100); + progressCurrent->setValue(percent); +} + +void wpInstallation::receivedCommand(QString command, QString args) +{ + if(command != "install_step") return; + QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem(args, tr("TODO: use descriptive titles, descriptions and icons in this list..."), "acritoxinstaller"); + listWidget->addItem(item); + listWidget->scrollToItem(item); + progressCompleted->setValue(progressCompleted->value()+1); + progressCurrent->reset(); + progressCurrent->setRange(0,0); +} + +void wpInstallation::finishedCommand(QString command) +{ + if(command != "do_install") return; + progressCompleted->setRange(0,100); + progressCompleted->setValue(100); + progressCurrent->setRange(0,100); + progressCurrent->setValue(100); + setComplete(true); +} + +// void wpInstallation::() +// { +// QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem("Finished.", "The backend has finished its job.", "dialog-ok"); +// listWidget->addItem(item); +// setComplete(true); +// } + +void wpInstallation::setComplete(bool c) +{ + complete = c; + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpInstallation::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpInstallation::validatePage() +{ + return complete; +} diff --git a/wizard/installation.h b/wizard/installation.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0209007 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/installation.h @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +#ifndef installation_H +#define installation_H + +#include "ui_installation.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpInstallation : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpInstallation +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpInstallation(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void cleanupPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + void setComplete(bool c); + + private slots: + void setProgress(int percent); + void receivedCommand(QString command, QString args); + void finishedCommand(QString command); +}; + +#endif // installation_H diff --git a/wizard/installation.ui b/wizard/installation.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67cdb81 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/installation.ui @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpInstallation</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpInstallation"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>515</width> + <height>389</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Installation</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>This may take some time...</string> + </property> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="listWidget"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblCurrent"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Current task:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QProgressBar" name="progressCurrent"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblCompleted"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Installation completed:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QProgressBar" name="progressCompleted"/> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/network.cpp b/wizard/network.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9d45fc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/network.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "network.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpNetwork::wpNetwork(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + connect(hostname, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + + QValidator* hostnameValidator = new QRegExpValidator(QRegExp("[a-zA-Z0-9][a-zA-Z0-9.-]*[a-zA-Z0-9]"), this); + hostname->setValidator( hostnameValidator ); + + backend = Backend::instance(); +} + +void wpNetwork::initializePage() +{ + hostname->setText(backend->cfg("hostname")); + updateStatus(); +} + +void wpNetwork::updateStatus() +{ + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpNetwork::isComplete() const +{ + if(hostname->text().length()) return true; + return false; +} + +bool wpNetwork::validatePage() +{ + if(!isComplete()) return false; + backend->cfg("hostname", hostname->text()); + return true; +} + diff --git a/wizard/network.h b/wizard/network.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4242a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/network.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#ifndef network_H +#define network_H + +#include "ui_network.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpNetwork : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpNetwork +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpNetwork(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + + private slots: + void updateStatus(); + +}; + +#endif // network_H diff --git a/wizard/network.ui b/wizard/network.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f6a36c --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/network.ui @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpNetwork</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpNetwork"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>546</width> + <height>338</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Network configuration</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Set your hostname</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0" rowspan="2"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHostname"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Hostname:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="hostname"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="hostnameStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="1" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>264</width> + <height>197</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <tabstops> + <tabstop>hostname</tabstop> + </tabstops> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/partitions.cpp b/wizard/partitions.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d35e94f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partitions.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "partitions.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" +#include "../mainwizard.h" + +wpPartitions::wpPartitions(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); + connect(listWidget, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); + listWidget->setItemDelegate(new ListDelegate(this)); +} + +void wpPartitions::initializePage() +{ + listWidget->clear(); + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(tr("Manual partitioning"), tr("You will have to do the partitioning with a partition-manager manually. This way you have more possibilities to adjust the installation to your needs. The automatic partitioning lacks several features and is only a (computer generated) list of some possible options."), "partitionmanager", "manual")); + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(tr("Already partitioned"), tr("If you have already partitioned for the installation and don't want to start a partition manager then select this."), "drive-harddisk", "already")); + clearPage(); +} + +void wpPartitions::clearPage() +{ +} + +void wpPartitions::receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line) +{ + if(data == "install_choice") + { + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(line, line, "tools-wizard", line.section(" ",0,0))); + } +} + +void wpPartitions::updateComplete() +{ + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpPartitions::isComplete() const +{ + if(!listWidget->currentItem()) return false; + return true; +} + +bool wpPartitions::validatePage() +{ + if(!isComplete()) return false; +// backend->cfg("install_choice", listWidget->currentItem()->data(ListItem::ItemData).toString()); + return true; +} + +int wpPartitions::nextId() const +{ + if(listWidget->currentItem()) + { + QString choice = listWidget->currentItem()->data(ListItem::ItemData).toString(); + if(choice == "manual") + return MainWizard::Page_PartManSel; + else if(choice == "already") + return MainWizard::Page_RootPartition; + } +} diff --git a/wizard/partitions.h b/wizard/partitions.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f442a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partitions.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef partitions_H +#define partitions_H + +#include "ui_partitions.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpPartitions : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpPartitions +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpPartitions(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void clearPage(); + int nextId() const; + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + + private slots: + void receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line); + void updateComplete(); +}; + +#endif // partitions_H diff --git a/wizard/partitions.ui b/wizard/partitions.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f9badf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partitions.ui @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpPartitions</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpPartitions"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>515</width> + <height>389</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Partitions</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Mmmmmh! Partitions!</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="listWidget"/> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/partman.cpp b/wizard/partman.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e232f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partman.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "partman.h" +#include "config.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpPartMan::wpPartMan(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); +} + +void wpPartMan::initializePage() +{ + clearPage(); +} + +void wpPartMan::clearPage() +{ + setComplete(false); + delete terminal; + delete gridLayout; + delete label; + setupUi(this); + connect(terminal, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(terminalFinished())); + QStringList args; + args << "/bin/bash" << BACKEND_PATH << "-e" << "run_partmgr" << backend->cfg("partman_program") << backend->cfg("partman_disk"); + terminal->setArgs(args); + terminal->startShellProgram(); + terminal->setFocus(Qt::OtherFocusReason); +} + +void wpPartMan::terminalFinished() +{ + terminal->releaseKeyboard(); + terminal->clearFocus(); + setComplete(true); +} + +void wpPartMan::setComplete(bool c) +{ + complete = c; + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpPartMan::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpPartMan::validatePage() +{ + return complete; +} + diff --git a/wizard/partman.h b/wizard/partman.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..240d8f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partman.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef partman_H +#define partman_H + +#include "ui_partman.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpPartMan : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpPartMan +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpPartMan(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void clearPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + void setComplete(bool c); + + private slots: + void terminalFinished(); +}; + +#endif // partman_H diff --git a/wizard/partman.ui b/wizard/partman.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2ddf54f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partman.ui @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpPartMan</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpPartMan"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>400</width> + <height>300</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Partition Manager</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Partition your disk</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0"> + <widget class="QTermWidget" name="terminal" native="true"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="1" column="0"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="label"> + <property name="text"> + <string>save and/or quit the partition manager to continue</string> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <customwidgets> + <customwidget> + <class>QTermWidget</class> + <extends>QWidget</extends> + <header>../qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h</header> + <container>1</container> + </customwidget> + </customwidgets> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/partmansel.cpp b/wizard/partmansel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ae74f0e --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partmansel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "partmansel.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpPartManSel::wpPartManSel(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedDataLine(QString,QString)), this, SLOT(receivedDataLine(QString,QString))); + connect(partMan, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); + connect(partDisk, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); + partMan->setItemDelegate(new ListDelegate(this)); +} + +void wpPartManSel::initializePage() +{ + clearPage(); +} + +void wpPartManSel::clearPage() +{ + backend->exec("send_partition_managers"); + partMan->clear(); + backend->exec("send_list_of_disks"); + partDisk->clear(); +} + +void wpPartManSel::receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line) +{ + if(data == "partition_managers") + { + QString app = line.section(" ",0,0); + QString title, desc, icon; + if(app == "cfdisk") + { + title = tr("cfdisk"); + desc = tr("cfdisk is a curses-based partition editor. It is text-only (curses), but it is easy to use [recommended]"); + icon = "terminal"; + } + else if(app == "fdisk") + { + title = tr("fdisk"); + desc = tr("fdisk is a classic partition table manipulator for Linux. It has a Command Line Interface."); + icon = "terminal"; + } + else if(app == "gparted") + { + title = tr("GParted"); + desc = tr("GParted is the Gnome Partition Editor application. It has a Graphical User Interface."); + icon = "gparted"; + } + else if(app == "qtparted") + { + title = tr("QtParted"); + desc = tr("QTParted is a Partition Magic clone, so it has a GUI. Sometimes it's a bit buggy, so it is not recommended to use for huge changes on the partition table."); + icon = "qtparted"; + } + else + { + title = app; + desc = tr("No description available..."); + icon = "partitionmanager"; + } + QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem(title, desc, icon, app); + partMan->addItem(item); + } + if(data == "list_of_disks") + { + QListWidgetItem *item = new QListWidgetItem(QIcon::fromTheme("drive-harddisk"), line); + partDisk->addItem(item); + } +} + +void wpPartManSel::updateComplete() +{ + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpPartManSel::isComplete() const +{ + if(!partMan->currentItem()) return false; + if(!partDisk->currentItem()) return false; + return true; +} + +bool wpPartManSel::validatePage() +{ + if(!isComplete()) return false; + backend->cfg("partman_program", partMan->currentItem()->data(ListItem::ItemData).toString()); + backend->cfg("partman_disk", partDisk->currentItem()->text().section(" ",0,0)); + return true; +} diff --git a/wizard/partmansel.h b/wizard/partmansel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7bfabd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partmansel.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef partmansel_H +#define partmansel_H + +#include "ui_partmansel.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpPartManSel : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpPartManSel +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpPartManSel(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void clearPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + + private slots: + void receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line); + void updateComplete(); + +}; + +#endif // partmansel_H diff --git a/wizard/partmansel.ui b/wizard/partmansel.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..15a0302 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/partmansel.ui @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpPartManSel</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpPartManSel"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>584</width> + <height>358</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Partitions</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Select partition manager</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="partMan"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>3</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="1" column="0" rowspan="2" colspan="2"> + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="3" column="0" rowspan="4"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText_2"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="6" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + <item row="3" column="1"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="partDisk"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>2</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/rootpartition.cpp b/wizard/rootpartition.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6341a0f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpartition.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "rootpartition.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpRootPartition::wpRootPartition(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(receivedDataLine(QString,QString)), this, SLOT(receivedDataLine(QString,QString))); + connect(rootPartitionDev, SIGNAL(currentItemChanged(QListWidgetItem*,QListWidgetItem*)), this, SLOT(updateComplete())); +} + +void wpRootPartition::initializePage() +{ + clearPage(); +} + +void wpRootPartition::clearPage() +{ + backend->exec("send_possible_root_partitions"); + rootPartitionDev->clear(); + backend->exec("send_possible_root_filesystems"); + rootPartitionFs->clear(); +} + +void wpRootPartition::receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line) +{ + if(data == "possible_root_partitions") + { + QListWidgetItem *item = new QListWidgetItem(QIcon::fromTheme("drive-harddisk"), line); + rootPartitionDev->addItem(item); + } + if(data == "possible_root_filesystems") + { + rootPartitionFs->addItem(line); + } +} + +void wpRootPartition::updateComplete() +{ + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpRootPartition::isComplete() const +{ + if(!rootPartitionDev->currentItem()) return false; + return true; +} + +bool wpRootPartition::validatePage() +{ + if(!isComplete()) return false; + backend->exec(QString("hdmap_set %1:/:%2:auto") + .arg(rootPartitionDev->currentItem()->text().section(" ",0,0)) + .arg(chkFormat->isChecked() ? rootPartitionFs->currentText() : "")); + return true; +} diff --git a/wizard/rootpartition.h b/wizard/rootpartition.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16e95ef --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpartition.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef rootpartition_H +#define rootpartition_H + +#include "ui_rootpartition.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpRootPartition : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpRootPartition +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpRootPartition(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void clearPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + + private slots: + void receivedDataLine(QString data, QString line); + void updateComplete(); + +}; + +#endif // rootpartition_H diff --git a/wizard/rootpartition.ui b/wizard/rootpartition.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..119c00f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpartition.ui @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpRootPartition</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpRootPartition"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>584</width> + <height>405</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Partitions</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Select root partition</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0" rowspan="3"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="rootPartitionDev"/> + </item> + <item row="1" column="1"> + <widget class="QCheckBox" name="chkFormat"> + <property name="text"> + <string>format partition with filesystem:</string> + </property> + <property name="checked"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="2" column="1"> + <widget class="QComboBox" name="rootPartitionFs"/> + </item> + <item row="3" column="0" colspan="2"> + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="4" column="0" rowspan="2"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText_2"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="4" column="1"> + <widget class="QCheckBox" name="chkAdvanced"> + <property name="enabled"> + <bool>false</bool> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>advanced partition options</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="5" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>228</width> + <height>108</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections> + <connection> + <sender>chkFormat</sender> + <signal>toggled(bool)</signal> + <receiver>rootPartitionFs</receiver> + <slot>setEnabled(bool)</slot> + <hints> + <hint type="sourcelabel"> + <x>388</x> + <y>213</y> + </hint> + <hint type="destinationlabel"> + <x>390</x> + <y>246</y> + </hint> + </hints> + </connection> + </connections> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/rootpwd.cpp b/wizard/rootpwd.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ec4417 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpwd.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "rootpwd.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpRootPwd::wpRootPwd(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + connect(password, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + connect(retypePassword, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + backend = Backend::instance(); + updateStatus(); +} + +void wpRootPwd::initializePage() +{ +} + +void wpRootPwd::updateStatus() +{ + QString pw1 = password->text(); + QString pw2 = retypePassword->text(); + + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QPixmap()); + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QPixmap()); + + complete = true; + + if(!pw1.length()) + { + passwordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Please enter a password!")); + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else if(pw1.length() < 6) + { + passwordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Password must have at least 6 characters!")); + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else + { + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-ok").pixmap(24,24)); + + if(pw1 != pw2) + { + retypePasswordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Passwords don't match!")); + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-ok").pixmap(24,24)); + } + + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpRootPwd::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpRootPwd::validatePage() +{ + if(!complete) return false; + backend->cfg("rootpwd", backend->encryptPassword(password->text())); + return true; +} + diff --git a/wizard/rootpwd.h b/wizard/rootpwd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..62bcb7b --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpwd.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#ifndef rootpwd_H +#define rootpwd_H + +#include "ui_rootpwd.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpRootPwd : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpRootPwd +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpRootPwd(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + + private slots: + void updateStatus(); + +}; + +#endif // rootpwd_H diff --git a/wizard/rootpwd.ui b/wizard/rootpwd.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e47950 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/rootpwd.ui @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpRootPwd</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpRootPwd"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>546</width> + <height>338</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>User configuration</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Password for the system administrator account (root)</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0" rowspan="3"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblPwd"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Password:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="password"> + <property name="maxLength"> + <number>20</number> + </property> + <property name="echoMode"> + <enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="passwordStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="1" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblRetypePwd"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Retype Password:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="retypePassword"> + <property name="maxLength"> + <number>20</number> + </property> + <property name="echoMode"> + <enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="retypePasswordStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="2" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>264</width> + <height>197</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + <item row="3" column="0" colspan="2"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3"> + <item> + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblPwdLenNote"> + <property name="text"> + <string><b>Note that all passwords must have 6 - 20 characters!</b></string> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <tabstops> + <tabstop>password</tabstop> + <tabstop>retypePassword</tabstop> + </tabstops> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/summary.cpp b/wizard/summary.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b09f2c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/summary.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "summary.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpSummary::wpSummary(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setComplete(true); + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); +// connect(backend, SIGNAL(processExited()), this, SLOT(WeAreDone())); + listWidget->setItemDelegate(new ListDelegate(this)); + setCommitPage(true); + setButtonText(QWizard::CommitButton, tr("Start Installation")); +// QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem("Start", "Let's go!", "dialog-ok"); +// listWidget->addItem(item); +} + +void wpSummary::initializePage() +{ + listWidget->clear(); + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(tr("Installation type"), tr("HD install"), "acritoxinstaller")); + QStringList hdMapList = backend->cfg("hdmap").split("\n"); + for (QStringList::Iterator it = hdMapList.begin(); it != hdMapList.end(); ++it) + { + QString line = *it; + QString device = line.section(":",0,0); + QString mountpoint = line.section(":",1,1); + QString filesystem = line.section(":",2,2); + QString automount = line.section(":",3,3); + QString title = tr("%1 will be used as %2").arg(device).arg(mountpoint); + QString description; + if(filesystem.length()) description = QString("<li>") + tr("It will be formatted with %1").arg(filesystem) + QString("</li>"); + if(automount == "auto") description += QString("<li>") + tr("It will be mounted automatically on boot") + QString("</li>"); + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(title, "<ul>" + description + "</ul>", "drive-harddisk")); + } + listWidget->addItem(new ListItem(tr("Bootloader"), tr("%1 will be installed to %2").arg(backend->cfg("bootloader")).arg(backend->cfg("bootloader_target")), "system-run")); +} + +void wpSummary::cleanupPage() +{ + initializePage(); +} + +// void wpSummary::() +// { +// QListWidgetItem *item = new ListItem("Finished.", "The backend has finished its job.", "dialog-ok"); +// listWidget->addItem(item); +// setComplete(true); +// } + +void wpSummary::setComplete(bool c) +{ + complete = c; + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpSummary::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpSummary::validatePage() +{ + return complete; +} diff --git a/wizard/summary.h b/wizard/summary.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..677340b --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/summary.h @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +#ifndef summary_H +#define summary_H + +#include "ui_summary.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpSummary : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpSummary +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpSummary(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + void cleanupPage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + void setComplete(bool c); + + private slots: + + +}; + +#endif // summary_H diff --git a/wizard/summary.ui b/wizard/summary.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a36791 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/summary.ui @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpSummary</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpSummary"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>515</width> + <height>389</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Installation</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Summary</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0"> + <widget class="QListWidget" name="listWidget"/> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/usercfg.cpp b/wizard/usercfg.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0e625d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/usercfg.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "usercfg.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpUserCfg::wpUserCfg(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + connect(realname, SIGNAL(editingFinished()), this, SLOT(realnameChanged())); + connect(realname, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + connect(username, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + + QValidator* usernameValidator = new QRegExpValidator(QRegExp("[a-zA-Z0-9-_.]*"), this); + username->setValidator( usernameValidator ); + + backend = Backend::instance(); + complete = false; + updateStatus(); +} + +void wpUserCfg::initializePage() +{ +} + +void wpUserCfg::realnameChanged() +{ + if(username->text().length()) return; + if(realname->text().contains(" ")) + username->setText(backend->cleanUsername(realname->text().section(" ",0,0).toLower())); + updateStatus(); +} + +void wpUserCfg::updateStatus() +{ + complete = false; + if(realname->text().length() && username->text().length()) complete = true; + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpUserCfg::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpUserCfg::validatePage() +{ + if(!complete) return false; + backend->cfg("username", username->text()); + backend->cfg("realname", realname->text()); + return true; +} + diff --git a/wizard/usercfg.h b/wizard/usercfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17efa9a --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/usercfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +#ifndef usercfg_H +#define usercfg_H + +#include "ui_usercfg.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpUserCfg : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpUserCfg +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpUserCfg(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + + private slots: + void realnameChanged(); + void updateStatus(); + +}; + +#endif // usercfg_H diff --git a/wizard/usercfg.ui b/wizard/usercfg.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e5ded9 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/usercfg.ui @@ -0,0 +1,143 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpUserCfg</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpUserCfg"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>546</width> + <height>338</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>User configuration</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Username</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0" rowspan="3"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblRealname"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Realname:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="realname"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="realnameStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="1" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblUsername"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Username:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="username"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="usernameStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="2" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>264</width> + <height>197</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <tabstops> + <tabstop>realname</tabstop> + <tabstop>username</tabstop> + </tabstops> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/userpwd.cpp b/wizard/userpwd.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..48a9e91 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/userpwd.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "userpwd.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpUserPwd::wpUserPwd(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + connect(password, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + connect(retypePassword, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateStatus())); + backend = Backend::instance(); + updateStatus(); +} + +void wpUserPwd::initializePage() +{ +} + +void wpUserPwd::updateStatus() +{ + QString pw1 = password->text(); + QString pw2 = retypePassword->text(); + + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QPixmap()); + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QPixmap()); + + complete = true; + + if(!pw1.length()) + { + passwordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Please enter a password!")); + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else if(pw1.length() < 6) + { + passwordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Password must have at least 6 characters!")); + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else + { + passwordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-ok").pixmap(24,24)); + + if(pw1 != pw2) + { + retypePasswordStatus->setToolTip(tr("Passwords don't match!")); + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-warning").pixmap(24,24)); + complete = false; + } + else + retypePasswordStatus->setPixmap(QIcon::fromTheme("dialog-ok").pixmap(24,24)); + } + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpUserPwd::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpUserPwd::validatePage() +{ + if(!complete) return false; + backend->cfg("userpwd", backend->encryptPassword(password->text())); + backend->cfg("autologin", (autologin->isChecked() ? "on" : "off")); + return true; +} + diff --git a/wizard/userpwd.h b/wizard/userpwd.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7ea209d --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/userpwd.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#ifndef userpwd_H +#define userpwd_H + +#include "ui_userpwd.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpUserPwd : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpUserPwd +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpUserPwd(QWidget *parent = 0); + void initializePage(); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + + private slots: + void updateStatus(); + +}; + +#endif // userpwd_H diff --git a/wizard/userpwd.ui b/wizard/userpwd.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ff559a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/userpwd.ui @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpUserPwd</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpUserPwd"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>546</width> + <height>338</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>User configuration</string> + </property> + <property name="subTitle"> + <string>Password for your user account</string> + </property> + <layout class="QGridLayout" name="gridLayout"> + <item row="0" column="0" rowspan="3"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="0" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblPwd"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Password:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="password"> + <property name="maxLength"> + <number>20</number> + </property> + <property name="echoMode"> + <enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="passwordStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="1" column="1"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblRetypePwd"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Retype Password:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2"> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="retypePassword"> + <property name="maxLength"> + <number>20</number> + </property> + <property name="echoMode"> + <enum>QLineEdit::Password</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="retypePasswordStatus"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Fixed" vsizetype="Fixed"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>25</width> + <height>25</height> + </size> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item row="2" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>264</width> + <height>91</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + <item row="3" column="0" colspan="2"> + <widget class="Line" name="line_2"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="4" column="0" rowspan="3"> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblHelpText_2"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="MinimumExpanding" vsizetype="Expanding"> + <horstretch>0</horstretch> + <verstretch>0</verstretch> + </sizepolicy> + </property> + <property name="minimumSize"> + <size> + <width>150</width> + <height>0</height> + </size> + </property> + <property name="text"> + <string>HelpText</string> + </property> + <property name="textFormat"> + <enum>Qt::RichText</enum> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignLeading|Qt::AlignLeft|Qt::AlignTop</set> + </property> + <property name="wordWrap"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="openExternalLinks"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="5" column="1"> + <widget class="QCheckBox" name="autologin"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Enable Auto-Login</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item row="6" column="1"> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer_2"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>264</width> + <height>59</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + <item row="7" column="0" colspan="2"> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3"> + <item> + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="lblPwdLenNote"> + <property name="text"> + <string><b>Note that all passwords must have 6 - 20 characters!</b></string> + </property> + <property name="alignment"> + <set>Qt::AlignRight|Qt::AlignTrailing|Qt::AlignVCenter</set> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <tabstops> + <tabstop>password</tabstop> + <tabstop>retypePassword</tabstop> + <tabstop>autologin</tabstop> + </tabstops> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/wizard/welcome.cpp b/wizard/welcome.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56210e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/welcome.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#include <QtGui> +#include "welcome.h" +#include "../listdelegate.h" +#include "../listitem.h" + +wpWelcome::wpWelcome(QWidget *parent) : QWizardPage(parent) +{ + setupUi(this); + backend = Backend::instance(); + connect(backend, SIGNAL(finishedCommand(QString)), this, SLOT(backendFinishedCommand(QString))); + setComplete(false); + backend->exec("init_installer"); +} + +void wpWelcome::backendFinishedCommand(QString command) +{ + if(command == "init_installer") setComplete(true); +} + +void wpWelcome::setComplete(bool c) +{ + complete = c; + emit completeChanged(); +} + +bool wpWelcome::isComplete() const +{ + return complete; +} + +bool wpWelcome::validatePage() +{ + return complete; +} + diff --git a/wizard/welcome.h b/wizard/welcome.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..792f127 --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/welcome.h @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#ifndef welcome_H +#define welcome_H + +#include "ui_welcome.h" +#include "../backend.h" + +class wpWelcome : public QWizardPage, Ui::wpWelcome +{ + Q_OBJECT + + public: + wpWelcome(QWidget *parent = 0); + bool isComplete() const; + bool validatePage(); + + private: + Backend* backend; + bool complete; + void setComplete(bool c); + + private slots: + void backendFinishedCommand(QString command); + +}; + +#endif // welcome_H diff --git a/wizard/welcome.ui b/wizard/welcome.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6fbc95f --- /dev/null +++ b/wizard/welcome.ui @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>wpWelcome</class> + <widget class="QWizardPage" name="wpWelcome"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>400</width> + <height>300</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>WizardPage</string> + </property> + <property name="title"> + <string>Installer</string> + </property> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> |
